Undergraduate Academic Catalog 2009–2010

Document Sample
Undergraduate Academic Catalog 2009–2010 Powered By Docstoc
					 Undergraduate
Academic Catalog

   2009–2010
                                               Table of Contents
Important Deadlines for Students  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 1
Academic Calendar 2009–2010  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2
About Westminster  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5
Programs of Instruction .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 11
Admission to the College  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 23
Financial Aid  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 29
Expenses  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 39
Degree Requirements  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 43
Academic Policies and Procedures  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 60
Grading and Academic Standards  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 70
School of Arts & Sciences Program Listing  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 77
The Bill and Vieve Gore School of Business Program Listing .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 207
School of Education Program Listing  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 255
School of Nursing and Health Sciences Program Listing  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 268
Reserve Officer Training Corps (R .O .T .C .) Program  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 281
Course Descriptions  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 285
College Administration and Faculty  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 402
Index  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 420
Non-Discrimination Policy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 431
Campus Map  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . Inside Back Cover
This academic catalog describes the regulations, policies, fees, and curriculum at the
time of its publication . The Board of Trustees reserves the right to change tuition and
fees, to make changes in curricular offerings, academic and other policies, activate
or eliminate courses and/or programs at any time . Students who enroll at the college
in actuality give their implied consent to abide by all the policies and regulations
contained herein, in the Student Handbook, and in program bulletins . All statements
herein are true and correct as of the time of publication . Westminster College re-
serves the right to make any changes, deletions, or revisions it deems necessary from
time to time . Students and faculty will be so informed through normal channels .
Substantive changes to this catalog are kept on file in the Registrar’s Office .
             2009–2010 Academic Year
             SEPTEMBER                       OCTOBER                         NOVEMBER
        S M       T W T          F    S   S M   T W T         F    S    S M       T W T          F    S
                   1    2    3    4    5                  1    2    3    1    2    3    4    5    6    7
         6    7    8    9   10   11   12 4 5 6       7    8    9   10    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
        13   14   15   16   17   18   19 11 12 13   14   15   16   17   15   16   17   18   19   20   21
        20   21   22   23   24   25   26 18 19 20   21   22   23   24   22   23   24   25   26   27   28
        27   28   29   30                25 26 27   28   29   30   31   29   30


             DECEMBER                        JANUARY                         FEBRUARY
        S M       T W T          F    S   S M   T W T         F    S    S M       T W T          F    S
                   1    2    3    4    5                       1    2       1      2    3    4    5    6
         6    7    8    9   10   11   12 3 4 5       6    7    8    9    7 8       9   10   11   12   13
        13   14   15   16   17   18   19 10 11 12   13   14   15   16   14 15     16   17   18   19   20
        20   21   22   23   24   25   26 17 18 19   20   21   22   23   21 22     23   24   25   26   27
        27   28   29   30   31           24 25 26   27   28   29   30   28
                                         31

                  MARCH                         APRIL                              MAY
        S M       T W T          F    S   S M   T W T         F    S    S M       T W T          F    S
              1    2    3    4    5    6                  1    2    3                                  1
         7    8    9   10   11   12   13 4 5 6       7    8    9   10 2 3 4             5    6    7    8
        14   15   16   17   18   19   20 11 12 13   14   15   16   17 9 10 11          12   13   14   15
        21   22   23   24   25   26   27 18 19 20   21   22   23   24 16 17 18         19   20   21   22
        28   29   30   31                25 26 27   28   29   30      23 24 25         26   27   28   29
                                                                      30 31

                   JUNE                         JULY                              AUGUST
        S M       T W T          F    S   S M   T W T         F    S    S M       T W T          F    S
                   1    2    3    4    5                  1    2    3    1    2    3    4    5    6    7
         6    7    8    9   10   11   12 4 5 6       7    8    9   10    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
        13   14   15   16   17   18   19 11 12 13   14   15   16   17   15   16   17   18   19   20   21
        20   21   22   23   24   25   26 18 19 20   21   22   23   24   22   23   24   25   26   27   28
        27   28   29   30                25 26 27   28   29   30   31   29   30   31




Important Deadlines for Students
	                                                                  Fall		                    Spring	
Tuition Due                                                        August 26                 January 5
Last day to add classes                                            September 4               January 15
Last day to drop class without a W                                 September 4               January 15
Last day for 100% tuition refund                                   September 4               January 15
Deadline to apply for Dec . 2009 graduation                        September 18
Deadline to remove incompletes
 from the previous semester                                        October 2                 February 12
Deadline to apply for May or Aug . 2010 graduation                 October 5
Last day to elect credit/no credit                                 October 30                March 12
Last day to withdraw from class without WF                         November 13               March 26

                                                                                                           1
Academic Calendar 2009–2010
Fall	Semester	2009	–	(09/FA)
August
22    Saturday  First-year student orientation begins
                Residence halls open for entering freshmen
24    Monday    Faculty retreat
                Residence halls open for returning students
                Graduate student orientation 5:30 p .m .
26    Wednesday Classes begin; tuition is due

September
04    Friday    Last day to register late, add classes, or change to an audit
                Last day for 100% tuition refund
                Last day to drop classes without a grade of “W”
07    Monday    Labor Day holiday (College is closed)
09    Wednesday Academic Monday—attend classes that normally meet on Monday
18    Friday    Deadline to apply for December 2009 graduation

October
02    Friday          Deadline for making up incomplete grades from Spring 2009
05    Monday          Deadline to apply for May and August 2010 graduation
14    Wednesday       Midterm evaluations are due - undergraduate only
15–17 Thurs .-Sat .   Fall break
26    Monday          Registration for Spring 2010 begins
30    Friday          Last day to elect the credit/no credit option

November
13    Friday          Last day to withdraw from classes without a grade of “WF”
25–29 Wed .-Sun .     Thanksgiving holiday (College is closed)

December
07    Monday          Academic Friday—attend classes that normally meet on Friday
08    Tuesday         Academic Thursday—attend classes that normally meet on Thursday
09    Wednesday       Last day of classes
10    Thursday        Study day
11–17 Fri .-Thurs .   Finals week
18    Friday          Residence halls close 12:00 noon
21    Monday          Final grades are due from faculty at noon
22    Tuesday         Final grades are available to students on the Web
23–27 Wed .-Sun .     Winter break (College is closed)
31    Thursday        New Year Break (College is closed)

2
Spring	Semester	2010	–	(10/SP)
January
01    Friday        New Year break (College is closed)
04    Monday        Residence halls open
05    Tuesday       Classes begin; tuition is due
15    Friday        Last day to register late, add classes, or change to an audit
                    Last day for 100% tuition refund
                    Last day to drop classes without a grade of “W”
18    Monday        Martin Luther King, Jr . Day holiday (College is closed)
19    Tuesday       Academic Monday—attend classes that normally meet on Monday

February
08    Monday        Registration for May/Summer 2010 begins
12    Friday        Deadline for making up incomplete grades from Fall 2009
15    Monday        Presidents’ Day holiday (College is closed)
24    Wednesday     Academic Monday—attend classes that normally meet on Monday
26    Friday        Midterm evaluations are due – undergraduate only

March
01–06 Mon .-Sat .   Semester break (College is closed Friday, March 5)
12    Friday        Last day to elect the credit/no credit option
15    Monday        Registration for Fall 2010 begins
26    Friday        Last day to withdraw from class without a grade of “WF”

April
21    Wednesday Last day of classes
22    Thursday      Study day
23–29 Fri .-Thurs . Finals week

May
03    Monday        Final grades are due from faculty at noon
04    Tuesday       Final grades are available to students on the Web




                                                                               3
May	Term	2010	–	(10/MY)
May
03   Monday      Classes begin; tuition is due
10   Monday      Last day to register late, add classes, or change to an audit
                 Last day for 100% tuition refund
                 Last day to drop classes without a grade of “W”
14   Friday      Last day to elect the credit/no credit option
21   Friday      Last day to withdraw from class without a grade of “WF”
28   Friday      Last day of classes
29   Saturday    Commencement 2010
31   Monday      Memorial Day holiday (College is closed)

June
02   Wednesday Final grades are due from faculty at noon
03   Thursday  Final grades are available to students on the Web


Undergraduate	Summer	Term	2010	–		
(10/S2)
June
07   Monday      Classes begin; tuition is due
14   Monday      Last day to register late, add classes, or change to an audit
                 Last day to receive a 100% tuition refund
                 Last day to drop without a grade of “W”

July
05   Monday      Independence Day holiday (College is closed)
09   Friday      Last day to elect credit/no credit option
16   Friday      Last day to withdraw from class without a grade of “WF”
23   Friday      Pioneer Day holiday (College is closed)

August
02   Monday      Last day of classes
05   Thursday    Final grades are due from faculty at noon
06   Friday      Final grades are available to students on the Web




4
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster


About Westminster
                                                                                           Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction


Core	Values	                                                                               Admission to
                                                                                           the College
As members of the Westminster College community, we are committed to the
following values:

     •    Impassioned teaching and active learning                                         Financial Aid


     •    Respect for diverse people and perspectives
     •    Collaboration and teamwork                                                       Expenses

     •    Personal and social responsibility
     •    College-wide excellence                                                          Degree
                                                                                           Reqments.
     •    High ethical standards

                                                                                           Academic

Mission                                                                                    Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures


Westminster College is a private, independent college dedicated to student learning .
                                                                                           Grading and
We offer professional and liberal arts courses of study for undergraduates, as well        Academic
as selected graduate programs . We are a community of learners with a long and             Standards

honored tradition of caring deeply about students and their education . Students are
challenged to experiment with ideas, raise questions, critically examine alternatives,
and make informed decisions . We encourage students to accept responsibility               School of
                                                                                           Arts &
for their own learning, to discover and pursue their passions, and to act with             Sciences
responsibility .

Our purposes are to prepare students to lead lives of learning, accomplishment,
and service and to help them develop skills and attributes critical for success in a
                                                                                           Gore School
rapidly changing world . We do this by offering distinctive academic programs that         of Business
emphasize theory and practice and encourage active, experiential, collaborative,
and cross-disciplinary learning . We work to pursue excellence while promoting
inclusiveness and respect for differences .

                                                                                           School of
Vision                                                                                     Education


We will be nationally recognized as an exemplary community of learners,
distinguished by our distinctive educational programs, our record of preparing
graduates for success in a rapidly changing world, and our commitment to                   School of
                                                                                           Nursing
continuous improvement, effectiveness, and value .                                         and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                        About Westminster              5   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Educational	Goals
To distinguish the College by preparing “Graduates of Westminster College”—
graduates who have developed skills and attributes crucial for success .

“Graduates of Westminster College” will achieve the following college-wide
learning goals:

     •    Critical, analytical, and integrative thinking
     •    Creative and reflective capacities
     •    Leadership, collaboration, and teamwork
     •    Writing and other communication skills
     •    Global consciousness, social responsibility, and ethical awareness


The	Campus
The Westminster College campus is situated on 27 acres in a residential area of
Salt Lake City within the shadows of the Wasatch Mountains . Students residing in
the coeducational residence halls or nearby local housing are just 10 minutes from
downtown, 15 minutes from nearby canyons, and only 30 minutes from spectacular
ski slopes . Many cultural events, including symphony, ballet, and opera; as well as
professional sports, are available to students year-round .

The campus has nineteen major buildings, including a performing arts center;
student union; gymnasium; and residence halls, three of which have been built since
1998 . The Bill and Vieve Gore School of Business building was completed in 1988
and expanded with a 32,000 square foot addition in Fall 2002 . The flagship building
of the campus, Converse Hall, was built in 1907 and renovated in 1989 . It features
classrooms and art studios, and houses a carillon . Foster Hall, renovated 1993–94,
houses Arts and Sciences faculty and classrooms . Converse Hall and Foster Hall,
together with the Jewett Center for the Performing Arts, compose the Jewett Center
for the Arts and Humanities . The student union—the Shaw Center—was remodeled
in 2001 . In addition, there is a science laboratory building, computer labs, a flight
simulator lab, a print shop, a theater, and a nursing laboratory . Classes in wheel-
thrown and hand-built pottery are held in the Eccles Ceramics Center . Stately old
trees, flowering shrubs, a mountain stream, and a towering water fountain in the
center of the campus plaza enhance the overall beauty of Westminster’s campus .

The Giovale Library, completed in 1997, is a 50,000-square-foot state-of-the art
library and information services center . The collection presently includes 127,000
books and 310 current journal subscriptions (with over 100 of these available
electronically) . Local access to other formats, including videos, DVDs, maps,
microforms, and music CDs is available . Additionally, students have full-text access
to over 28,500 electronic journals and more than 54,000 electronic books via some

6         About Westminster
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster
90 online electronic databases (most of which are available from off-campus via a
proxy server) . The Giovale Library has seating capacity for 290 people, group study
                                                                                           Programs of
areas, a multimedia classroom, media viewing areas, a computer lab, an information         Instruction
commons area where multiple students can work together, and individual study
carrels, all with wireless internet access . The library staff is well-trained to assist
students, staff and faculty in formal classes or on an individual basis in accessing       Admission to
various databases and locating materials and information . The library also includes       the College

the Writing Center and an Assistive Technology Lab . The Giovale Library is a
member of the Utah Academic Library Consortium .
                                                                                           Financial Aid
The dedication of the library marked the first in a series of master-planned campus
improvements, which include a tiered parking structure on the northwest end of
campus behind the Jewett Center as well as an apartment-style residence which
                                                                                           Expenses
were both opened for Fall Semester 1998 . A second apartment-style residence was
opened for Fall Semester 1999, and a third was opened for Fall Semester 2001 . The
35,000-square-foot expansion to the Gore Business Building was completed in Fall
2002 . In the administration building, Bamberger Hall, the Registrar’s, Financial Aid,     Degree
                                                                                           Reqments.
and President’s Offices were renovated in Summer 2002 . Future building projects
include a Science building and additional parking .
                                                                                           Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
The Bill and Vieve Gore Center for Business, Aviation, and Entrepreneurship is one         Procedures
of the most technologically advanced facilities for business education in the nation .
Interactive classrooms facilitate discussion and case analysis; the Entrepreneurship
                                                                                           Grading and
Center provides opportunities for students to mentor and consult with early-               Academic
stage companies; the Center for Financial Analysis enables students to bridge the          Standards

theoretical and practical components of finance; the Behavioral Simulation and
Team Learning Lab simulates group, teamwork, and interpersonal relationships;
mentor-team rooms provide space for students working on company-specific                   School of
                                                                                           Arts &
projects; and, in the Aviation Simulation Center, students practice their flying,          Sciences
instrument, and procedural skills .

The Emma Eccles Jones Conservatory was completed in Fall of 2004 and enjoyed
a successful gala 2004–2005 season . This significant new facility adjoins the Jewett
Center for the Performing Arts and helps meet the growing needs of our students in         Gore School
                                                                                           of Business
the performing arts . Some of the highlights of the new conservatory include a new
concert hall with seating for 285, a rehearsal facility, seven practice rooms, a black
box student theatre and a larger foyer to allow for public receptions and art exhibits .

The Dolores Doré Eccles Health, Wellness, and Athletic Center was completed in
                                                                                           School of
February of 2006 . This 84,500-square-foot, three-story building houses a fitness          Education
complex featuring a gymnasium, climbing wall, swimming pool, fitness and training
center, and lockers and training space . The third floor of the new facility is home to
the college’s growing Center for Nursing Education, which provides classrooms,
offices, and a Skills Center that includes a state-of-the-art simulation laboratory to     School of
support experiential learning for students at all levels of nursing education .            Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
                                                                                           Sciences
Dumke Field and parking structure, originally Dane Hansen Memorial Stadium, was
completed in Fall 2006 . This underground parking structure and elevated field houses
Westminster’s soccer and lacrosse teams, as well as other intramural and club sports .
                                                          About Westminster            7   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
The	Faculty
There are approximately 140 full-time faculty and 150 adjunct instructors who
teach at Westminster College . Of the full-time faculty, more than 89% hold a Ph .D .
or professional terminal degree . Among the members of the faculty are published
writers, active scholars, and many who left successful professional careers in
order to teach . The Genevieve W . Gore Distinguished Residents Program and the
Weldon J . Taylor/American Express Executive Lecture Series bring noteworthy
faculty, scholars, and business leaders to campus every year . The Anne Newman
Sutton Weeks poetry series brings distinguished poets from around the world . The
Tanner-McMurrin Lecture Series attracts an outstanding scholar in the history
and philosophy of religion each spring, the Diversity Lecture Series helps focus
the College’s commitment to diversity and respect for differences, and the Kim
T . Adamson Chair and annual lecture helps bring international perspectives to
disciplines and majors throughout the college . The Westminster Concert Series
features Westminster music faculty and other superb local and out-of-state
musicians—many of them nationally or internationally respected—in the Vieve
Gore Concert Hall .


The	Students
A combination of approximately 2,565 full-time and part-time students representing
29 states and 24 foreign countries are enrolled in the college’s daytime, evening, and
weekend classes . Seventy-six percent are undergraduate students, 24% are graduate
students .

About 89% of undergraduate students attend full time (12 hours per semester or
more), and 11% attend school part-time . About 46% of graduate students attend part-
time . Approximately 93% percent of undergraduate students receive some form of
financial assistance with an average financial aid award for full-time undergraduates
of over $14,000 .

Students are offered a choice of 49 undergraduate programs and majors or minors,
as well as graduate degrees in business administration, technology management,
education, teaching, professional communication, professional counseling, nursing,
anesthesia, and public health . Westminster students publish a weekly newspaper
and a nationally recognized literary magazine, are active in student government and
college committees, and are members of both special interest and honorary clubs .




8         About Westminster
                                                                                        About
                                                                                        Westminster

Student	Life	and	Services
                                                                                        Programs of
Detailed information on student life and services can be found in the Student           Instruction
Handbook, which is available for download or viewing on the Student Life web
page each fall . The handbook contains information on:
                                                                                        Admission to
                                                                                        the College
 Student	Resources                         Athletics/Intramural	Programs
   Alcohol and Drug Abuse Prevention       Campus	Crime	and	Safety	
    Program                                Campus	Organizations
                                                                                        Financial Aid
   Campus Ministry                         Policies	and	Procedures
   Career Resources                          Academic Honesty
   Counseling                                Computer Ethics and Use Policy
   Internships                               Sexual Harassment Policy                   Expenses
   Residential Life                          Smoking Policy
   Testing                                   Student Disciplinary Code
   Tutoring                                  Substance and Alcohol Abuse and            Degree
   START Center for New Student               Weapons Policy                            Reqments.
    Advising and Orientation               Federal	Laws	Affecting	Students’
   Veterans Services                       		Rights                                     Academic
                                           Volunteer	Service	Learning                   Policies &
                                                                                        Procedures



Accreditation	and	Affiliation                                                           Grading and
                                                                                        Academic
                                                                                        Standards
Westminster College is accredited by the Northwest Commission on Colleges and
Universities; the Bill and Vieve Gore School of Business by the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs; the Teacher Education Programs by
                                                                                        School of
the Utah State Board of Education; and the Nursing Program is accredited by the         Arts &
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education and is approved by the Utah State            Sciences

Board of Nursing . Programs at Westminster College are approved for veterans
benefits, and the College is authorized under Federal law to enroll non-immigrant
students .
                                                                                        Gore School
In addition, the college is a member of the National Association of Independent         of Business
Colleges and Universities, American Association of Colleges, American Council
on Education, Western Interstate Commission on Higher Education, Council for
Independent Colleges, Council for Adult and Experiential Learning, Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs, National Collegiate Honors Council,
Council for the Advancement and Support of Education, American Association              School of
                                                                                        Education
of Colleges of Nursing, and the Western Institute of Nursing . Westminster is an
independent, freestanding, nonsectarian, self-governing college .


                                                                                        School of
                                                                                        Nursing
                                                                                        and Health
                                                                                        Sciences




                                                       About Westminster            9   Course
                                                                                        Descriptions
History
Westminster College has played a pivotal role in the educational heritage of
the intermountain area . Founded in 1875 as the Salt Lake Collegiate Institute, a
preparatory school under the auspices of the First Presbyterian Church of Salt
Lake City, Westminster first offered college classes in 1897 as Sheldon Jackson
College . Named in honor of its primary benefactor, Sheldon Jackson, a Presbyterian
clergyman and supervisor of public education in Alaska, the college operated
for many years on the Collegiate Institute campus in downtown Salt Lake City .
Gradually the institute became identified as the college preparatory department, and
high school classes continued to be an integral part of the curriculum until 1945 .

In 1902 college trustees adopted a new name to reflect a more generic Protestant
orientation than its former title afforded . The name Westminster derives from The
Westminster Confession of Faith, a comprehensive exposition of Presbyterian
theology produced by English Puritans and Scottish Presbyterians at Westminster, a
borough of London, in the seventeenth century .

Moving to its present location in 1911, Westminster became the first accredited
two-year junior college in the intermountain area . In 1935 Westminster modified its
curriculum to qualify as a four-year junior college and in 1949 became a four-year
liberal arts institution offering baccalaureate degrees in the arts and sciences . In the
years since, the college has added a number of professional programs .

Founded by Presbyterians but always interdenominational in outlook and
governance, Westminster had legal ties to the Presbyterian Church in the United
States of America administered through the regional Synod of Utah . By mutual
consent of church and college, Westminster ended its official covenantal relationship
in 1974 . Today Westminster exists as a fully independent, privately funded,
nondenominational, comprehensive liberal arts institution of higher learning with
selected graduate programs, meeting the West’s educational needs as it has since
1875 .

Inquiries
Address letters of inquiry concerning the college to:
Office of Admissions
Westminster College
1840 South 1300 East, Salt Lake City, Utah 84105
Phone 832–2200 (local) or 1–800–748–4753 Fax 801–832–3101 .




10         About Westminster
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster


Programs of Instruction
                                                                                           Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction
Westminster’s instructional programs are characterized by an experienced and
available faculty and staff; liberal arts, interdisciplinary and professional programs
emphasizing both theoretical and practical learning; an administration committed
                                                                                           Admission to
to academic excellence; a genuine concern for each student’s plans and aspirations;        the College
small classes that encourage involvement and active learning; and a diverse and
friendly student body .
The college welcomes students from all backgrounds and ages, and believes that the         Financial Aid

knowledge and discipline acquired through the rigors of higher education will lead
to new and expanded opportunities .
                                                                                           Expenses
The college’s instructional programs are organized and administered through
four schools: the School of Arts and Sciences; the Bill and Vieve Gore School of
Business; the School of Education; and the School of Nursing and Health Sciences .
Students choose majors in schools that will best assist them in achieving their            Degree
                                                                                           Reqments.
academic goals and career interests, and they take courses through the other schools
to ensure a balance in their academic endeavors . Close working relationships among
the faculty in all four schools are of utmost importance to the college in assisting its   Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
students .                                                                                 Procedures

Each school is directed by a dean and has its own faculty . Instructional programs and
procedures are recommended by the faculty members of each school and approved              Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
by the entire college faculty . The four academic deans and the provost and vice           Standards
president for academic affairs constitute a Council of Deans who are responsible for
the day-to-day administration of the instructional programs .
Westminster’s academic calendar is divided into fall and spring semesters, followed        School of
                                                                                           Arts &
by a four-week May Term and the annual commencement exercise . One eight-week              Sciences
undergraduate summer term is also offered .
During May Term, undergraduate students concentrate on one or two offerings in
a more time-intensive experience than would occur during the rest of the academic
year . Some of the May Term courses are offered abroad, with past May Term study           Gore School
experiences including Mexico, Asia, Australia, France, England, China, Greece and          of Business

Italy .
The instructional programs and faculty of Westminster’s four schools, as well as
the independent ROTC programs, are listed and described on the following pages .
Courses listed are subject to change following normal academic procedures that             School of
call for action by each school and by the entire college faculty . Additions, deletions,   Education

or changes effected since the publication of this academic catalog are on file in the
Office of the Registrar .

                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                    Programs of Instruction           11   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
School	of	Arts	and	Sciences
Mary	Jane	Chase, Dean
Carolyn	Connell, Associate Dean


Undergraduate Programs of the School of Arts
and Sciences
The School of Arts and Sciences is the largest and most diverse of the four schools
at Westminster . Programs range from the traditional arts and sciences to professional
offerings such as communication and computer science . Most of the college’s liberal
education courses are offered through the School of Arts and Sciences .
The School of Arts and Sciences encompasses the instructional offerings listed below:

     Anthropology                        Justice Studies
     Art and Fine Arts                   Latin
     Arts Administration                 Mathematics
     Biology                             Music
     Chemistry                           Neuroscience
     Chinese                             Paleontology
     Communication                       Philosophy
     Computer Information Systems        Physics
     Computer Science                    Political Studies
     Earth Systems Science               Pre-Dental
     Engineering 3–2                     Pre-Law
     English                             Pre-Medical
     Environmental Studies               Psychology
     Film Studies                        Religious Studies
     French                              Social Science
     Gender Studies                      Sociology
     History                             Spanish
     Honors Program                      Speech and Theatre Arts
     Japanese                            Master of Professional Communication
                                         Master of Science in Professional
                                         Counseling
See individual programs in Arts and Sciences to determine whether a B .A ., B .S ., or
B .F .A . degree is conferred .


Graduate Programs of the School of Arts and
Sciences
(See Graduate Academic Catalog for detailed information on graduate programs .)

Master	of	Professional	Communication
The Westminster Master of Professional Communication (MPC) program is
designed to help individuals enhance their communication skills and develop
expertise in a specialized communication field .

12         Programs of Instruction
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster
The Master of Professional Communication (MPC) program and the related
Communication Certificates are designed to prepare writers and communication
                                                                                           Programs of
experts for positions in business, industry, government, or any other organization where   Instruction
communication skills are essential . MPC classes are held during evenings and on
weekends, and students may enroll in as many or as few courses as scheduling allows .
                                                                                           Admission to
Westminster is accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges .           the College


Master	of	Science	in	Professional	Counseling
The Master of Science in Professional Counseling is a graduate program that                Financial Aid
prepares students for clinical practice and potential licensure as a Licensed
Professional Counselor (L .P .C .) . This 3 year program requires 60 hours of graduate
work, following guidelines established by the Council for Accreditation of
                                                                                           Expenses
Counseling and Related Educational Programs (i .e ., specializations in Mental Health
Counseling or Marital, Couple, and Family Counseling) and the Utah Division
of Occupational and Professional Licensing . Broad in scope, its focus and course
work support a range of theoretical perspectives and potential practice with diverse       Degree
                                                                                           Reqments.
treatment populations .
Westminster is accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges .           Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures

Faculty
                                                                                           Grading and
Lawrence	Anderson, Professor (Biology)                                                     Academic
Deyanira	Ariza-Velasco, Assistant Professor (Spanish)                                      Standards
Brian	Avery, Associate Professor (Biology)
David	Baddley, Associate Professor (Art)
Richard	Badenhausen, Kim Adamson Chair; Professor (Honors)                                 School of
Michael	Bassis, President; Professor (Sociology)                                           Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
Bonnie	Baxter, Associate Professor (Biology)
Laura	Bennett	Murphy, Associate Professor (Psychology)
Karlyn	Bond, Associate Professor (Music)
Bradford	(Bill)	Bynum, Assistant Professor (Mathematics)
Dan	Byrne, Associate Professor (Computer Science)                                          Gore School
                                                                                           of Business
Mary	Jane	Chase, Associate Professor (History)
Christine	Clay, Assistant Professor (Environmental Biology)
Christopher	Cline, Associate Professor (Physics)
Carolyn	Connell, Professor (Mathematics)
Peter	Conwell, Associate Professor, (Physics)
                                                                                           School of
Susan	Cottler, Professor (History)                                                         Education
Jonas	D’Andrea, Assistant Professor (Mathematics)
Alan	Davison, Professor (Spanish)
Gary	Daynes, Associate Provost; Associate Professor (History)
Sean	Desilets, Assistant Professor (English, Film Studies)
                                                                                           School of
William	Deutschman, Associate Professor (Chemistry)                                        Nursing
Georgiana	Donavin, Professor (English)                                                     and Health
                                                                                           Sciences
Lesa	Ellis, Associate Professor (Psychology)
Fred	Fogo, Professor (Communication)
Gregory	Gagne, Assistant Professor (Computer Science)
                                                   Programs of Instruction           13    Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Peter	Goldman, Associate Professor (English)
David	Goldsmith, Associate Professor (Geology)
Jason	Goltz, Assistant Professor (Philosophy)
Susan	Gunter, Professor (English)
Scott	Gust, Assistant Professor (Speech)
Elree	Harris, Professor (English)
Stephen	Haslam, Assistant Professor (French)
James	Hedges, Assistant Professor (Speech/Communication)
Elizabeth	Herrick, Assistant Professor (Mathematics)
Angela	Hicks, Assistant Professor (Psychology)
Helen	Hodgson, Professor (Communication)
Paul	Hooker, Associate Professor (Chemistry)
Helen	Hu, Associate Professor, (Computer Science)
Robyn	Hyde, Associate Professor (Chemistry)
Catherine	Kuzminski, Professor (Art)
Christopher	LeCluyse, Assistant Professor (English)
Jeffrey	McCarthy, Associate Professor (English)
Nicholas	More, Associate Professor (Philosophy)
Fatima	Mujcinovic, Associate Professor (English)
Bridget	Newell, Associate Provost; Professor (Philosophy)
Lance	Newman, Associate Professor (English)
Jeffrey	Nichols, Associate Professor (History)
Kristjane	Nordmeyer, Assistant Professor (Sociology)
Michael	Popich, Professor (Philosophy)
Cathleen	Power, Assistant Professor (Psychology)
Paul	Presson, Associate Provost; Associate Professor (Psychology)
Christopher	Quinn, Professor (Music)
Sean	Raleigh, Assistant Professor (Mathematics)
Judith	Rogers, Professor (Biology)
Mark	Rubinfeld, Associate Professor (Sociology)
Natasha	Sajé, Director Anne Newman Sutton Weeks Poetry Series; Associate
Professor (English)
Colleen	Sandor, Associate Professor (Psychology)
Christine	Seifert, Assistant Professor (Communication)
Tricia	Shepherd, Associate Professor (Physics/Chemistry)
Gretchen	Siegler, Professor (Anthropology/Sociology)
Jennifer	Simonds, Assistant Professor (Psychology)
Barbara	Smith, Director of Learning Communities; Associate Professor (Psychology)
Charles	Tripp, Professor (Political Science and Psychology)
Michael	Vought, Associate Professor (Theatre)
Nina	Vought, Assistant Professor (Theatre)
Janine	Wanlass, Professor (Psychology)
Richard	Wellman, Associate Professor (Mathematics)
Janine	Wittwer, Associate Professor (Mathematics)
Rulon	Wood, Assistant Professor (Communication)
Joy	Woolf, Assistant Professor (Spanish)
Kimberly	Zarkin, Associate Professor (Communication)
Michael	Zarkin, Associate Professor (Political Science)

14        Programs of Instruction
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster

The	Bill	and	Vieve	Gore	School	of	Business
                                                                                              Programs of
John	D.	Groesbeck, Dean                                                                       Instruction

The Bill and Vieve Gore School of Business is dedicated to providing distinctive
academic programs based on the integration of business and liberal arts education . This      Admission to
integration in both curriculum and delivery systems is requisite to prepare our students      the College

for life-long learning and to aid their adaptation to changing social, technological and
economic conditions . This integration enhances the capabilities of our graduates in
written and oral communication, computing and technology, international dimensions,           Financial Aid
critical thinking, ethics, social responsibility, and team effectiveness .
Accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
(ACBSP), the programs of the Gore School of Business reflect Westminster                      Expenses
College’s continuing commitment to provide a student-oriented learning environment
and innovative education of exceptional quality . The integration of business and
liberal arts education contributes to students’ effectiveness as citizens and agents of       Degree
change . Whether students are preparing for entry-level or mid-career qualifications,         Reqments.

the programs of the Gore School of Business offer a solid foundation of business
knowledge and understanding of the complexity of organizations as they function in            Academic
a global environment . Programs are offered at the undergraduate and graduate levels .        Policies &
                                                                                              Procedures
The school also develops and presents non-credit classes, seminars, institutes,
and workshops to meet the training and professional development needs of local                Grading and
businesses, government and non-profit agencies, and community groups .                        Academic
                                                                                              Standards



Undergraduate Programs of the Bill and Vieve
Gore School of Business*
                                                                                              School of
                                                                                              Arts &
                                                                                              Sciences
 Accounting	(B.A.	&	B.S.)                     Finance	(B.A.	&	B.S.)
 Aviation	Studies                             Financial	Services	(B.A.	&	B.S.)
    Flight Operations (B .A . & B .S .)       International	Business	(B.A.)
    Aviation Management (B .A . & B .S .)     Management	(B.A.	&	B.S.)
 Business                                     Marketing	(B.A.	&	B.S.)	                        Gore School
    Business Minor                            Professional	Bachelor	of	Business               of Business

 Economics                                        Administration	(PBBA)
    Economics Option (B .A .)
    Business Option (B .S .)                  *See also the interdisciplinary programs
    Pre-Law Option (B .A .)                   Computer	Information	Systems
                                              (page 108) and Arts	Administration              School of
                                              (page 91) in the Arts and Sciences section .    Education

All programs within the Bill and Vieve Gore School of Business are accredited by
ACBSP with the exception of the Flight Operations major of the Aviation Studies
program, and the B .A . Economics program .
                                                                                              School of
                                                                                              Nursing
                                                                                              and Health
                                                                                              Sciences




                                                    Programs of Instruction              15   Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
Graduate Programs of the Bill and Vieve Gore
School of Business
(See Graduate Academic Catalog for detailed information on graduate programs .)

Master	of	Accountancy
The Master of Accountancy is designed to meet the needs of students interested in a
professional career in accounting . This program is unique in the sense that it recognizes
the highly integrated relationship between the disciplines of accounting and information
systems which has evolved in the recent past . Students completing this program will
be well prepared to sit for the CPA exam and positioned to accept high-level leadership
roles in either public accounting or corporate environments .

Master	of	Business	Administration
The Master of Business Administration is a professional program that prepares
students for executive decision making in dynamic business environments . It
will teach students how to achieve their career goals by building professional and
personal skill sets . Students can customize the program to strengthen career-specific
abilities . The program emphasizes the practical and applied aspects of business .

Master	of	Business	Administration	in	Technology	Management
The Master of Business Administration in Technology Management is a professional
program that prepares students for executive leadership roles in technology-driven
business environments . Specifically designed to meet the needs of professionals
with technical backgrounds, it will teach students how to achieve their career goals
by building their professional and personal skill sets . Students can customize the
program to strengthen career-specific abilities . The program emphasizes the practical
and applied aspects of commercializing innovative products and managing the
businesses that develop them .

Accelerated	Master	of	Business	Administration	for	Westminster	
Undergraduate	Students
Students who have completed an undergraduate business program within five years
at Westminster College in Accounting, Aviation Management, Business, B .S . in
Economics, Information Resource Management, or International Business may have
the option, based on admission to the MBA program, of completing an accelerated
Master of Business Administration degree . A minimum of 36 graduate semester hours
are required to complete the program to earn the Master of Business Administration
degree . Individuals who graduated with any of the above-listed degrees five years
ago or longer may be required to complete foundational preparation in addition to
completing the 36 semester hours of graduate core and elective coursework .




16         Programs of Instruction
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Graduate	Business	Certificates
Certificates allow students to update their graduate degrees or pursue a specific field   Programs of
of study with a focused curriculum . The certificates offered are:                        Instruction

     Accounting                     Financial Planning
     Business Economics             International Business                                Admission to
     Entrepreneurship               Marketing                                             the College
     Finance

Faculty                                                                                   Financial Aid

Shannon	Bellamy, Associate Professor (Management)
Gaylen	Bunker, Associate Professor (Accounting and Finance)
Richard	Chapman, Professor (Economics)                                                    Expenses
Richard	Collins, Associate Professor (Economics and Finance)
Gerald	R.	Fairbairn, Professor (Aviation)
Michael	J.	Glauser, Associate Professor (Management)                                      Degree
John	D.	Groesbeck, Professor (Economics and Finance)                                      Reqments.
Jennifer	Harrison, Assistant Professor, (Accounting)
Robert	J.	Haworth, Instructor (Management)
                                                                                          Academic
Dara	A.	Hoffa, Associate Professor (Accounting)                                           Policies &
Stephen	S.	Hurlbut, Assistant Professor (Management)                                      Procedures

Brian	Jorgensen, Associate Professor (Marketing)
Michael	A.	Keene, Assistant Professor (Technology Management)                             Grading and
                                                                                          Academic
Melissa	M.	Koerner, Assistant Professor (Management)                                      Standards
Michael	Kraus, Associate Professor (Aviation)
Aric	W.	Krause, Associate Professor (Economics)
Lauren	Lo	Re, Assistant Professor (Finance)
                                                                                          School of
Michael	Mamo, Assistant Professor (Economics)                                             Arts &
Kenneth	Meland, Professor (Management)                                                    Sciences

Alysse	Morton, Associate Professor (Management)
Linda	Muir, Associate Director of the Institute for New Enterprise; Instructor
William	Ogilvie, Instructor (Aviation)
Robert	Patterson, Assistant Professor (Finance)
                                                                                          Gore School
Alan	Rogers, Professor (Accounting)                                                       of Business
Donald	R.	Saxon, Assistant Professor (Accounting and Financial Services)
Nancy	Panos	Schmitt, Associate Professor (Marketing)
James	E.	Seidelman, Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs; Professor
(Economics)
Michael	JD	Sutton, Assistant Professor (Management)                                       School of
                                                                                          Education
Christopher	S.P.	Tong, Professor (Economics)
Jerry	Van	Os, Professor (Accounting)
John	P.	Watkins, Professor (Economics)
Joel	Watson, Assistant Professor (Marketing)
Kirk	Wessel, Associate Professor (Management)                                             School of
                                                                                          Nursing
Vicki	R.	Whiting, Associate Professor (Management)                                        and Health
Maria	Wrotniak, Professor (Economics)                                                     Sciences




                                                   Programs of Instruction           17   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
School	of	Education
Robert	Shaw, Dean

Undergraduate Programs of the School of
Education
Teacher	Education
The Teacher Education Programs are accredited by the Teacher Education Accreditation
Council . Successful completion of the Bachelor of Arts in Elementary Education or
Special Education; or completion of requirements for Secondary Licensure leads to
satisfaction of the requirement for the Utah Level I Teaching License .
The School offers Bachelor of Arts degrees in Elementary Education and Special
Education, as well as preparation for Secondary Teaching Licensure, to accompany a
variety of teaching majors and minors .

Endorsement	Programs
The college offers programs that lead to a state endorsement in Special Education of
students with mild to moderate disabilities, and English as a Second Language instruction .
Students may enroll in these programs for an endorsement-only undergraduate minor or
as part of the Master of Education (MED) or Master of Arts in Teaching programs .


Graduate Programs of the School of Education
(See Graduate Academic Catalog for detailed information on graduate programs .)

Master	of	Education
The Master of Education Program has an instructional focus and is offered for licensed
teachers in a public or private school or those who teach adults . Students may earn an
endorsement in Reading (Basic or Advanced), English as a Second Language, Special
Education, or Distance Learning, or an Adult Learning Certificate .
Master	of	Arts	in	Community	Leadership
The Master of Arts in Community Leadership program is designed to prepare
students for leadership roles in non-profit and community organizations . The
program prepares graduates in three key areas: management and leadership,
community organizing and advocacy, and communications .
Master	of	Arts	in	Teaching
The Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) program is designed for students who have a
bachelor’s degree and wish to earn a teaching license in elementary or secondary education .
The MAT program is accredited by the Teacher Education Accreditation Council . This
program is specifically designed to prepare teacher candidates to serve the diverse populations
of students in culturally rich schools . Individuals must be interested in pursuing an advanced
degree that is demanding in its focus upon teacher preparation; in exploring issues of cultural
diversity; in learning applications of technology for teaching; and in research into their own
professional practices . Commitment to professional growth is a prerequisite .

18          Programs of Instruction
                                                                                     About
                                                                                     Westminster

Endorsement	Programs
The college offers programs that lead to a state endorsement in Basic Reading,
                                                                                     Programs of
Advanced Reading, Distance Learning, Special Education of students with mild to      Instruction
moderate disabilities, and English as a Second Language instruction . Students may
enroll in these programs for an endorsement-only undergraduate minor or as part of
the Master of Education or Master of Arts in Teaching programs .                     Admission to
                                                                                     the College

Faculty
Margaret	(Peggy)	Cain, Director of MED and MACL Programs; Associate Professor
                                                                                     Financial Aid
Timothy	Carr, Instructor
Marilee	Coles-Ritchie, Assistant Professor
Janet	Dynak, Professor
Peter	Ingle, Associate Professor                                                     Expenses
Carolyn	Jenkins, Associate Professor
Kristi	Jones, Associate Professor
Barbara	Marsh, Assistant Professor, Temporary                                        Degree
Shamby	Polychronis, Assistant Professor                                              Reqments.

Lorel	Preston, Associate Professor
Robert	Shaw, Associate Professor                                                     Academic
Joyce	Sibbett, Associate Professor                                                   Policies &
                                                                                     Procedures
David	Stokes, Associate Professor
Heidi	Van	Ert, Associate Professor
                                                                                     Grading and
                                                                                     Academic
                                                                                     Standards




                                                                                     School of
                                                                                     Arts &
                                                                                     Sciences




                                                                                     Gore School
                                                                                     of Business




                                                                                     School of
                                                                                     Education




                                                                                     School of
                                                                                     Nursing
                                                                                     and Health
                                                                                     Sciences




                                                 Programs of Instruction        19   Course
                                                                                     Descriptions
School	of	Nursing	and	Health	Sciences
Sheryl	Steadman, Dean

The Westminster School of Nursing and Health Sciences offers programs leading
to the Baccalaureate and Master’s degrees in nursing, public health, and nurse
anesthesia . The undergraduate program prepares students to begin practice as
professional nurse generalists . The program is designed for all qualified applicants
including high school graduates, transfer students, those with degrees in other fields,
and licensed practical nurses .


Undergraduate Programs
Baccalaureate	Nursing	Program
The Baccalaureate Nursing program prepares students to practice as professional
nurses . The curriculum provides students with various clinical experiences to
enhance their learning . Graduates of the program are prepared to take the national
licensing examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN) .

Human	Performance	and	Wellness
Human Performance and Wellness courses include traditional physical education,
innovative mind-body-spirit offerings, outdoor recreation and leadership
opportunities, nutrition, athletic training, and preparation for certification in personal
training and group exercise .

Graduate Programs
(See Graduate Academic Catalog for detailed information on graduate programs .)

Master	of	Science	in	Nursing/Family	Nurse	Practitioner/Family	
Nurse	Practitioner	Certificate	Option
The Family Nurse Practitioner Program offers working professional nurses the
opportunity to become licensed and certified as Advanced Practice Registered
Nurses with prescriptive privileges . To accommodate working nurses, classes are
scheduled one to two days per week . Clinical assignments are one day per week
based on the availability of the assigned preceptor . Graduates of the program are
eligible to take the American Nurse Credential Center (ANCC) or the American
Academy of Nurse Practitioners (AAPN) certification exam and apply for Utah
licensure as Advanced Practice Registered Nurses (APRN) .

Master	of	Science	in	Nursing	Education/Nurse	Educator	Certificate
The Nurse Educator Program educates practicing nurses to teach professional
nursing . This curriculum-based program prepares nurses to be more effective nurse
educators in a clinical, college or university setting within the teaching-coaching
domains of practice .



20         Programs of Instruction
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

Master	of	Science	in	Nurse	Anesthesia
The Nurse Anesthesia Program provides an academic environment which offers the         Programs of
highest level of didactic, lab simulation and clinical site experiences . The MSNA     Instruction
program allows nurse anesthesia students to master the intellectual and technical
skills required to become competent in the safe administration of anesthesia .
Graduates are prepared to sit for the NBCRNA examination .                             Admission to
                                                                                       the College

Master	of	Public	Health/Certificate	in	Public	Health
The Public Health Program lays a solid foundation for public health practice in        Financial Aid
the twenty-first century . The program focuses on developing knowledge and skills
needed to be an effective member of the public health workforce . The program
offers a Master of Public Health (MPH) degree and a Certificate in Public Health
                                                                                       Expenses
(CPH) that are taught in an executive format, meaning core courses will be offered
every two weeks on a Friday and Saturday during the semester . Additional courses
may be offered in the evening . The MPH degree is recognized internationally for the
public health professional .                                                           Degree
                                                                                       Reqments.



Faculty                                                                                Academic
                                                                                       Policies &
Julie	Balk, Assistant Professor                                                        Procedures
Diane	Forster-Burke, Professor
Carol	Jeffers, Assistant Professor                                                     Grading and
Han	Kim, Assistant Professor                                                           Academic
                                                                                       Standards
Ronda	Lucey, Assistant Professor
Marsha	Morton, Professor
Gail	Nelson, Assistant Professor
Robert	Nicholes, Assistant Professor                                                   School of
                                                                                       Arts &
Cordelia	Schaffer, Assistant Professor                                                 Sciences
Sheryl	Steadman, Assistant Professor
James	Stimpson, Assistant Professor
Jennifer	Stock, Assistant Professor
Sheri	Tesseyman, Assistant Professor
Christopher	Torman, Assistant Professor                                                Gore School
                                                                                       of Business
Diane	Van	Os, Professor
George	L.	White	Jr., Professor
Stephanie	Zimmer, Assistant Professor

                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Education




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                 Programs of Instruction         21    Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
International	Travel/Study/Service/Work	
Programs
Westminster College offers three main options to study/work/travel internationally .
Most students take advantage of the May Term trips that faculty lead each year . Space is
limited, so look for information about the options for the upcoming May Term as early
as November . A few students complete internship overseas . Please contact the Career
Resource Center if you are interested in an international internship . Finally, a number of
students spend an entire semester studying abroad . The Office of Student Life counsels
and assists interested students and has the paperwork needed to ensure the credits (and
sometimes financial aid) will transfer . These forms must be completed before one leaves
on any international experience .
Westminster College is also a member of the Utah Asian Studies Consortium . This
consortium consists of all the universities and colleges in Utah, and it exists to promote
connections between faculty and students in Utah and businesses and schools in Asia .
The consortium offers May Term trips, internships, semester study abroad programs,
and other opportunities in several Asian countries for Westminster students . Scholarships
are available (through the consortium) for most of these activities . Please see Assistant
Professor Steve Hurlbut in the Gore School of Business for more information .


Reserve	Officers	Training	Corps	Programs
Westminster offers students an opportunity to participate in the ROTC programs of
the U .S . Air Force, the U .S . Army, and the U .S . Navy through cooperative programs
at the University of Utah .
ROTC programs offered through Westminster College appear as a complete unit in
the listing of instructional programs . Students are advised to contact the personnel
listed under the appropriate military program for detailed information .




22          Programs of Instruction
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster


Admission to the College
                                                                                          Programs of
                                                                                          Instruction
Westminster admits students whose academic records indicate that they possess the
skills and maturity necessary for success in college work . Students are admitted
without discrimination as to race, color, nationality, creed, sex, physical handicaps,
                                                                                          Admission to
or veteran status . Although the college does not require a specific pattern of school    the College
subjects, it does strongly recommend a standard college preparatory high school
academic program .
Admission to the college does not constitute acceptance into all of its programs .        Financial Aid

Students applying for admission into the Education and Nursing Programs should
consult the appropriate sections of this Academic Catalog for additional admission
requirements . Music students must audition to be accepted into the minor . Students      Expenses
applying to graduate programs should review the appropriate sections in the
Graduate Academic Catalog .
Applications for admission are accepted on a continual basis and are processed until      Degree
                                                                                          Reqments.
the beginning of each academic term .

                                                                                          Academic

Admission	Requirements                                                                    Policies &
                                                                                          Procedures


                                                                                          Grading and
New Freshmen                                                                              Academic
                                                                                          Standards
Individual applications are reviewed on the basis of a student’s potential for success
at Westminster . Academic preparation, which includes both coursework and grades,
is most important . Also important to the review are items such as entrance exams
                                                                                          School of
(ACT or SAT), recommendations, and extracurricular activities . A campus visit to         Arts &
meet with an academic counselor is recommended, as it helps complete the picture          Sciences

for both the prospective student and the college .
A student currently enrolled in high school may be accepted for admission on the
basis of six semesters of high school work . The college may require additional grade
reports during the student’s senior year, and will require final transcripts showing      Gore School
                                                                                          of Business
high school graduation .


Transfer Students
A student with a cumulative grade point average of 2 .5 (C+) or better in academic        School of
courses from all previous college work, and who is in good academic standing at           Education

his/her previous institution(s) may be considered for admission as a transfer student .
Detailed information regarding Westminster College transfer policies can be found
in the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of this catalog .
                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                                 Admission to the College            23   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Special Students
Special students are defined as students who are enrolled at the college but have not
applied for, or been accepted into, a degree program . Special students, therefore, are
those who plan to take courses for “interest only .” Special students are subject to the
academic regulations of the college .
Credit earned while in special student status is not considered toward a degree unless
the student applies for admission to, and is accepted by, the college as a degree-
seeking student .


Readmission	of	Former	Students
Students who wish to register at the college after an absence of three or more
academic semesters (not including May or summer terms) must apply for
readmission through the Office of Admissions . Re-entering students are subject
to the academic requirements in effect at the time of their re-entry . Westminster
College makes every effort to honor coursework taken in previous years; however,
due to curriculum changes, this cannot be guaranteed . Previous coursework
in question must be reviewed by individual academic departments with a final
agreement submitted in writing to the Registrar’s Office .
Former students who have attended other colleges or universities during their
absence must apply for readmission as transfer students and must meet all applicable
requirements for admission . It should be noted that students who attend other
colleges or universities during a summer session are not required to reapply . Transfer
credit for such courses is subject to the college’s regular transfer policies as stated in
the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of this catalog .
In accordance with the Higher Education Reauthorization Act, Westminster College
will readmit veterans at the same academic status in which they left the institution,
provided the veteran notifies the college in advance of their deployments and are not
absent from the institution for more than five years, cumulatively . Those students
who fail to provide advance notice may re-enroll after providing proof of service .


Concurrent	Enrollment
Qualified high school students may enroll at Westminster, while still attending high
school, for a maximum of eight credit hours (per semester) with the permission
of the Office of Admissions, the applicant’s high school principal or guidance
counselor, and parent or legal guardian . Written recommendations from the
appropriate individuals and an official transcript indicating a grade point average
of 3 .00 or higher in academic coursework must be submitted to the Office of
Admissions . Additional hours may be requested and must be approved by the
student’s Westminster academic advisors .




24         Admission to the College
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster



                                                                                            Programs of
                                                                                            Instruction




                                                                                            Admission to
                                                                                            the College




                                                                                            Financial Aid




                                                                                            Expenses




                                                                                            Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.



                                                                                            Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
                                                                                            Procedures


                                                                                            Grading and
                                                                                            Academic
                                                                                            Standards




                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Arts &
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                                                            Gore School
                                                                                            of Business




Non-High	School	Graduates                                                                   School of
                                                                                            Education
Students who have not completed high school, or who have graduated from a
non-accredited high school, may be admitted to the college on the basis of scores
received on the General Educational Development examination (GED) . A score of
50 or higher in each category and a minimum overall score of 54 is necessary for
applicants who submit the equivalency certificate in lieu of a high school diploma .        School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                 Admission to the College              25   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Applying	for	Admission
When to Apply
High school seniors should apply for admission early in their senior year if they plan
to enter the college during the following fall semester . Transfer and international
students should apply at least three months prior to the beginning of the semester
they plan to attend .


How to Apply
Students must submit:

     1 .   An application for admission and $40 application fee . The form may
           be obtained from the Office of Admissions or on the web site at www .
           westminstercollege .edu .
     2 .   An official transcript of high school credit sent directly to the Office of
           Admissions by the high school .
     3 .   Official transcript(s) from each college or university attended (for
           incoming transfer students) sent directly to the Office of Admissions by
           each college or university . An official high school transcript may also be
           required of a transfer applicant who has completed fewer than 30 semester
           credit hours or 45 quarter credit hours of college or university work at
           another institution .
     4 .   ACT or SAT test scores (for incoming freshmen) .
All records submitted to the college become the property of Westminster College as
part of each student’s permanent record and are not returnable .


Notification	of	Admission
Applicants receive a letter notifying them of their eligibility for admission
approximately two weeks after the Office of Admissions receives all required
materials (application forms, transcripts, and test scores) . Transfer students receive a
separate summary of transfer credit evaluation .
Once the applicant has been advised of acceptance, a $250 tuition deposit must be
submitted to guarantee a place in the entering class . Checks should be made payable
to Westminster College and sent to the Office of Admissions .
The tuition deposit should be submitted within 30 days of acceptance, or (for those
students applying for financial aid) within 30 days of the student’s receipt of his/
her financial aid award notice . Students who need additional time should contact
the Office of Admissions . The deposit is credited to the student’s account and is
deducted from tuition at the beginning of the semester .



26          Admission to the College
                                                                                               About
                                                                                               Westminster
Students planning to live in campus housing must submit a housing contract and a
$200 room reservation deposit by June 1 for the Fall semester to reserve their place
                                                                                               Programs of
in the residence halls . Housing deposits are refunded in full if a written cancellation       Instruction
is received on or before June 1 for the Fall semester or November 1 for the Spring
semester .
                                                                                               Admission to
Students planning to live in campus housing must also submit: 1) a medical release             the College
form, 2) confidential health questionnaire, and 3) immunization records to the
Director of Residence Life . These medical forms are required of all students who
live in campus housing .
                                                                                               Financial Aid




International	Students                                                                         Expenses
The college accepts and enrolls students who are citizens of countries other than the
United States . Full-time international students are issued Forms I–20 to enable them
to apply for student visas .                                                                   Degree
                                                                                               Reqments.

Admission Requirements
                                                                                               Academic
To be considered for enrollment at the college, international students must be graduates       Policies &
of a secondary school and meet all admissions requirements as regular students as              Procedures
evidenced by:
                                                                                               Grading and
     1 .   Presenting a transcript from a secondary school or post-secondary institution       Academic
                                                                                               Standards
           abroad—originals and official English translations—or in the U .S .
     2 .   Presenting evidence of advanced level proficiency in English as shown
           by a score of 550 or above on the Test of English as a Foreign Language             School of
           (TOEFL), or equivalent on a similar test such as the Michigan Language              Arts &
                                                                                               Sciences
           Test .
     3 .   Non-U .S . citizens whose primary and secondary education took place
           in Australia, Canada, Great Britain, Ireland, New Zealand, or the U .S .
           or graduated from English-speaking high schools are exempt from the
                                                                                               Gore School
           TOEFL requirement and must submit all other required test scores (SAT               of Business
           or ACT exams) . Students who were born in any of these countries but
           educated elsewhere, however, will be required to satisfy the English
           proficiency requirement .
     4 .   Optional Test Scores: Other exams such as the SAT and the ACT exams
                                                                                               School of
           are not required for international students . However, as further evidence of       Education
           your academic performance, we strongly encourage you to submit scores
           if you have taken either exam, especially if you are from a native English-
           speaking country .
     5 .   Presenting verification of financial ability to afford tuition and estimated        School of
                                                                                               Nursing
           living expenses for two semesters .                                                 and Health
                                                                                               Sciences
International students who have attended another college or university in the U . S .
and have completed a minimum of 15 academic credits may be accepted as transfer
students and may not need to present a TOEFL score .

                                                   Admission to the College               27   Course
                                                                                               Descriptions
Application Procedure
International students who wish to attend the college must begin the application
procedure early . All documents and materials for application must be received by the
Office of Admissions at least 30 days before the semester begins .
International students must submit the following materials to the Office of Admissions:

     1 .   Westminster College Application for Admission form and a $40
           application fee (checks should be payable to Westminster College) .
     2 .   Westminster College International Student Financial Statement
           accompanied by a current bank statement from the student’s sponsor .
     3 .   Official transcripts of secondary school grades (or scores on the general
           secondary certificate examination) and/or college or university grades .
           Transcripts must be sent directly to the Office of Admissions from the
           student’s school or ministry of education . The transcripts must have the
           official seal printed or embossed on them and must be accompanied by an
           official English translation .
     4 .   Official TOEFL score or equivalent .
All materials submitted to the Office of Admissions become the property of the
college and cannot be returned to the student or sent to another school . If the
student’s school or ministry of education issues only one copy of secondary school
grades or examination scores, the Office of Admissions will make a certified copy
and return the original to the student; however, in all cases copies must be made
from originals . Duplicated copies will not be accepted .
When all of the above-mentioned materials and documents have been received
by the Office of Admissions, a student’s application is reviewed and the student is
notified in writing of the decision . Once a student has been accepted for admission, a
Form I–20 will be sent to the student .


Credit	for	Advanced	Standing
Transfer Credit
The college accepts credit earned at other regionally-accredited colleges and/or
universities in which a grade of C- or better has been earned and which is appropriate
to the degree being sought . Courses which are remedial in nature or below college
level are not acceptable . For detailed information regarding Westminster College
transfer policies, refer to the section on Undergraduate Degree Requirements .

Military Training and Experience
The college grants credit for selected military training and experience as recommended
in the publication “Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed
Services” of the American Council on Education . Students seeking credit for military
training and experience should contact the Registrar’s Office .

28          Admission to the College
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster


Financial Aid
                                                                                           Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction
Westminster maintains a significant program of merit-based and need-based
financial aid to support new and continuing students, and the college makes vigorous
efforts every year to expand this broad-based program of financial aid to provide the
                                                                                           Admission to
maximum in options to students who are serious about their college educations .            the College

The college is totally committed to the philosophy that every qualified student shall
have access to a college education, regardless of personal financial circumstances .
The college makes every effort to determine each student’s personal needs and              Financial Aid

abilities and to create an individually tailored financial aid package which is
appropriate to the student’s own special case .
                                                                                           Expenses
Merit-based aid is available to students who have excelled in their studies or
extracurricular activities .
Need-based aid is available and awarded to students whose family contribution              Degree
is judged to be less than Westminster’s total cost, thus demonstrating a need for          Reqments.

assistance . These funds are awarded in the form of grants, loans, and employment .
In addition, government-subsidized loans may be available to students who do not           Academic
qualify for other need-based aid, but who still lack the financial resources to pay for    Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures
their education in full .
Merit-based and need-based financial aid are administered on different criteria;           Grading and
consequently, application procedures and deadlines differ .                                Academic
                                                                                           Standards



Academic	Standards                                                                         School of
                                                                                           Arts &
To receive an academic scholarship, a student generally must maintain at least a 3 .0      Sciences
cumulative grade point average (GPA) . To receive a grant, a student must maintain a
2 .0 or 2 .5 cumulative GPA, depending on the renewal requirements for the specific
grant fund . To receive merit-based aid, a student must be enrolled full time (at least
12 semester credit hours), except where otherwise specified by the individual award .
                                                                                           Gore School
                                                                                           of Business


Merit-Based	Aid	(Scholarships)
Merit-based aid is available at the college as a tuition award . Scholarships are
awarded to recognize academic achievement . Consequently, these scholarships are
                                                                                           School of
awarded on the basis of merit and do not have to be repaid .                               Education

Some scholarships are established to recognize special groups such as non-
traditional students, senior women, part-time students, and others . Although specific
criteria vary, scholarship applicants are generally required to maintain at least a 3 .0
cumulative GPA . Scholarship awards are made for the academic year only (fall and          School of
                                                                                           Nursing
spring semesters) . The total award will be divided equally between fall and spring        and Health
semesters .                                                                                Sciences




                                                               Financial Aid          29   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Scholarships
A list of annually-funded scholarships is available in the Office of Financial Aid .
Scholarship funds are provided by individuals and/or organizations to support
qualified students on a year-to-year basis only .




30         Financial Aid
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster

General Scholarship Fund
In addition to annually-funded scholarships, the college maintains a General                 Programs of
                                                                                             Instruction
Scholarship Fund that consists of a series of financial gifts made to Westminster by
individuals and families who support the college . The General Scholarship Fund is
used to support the Institutional Scholarships awarded each year . Listed below are
                                                                                             Admission to
the individuals, families, and corporations who are now supporting the College’s             the College
General Scholarship Fund: Albert J . Alt Memorial Scholarship, George Bailey
Memorial Scholarship, Victor Blumberg Memorial Scholarship, Bess W . Fisher
Scholarship, Margaret Freece Scholarship, Fuller Reading Scholarship, Mr . and Mrs .         Financial Aid
G .T . Hansen Scholarship, Edith Wade and Frederick J . Hart Scholarship, Thomas F .
Hawk Scholarship, Alfred Hendrickson Scholarship, Hoag Scholarship, Rosa Bird
Marimon Scholarship, Mountain Fuel Supply Company Scholarship, Morris B .
Rosenblatt Memorial Scholarship, Samuel Rosenfeld Memorial Scholarship Fund,                 Expenses

Mr . and Mrs . L .S . Skaggs Scholarship,

Bradley and Elizabeth Skinner Memorial Scholarship, Charles L . Wheeler Memorial             Degree
                                                                                             Reqments.
Scholarship, Westminster College Memorial Scholarship Fund, and Henry T . and
Helen I . Zeider Scholarship .
                                                                                             Academic
                                                                                             Policies &
Other Scholarships                                                                           Procedures


The college also maintains a series of special scholarships funded by a variety of           Grading and
organizations that prefer to select the recipients for the awards each year . In most        Academic
                                                                                             Standards
cases, these special scholarships have their own application forms, which are
available through the Office of Financial Aid .
Air Force ROTC Scholarship—Available on a competitive basis for 2, 2½, 3,                    School of
3½, or 4 years . Provides partial to full tuition, reimbursement for textbooks, and a        Arts &
monthly allowance .                                                                          Sciences


Army ROTC Scholarship—Available on a competitive basis for 2 to 4 years .
Provides full tuition, reimbursement for textbooks, and a monthly allowance .
Navy ROTC Scholarship—Available on a competitive basis for 2 to 4 years .                    Gore School
Provides full tuition, reimbursement for textbooks, and a monthly allowance .                of Business


United Presbyterian Scholarship—Awarded to members of the Presbyterian
Church . Students must have a minimum 2 .0 GPA .

                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Education




                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Nursing
                                                                                             and Health
                                                                                             Sciences




                                                               Financial Aid            31   Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
Other	Financial	Aid
Church loans based on availability of funds may be obtained through churches
maintaining an affiliation with the college (Presbyterian, United Church of Christ) .
In most cases, these loans are restricted to members of the respective denominations .
Information on these loans may be obtained from the appropriate minister or from
the Office of Financial Aid .
The college also maintains a loan fund from which amounts of money may be
borrowed under emergency conditions for short periods of time to meet school-
related expenses (based on availability of funds) .
The individuals and organizations now supporting this special loan fund:
Christ Student Loan Fund, Dora E . Cunningham Memorial Loan Fund, Clara Dell
Forde Student Loan Fund, George T . Hansen, Sr . Loan Fund, T .K . Irvine Loan Fund,
Coletha Kimberling Jones Student Loan Fund, Harvey T . and Ina West Kurzhak
Memorial Loan Fund, Masonic Foundation Loan Fund, Michael Short-Term Loan
Fund, Joseph D . Miller Loan Fund, George D . Ryall Loan Fund, Orrin Sterns Loan
Fund, and Wasatch Presbyterian Church Women’s Association Loan Fund .


Federal	Stafford	Student	Loan	Program
Degree-seeking undergraduate and graduate students are eligible to apply for Federal
Stafford Student Loan funds . Banks and other lending institutions have traditionally
lent money to students to finance their education .
First-year undergraduate students may borrow up to $5,500 per academic year .
Second-year undergraduate students may borrow up to $6,500 per academic year .
Undergraduates past the second year may borrow up to $7,500 per academic year
to a total aggregate maximum of $31,000 for all undergraduate education . Graduate
students may borrow up to $20,500 per academic year to a total aggregate maximum
of $138,500 .
Applicants must apply for need-based financial aid using the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) . The Office of Financial Aid will then determine the
amount of a loan that the student may qualify for and certify student status to the
lending institution of the student’s choice .


Federal	PLUS	Loan
This loan is available to parents of dependent undergraduate students, and to
graduate students . The parents (or graduate students) must have no adverse credit
history . Parents may borrow up to the cost of education (budget costs minus any
financial aid received) and must use the loan funds solely to pay educational costs .
The PLUS is a fixed interest rate loan (for loans disbursed after June 30, 2006) that
is currently capped at 9%, and parents make monthly principal and interest payments
beginning at the time the loan is disbursed . The loan may be obtained through a
participating lender (banks, credit unions, and savings and loan associations) . For
further information concerning this program, contact the Financial Aid Office .

32         Financial Aid
                                                                                                                                                  About
                                                                                                                                                  Westminster

Student	Employment	(Work-Study)
                                                                                                                                                  Programs of
The Federal work-study program makes awards based on financial need . Students                                                                    Instruction
are given the opportunity to work part-time, on-campus, while attending school .
They can work full-time during the summer and other vacation periods . Under this
program, the college pays a portion of the student wages and the government pays                                                                  Admission to
the remainder .                                                                                                                                   the College


Students with Federal work study eligibility have the opportunity to select from a
listing of job openings on campus for interviews and hiring . Students are paid every
                                                                                                                                                  Financial Aid
two weeks for work performed until they have earned the total amount of their
Federal work study award for the academic year . There are also positions available
for summer work .
                                                                                                                                                  Expenses



Student	Budgets
                                                                                                                                                  Degree
Student budgets vary depending upon whether the students are dependent or                                                                         Reqments.
independent, where they live, and the number of credit hours for which they enroll .
Sample budgets are shown below and are based on tuition figures for the                                                                           Academic
2009–2010 academic year .                                                                                                                         Policies &
                                                                                                                                                  Procedures


Dependent Commuter                                                                                                                                Grading and
                                                                                                                                                  Academic
(undergraduate, full-time 12–16 hours enrollment each semester, student lives at                                                                  Standards
home with his/her parents, 9-month duration)
     Tuition and Fees  .  .         .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    . $24,996
                                                                                                                                                  School of
     Books and Supplies .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,000          Arts &
     Room and Board  .  .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 2,200          Sciences
     Transportation  .  .  .        .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,320
     Personal Expenses  .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,204

     TOTAL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . $30,720                                                  Gore School
                                                                                                                                                  of Business

Dependent/Independent On-Campus
(undergraduate, full-time 12–16 hours enrollment each semester, student lives in on-
campus housing, 9-month duration)
                                                                                                                                                  School of
     Tuition and Fees  .  .         .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    . $24,996           Education
     Books and Supplies .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,000
     Room and Board  .  .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 7,006
     Transportation  .  .  .        .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,100
     Personal Expenses  .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,303
                                                                                                                                                  School of
                                                                                                                                                  Nursing
                                                                                                                                                  and Health
     TOTAL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . $35,405                                                  Sciences




                                                                                                                             Financial Aid   33   Course
                                                                                                                                                  Descriptions
Dependent/Independent Off Campus
(undergraduate, full-time 12–16 hours enrollment each semester, 9-month duration)
     Tuition and Fees  .  .         .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    . $24,996
     Books and Supplies .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,000
     Room and Board  .  .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 6,500
     Transportation  .  .  .        .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,320
     Personal Expenses  .           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .  . 1,754

     TOTAL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . $35,570


Determination	of	Need
To determine the financial need of a student, calculate College Costs (Student
Budget) and apply Family Contribution against them . If the Family Contribution is
less than the College Costs, financial need is established . The Family Contribution
is determined by completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA),
including information about income, assets, and non-taxable income .


Satisfactory	Progress	Requirements	For	
Receipt	of	Student	Financial	Aid
Students must maintain satisfactory progress in their academic studies in order to
receive Title IV (Federal) student financial aid funds and institutionally funded
financial aid . Title IV (Federal) student financial aid includes the following
programs:
     Federal Pell Grant
     Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
     Federal Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG)
     Federal Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent Grant (SMART)
     Federal Work Study (FWS)
     Federal Perkins Loan
     Federal Stafford Loan
     Federal PLUS Loan
     Federal TEACH Grant
     Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership (LEAP) Program




34           Financial Aid
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

Students Receiving Student Financial Aid Funds
The Financial Aid Office will utilize the College’s Academic Standing Policy .           Programs of
                                                                                         Instruction
In addition, full-time and part-time (undergraduate and graduate) students must
complete at least 70 percent of the semester credit hours for which they enrolled to
be making satisfactory progress . Any class that appears on the academic transcript
                                                                                         Admission to
as “graded” will be counted toward total credit hours enrolled . Transcript grades       the College
include the following:
A, A-       Excellent          I      Incomplete               CR    Credit
B+, B, B-   Above Average      T      Temporary                NC    No Credit           Financial Aid

C+, C, C-   Average            W      Withdrawn                X     Repeat
D+, D, D-   Poor               WF     Withdrawn failing        R     Repeated
F           Failure            UW     Unofficial withdrawal    AU    Audit [no credit]   Expenses

Additionally, once a student attains sophomore or second-year status, (28 hours and
above), the student must maintain a cumulative grade point average of 2 .0 .
                                                                                         Degree
If satisfactory progress requirements are not met, the student will be determined        Reqments.
ineligible to receive Title IV student financial aid funds .
Students enrolled in the Professional	Bachelor	of	Business	Administration	               Academic
(PBBA)	Program will be reviewed for compliance with the Satisfactory Progress            Policies &
                                                                                         Procedures
Policy using grade equivalencies . Grades of “EX” (Exceeds Project Standards) are
regarded as equivalent to “A” level work; grades of “M” (Meets Project Standards)
                                                                                         Grading and
are regarded as equivalent to “B” or “C” level work; grades of “DN” (Does Not            Academic
Meet Project Standards) are regarded as equivalent to “D” or “F” level work .            Standards
Grades of “EX” and “M” will be counted as credit hours completed while grades of
“DN” will not be counted as credit hours completed .
                                                                                         School of
Timetable For Review                                                                     Arts &
                                                                                         Sciences
Students’ records will be reviewed at the end of each academic year to determine
whether they are in compliance with the Satisfactory Progress Policy . The academic
year ends with May Term and will include any period of time during the academic
year the student was enrolled . Students who have grade changes that affect academic
                                                                                         Gore School
progress after it has been reviewed are responsible for notifying the Financial Aid      of Business
Office so that their progress may be re-reviewed for compliance . Grade changes,
including incomplete grade updates, affecting student eligibility for financial aid
must be on file with the Registrar’s Office prior to the first date of classes in the
next semester of enrollment in order for the student’s record to be re-reviewed for
satisfactory progress in that semester .                                                 School of
                                                                                         Education

Grade Reports Special Note
The following will not be counted as credit hours completed:
F         Failure                       I         Incomplete                             School of
                                                                                         Nursing
W         Withdrawn                     NC        No Credit                              and Health
UW        Unofficial withdrawal         X         Repeat                                 Sciences
WF        Withdrawn Failing             T         Temporary


                                                              Financial Aid         35   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Total Semesters Student Financial Aid Funds
Undergraduate students are eligible to receive financial aid funds for a maximum
of twelve (12) semesters while in full-time status, with each summer counted as
one-half semester . Graduate students are eligible to receive eight (8) semesters of aid
while in full-time status, with each summer counting as one-half semester . Part-time
students’ eligibility will be extended proportionately . Students pursuing a second
undergraduate degree are eligible for four (4) additional semesters after receiving the
first bachelor’s degree .


Reinstatement
After becoming ineligible for student financial aid funds, a student can be considered
for receipt of financial aid only when the completion percentage and grade point
average requirements have been met .


Notification
The Financial Aid Office will notify by letter any student receiving financial
assistance who does not meet the satisfactory progress requirement and has been
determined to be ineligible for financial aid . The notice will be addressed to
the student’s most current local address on file at the college . It is the student’s
responsibility to inform the Registrar’s Office of a correct mailing address at all
times .


Right to Appeal and Appeal Process
Any student who has been determined to be ineligible for financial aid has the right
to appeal . The following appeal process will be utilized:

     •    The student appealing the satisfactory progress decision will meet with
          the Associate Director of Financial Aid to discuss the circumstances
          which caused the student not to be able to meet the satisfactory progress
          requirements and provide documentation of those circumstances when
          possible and as requested . The Associate Director of Financial Aid will
          give a decision in writing, within five working days of the meeting .
     •    If the appeal is not approved, and the student wishes to proceed further
          with the appeal, the student will meet with the Director of Financial Aid .
          The Director of Financial Aid will give a decision, in writing, within five
          working days of the meeting .
     •    The final appeal may be addressed (either in person or in writing) to the
          Undergraduate Admissions and Financial Aid Committee, which will give
          a decision, in writing, within five working days of the meeting .




36         Financial Aid
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Return	of	Title	IV	Federal	Financial	Aid	Funds
                                                                                           Programs of
Federal regulations govern the return of Title IV (federal) financial aid funds that       Instruction
have been disbursed for a student who completely withdraws from college during
a term, payment period, or period of enrollment . The regulations operate under the
principle that a student “earns” his/her financial aid based on the period of time he/     Admission to
she remained enrolled .                                                                    the College


During the first 60% of the enrollment period, a student “earns” Title IV federal
financial aid funds in direct proportion to the length of time he/she remains enrolled
                                                                                           Financial Aid
(that is, the percentage of time during the enrollment period that the student
remained enrolled is the percentage of disbursable aid for that period that the student
earned) . A student who withdraws from college beyond the 60% point has “earned”
all Title IV federal financial aid for the period .                                        Expenses

Unearned Title IV funds, other than Federal Work-Study earnings, must be returned
to the federal financial aid programs . Unearned aid is the amount of disbursed Title
                                                                                           Degree
IV aid that exceeds the amount of Title IV aid earned under the formula .                  Reqments.

The responsibility to repay unearned Title IV aid is shared by the institution and the
student in proportion to the aid each is assumed to possess .                              Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
The institution’s share is the lesser of:                                                  Procedures


     •    the total amount of unearned aid; or                                             Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
     •    institutional charges multiplied by the percentage of unearned aid .             Standards

The student’s share is the difference between the total unearned amount and the
institution’s share .
                                                                                           School of
Additional information, worksheets, and examples of return-of-federal-funds                Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
calculations can be obtained from the Financial Aid Office .


Institutional	Refund	Policy
                                                                                           Gore School
Institutional refunds are determined on the date that add/drop or withdrawal forms         of Business
are completed and processed in the Registrar’s Office . Refer to the appropriate class
schedule for the specific refund schedule for each semester . All institutional charges
(tuition, fees, and room and board) are refunded based on the refund schedule .

                                                                                           School of

Miscellaneous	Information                                                                  Education


Notification of Award—Students submitting applications and other supporting
documentation are notified by mail whether they will receive aid .
                                                                                           School of
Changes in Financial Status—Students are responsible for reporting any change in           Nursing
family financial resources from extra income, gifts, or outside aid . If the additions     and Health
                                                                                           Sciences
reduce the financial need, the award will be reduced . Failure to report additional
resources may result in total cancellation of all financial aid . If resources decrease,
students may request additional funds .
                                                              Financial Aid           37   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
The college makes every effort to assist its students in securing the financial aid they
need to be successful in their studies and career goals, if funds are available .
Employer Reimbursement—Students receiving reimbursement from their
employers who apply for need-based financial aid through the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) are required to notify the Financial Aid Office and
submit documentation of the amounts to be received .
Withdrawal from College—If a student receiving merit-based aid should withdraw
from the college or be suspended before the end of the semester, the student’s
financial aid award is canceled and all unpaid tuition resulting from the cancellation
of the merit-based aid for that semester is due and must be paid immediately .
Incoming students are encouraged to apply for financial aid at the time they apply
for admission to the college . Continuing students are reminded to reapply for
financial aid each academic year . Financial Aid awards are made on a first-come,
first-served basis until all funds are depleted; therefore, it is in each student’s
best interest to submit application materials as soon as possible after January 1 .
Regulations and policies for many of the Federal Financial Aid Programs change
periodically . For additional information about any type of financial aid, contact the
Office of Financial Aid .




38         Financial Aid
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster


Expenses
                                                                                              Programs of
                                                                                              Instruction
As a private institution of higher learning, Westminster receives very limited financial
support from public taxes . Each student registering at the college is charged tuition at
a rate that covers approximately 70 percent of the cost of his/her educational program .
                                                                                              Admission to
The balance of the cost must be met by income received from gifts and endowments              the College
from trustees, alumni, faculty, churches, and other friends of the college who help
to underwrite the education that Westminster provides . The Board of Trustees of
Westminster College reserves the right to change tuition and fees at any time .               Financial Aid


Tuition	(2009–2010)
Undergraduate	                                               Per	Semester                     Expenses

Part-time students, per hour (1–11 hours)                              $1,024
Full-time students (12–16 hours, inclusive)                           $12,288
                                                                                              Degree
Overtime surcharge, per hour (17 hours and above)                      $1,024                 Reqments.
Auditing, per hour                                                       $512
May Term, per hour                                                     $1,024
                                                                                              Academic
Summer Term, per hour                                                    $682                 Policies &
                                                                                              Procedures

May	Term	(undergraduate	only): the tuition charge per credit hour is $1,024 .
Payment of full-time tuition for Fall Semester 2009 earns two free hours for May              Grading and
                                                                                              Academic
Term 2010 . Payment of full-time tuition for Spring Semester 2010 earns two free              Standards
hours for May Term 2010 . All students not eligible for the 4-hour or 2-hour tuition
waiver will be charged $1,024 per hour .
Professional	Bachelor	of	Business	Administration	(PBBA): the tuition charge per               School of
                                                                                              Arts &
credit hour is $438 .                                                                         Sciences

     PBBA Refund Schedule
     100%            Prior to the start of the program
     0%              After the start of the program

Tuition	Refund	Schedule
                                                                                              Gore School
                                                                                              of Business


Please refer to the Student Accounts Services web page for information on tuition refunds .

Residence	Hall	Charges	(2009–2010)
                                                                                              School of
	    Room	                           Semester	                       Year                     Education

     Double                            $1,968                      $3,936
     Single                            $2,365                      $4,730
     Double Apt .                      $2,250                      $4,500
                                                                                              School of
	    Board	                          Semester	                       Year                     Nursing
                                                                                              and Health
     Full                              $1,535                      $3,070                     Sciences
     Reduced                           $1,306                      $2,612
     Economy                           $1,098                      $2,196

                                                                    Expenses            39    Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
Students paying room and board charges for Spring Semester continue May Term
without additional charge .
     Room	Deposit                                                  $200
The room deposit becomes a damage deposit, which is refundable less any charges
for damage when students leave the residence halls .


General	Fees	(2009–2010)
Student	Activity	Fee	                                  Per	Semester
Full-time undergraduate students (12 hours and above)               $54
Part-time undergraduate students (7–11 hours)                       $41
Part-time undergraduate students (2–6 hours)                        $28

The student activity fee covers the following items:

     1 .   Associated Students of Westminster College (ASWC) membership and
           class membership dues .
     2 .   A series of social events .

Technology	Fee	                                        Per	Semester
Full-time undergraduate students (12 hours and above)              $100
Part-time undergraduate students (7–11 hours)                       $75
Part-time undergraduate students (2–6 hours)                        $50
Audit, undergraduate or graduate                                    $50

Student	Publication	Fee	                               Per	Semester
Undergraduate students (2 hours and above)                           $6

Health,	Wellness	and	Athletic	Center		
Membership	Fee	                                        Per	Semester
Full-time undergraduate students (12 hours and above)               $50
Membership fee for part-time undergraduate and graduate students is optional and
would be paid directly to the Dolores Doré Eccles Health, Wellness and Athletic Center .

Other	Fees
Student I .D . replacement fee                                      $10
Alumni Audit                                                       $100
Certain courses require additional fees, which are listed in the course schedules and
the Academic Catalog .




40          Expenses
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster



                                                                                             Programs of
                                                                                             Instruction




                                                                                             Admission to
                                                                                             the College




                                                                                             Financial Aid




                                                                                             Expenses




                                                                                             Degree
                                                                                             Reqments.



                                                                                             Academic
                                                                                             Policies &
                                                                                             Procedures


                                                                                             Grading and
                                                                                             Academic
                                                                                             Standards




                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Arts &
                                                                                             Sciences




                                                                                             Gore School
                                                                                             of Business




Payment	of	Tuition	and	Fees
Tuition,	fees,	and	room	and	board	charges	are	due	in	full	on	the	first	day	of	
                                                                                             School of
the	given	semester.	Students registering late must pay in full when they register .          Education
Students unable to pay in full must make other arrangements with the Student Ac-
count Services Office by the second week of the semester . The college reserves the
right to grant or deny financing for any student based on his or her credit worthiness .
In addition, the college reserves the right to cancel the registration of any student
                                                                                             School of
who fails to comply with all terms of his or her financial obligation with the college .     Nursing
Additional information on this policy is available in the Student Account Services           and Health
                                                                                             Sciences
Office . Statements of credits, certificates of graduation, or transcripts are issued only
to students who are current in their obligations with the college . All outstanding
charges are due and payable at the time students leave the college .

                                                                    Expenses           41    Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
Tuition	Appeals
Students may appeal full or partial charges of tuition and fees by submitting a letter of
appeal and appropriate documentation . The appeal can be submitted to any member
of the Appeals Committee from the following offices: Student Account Services,
Registrar’s Office, Financial Aid, and the Dean of Students .
All appeal requests must be submitted within six weeks after the end of the semester
in question . Approved appeals will be made retroactive only to the last date of atten-
dance, and tuition charges are adjusted accordingly .
Changes in registered hours may change any financial aid disbursed to an account
(see also Financial Aid Miscellaneous Information, Withdrawal from College, Medi-
cal Withdrawal) . For example, if a student receiving merit-based aid should withdraw
from the college, the student’s financial aid award is canceled and all unpaid tuition
resulting from the cancellation of the merit-based aid for that semester is due and
must be paid immediately .


Health	and	Accident	Insurance
Students are encouraged to carry health and accident insurance, which can be
obtained through the American College Student Association . There are different
options and rates available to students . Cost may vary somewhat due to student’s
age . Coverage is also available for family members . The plan is brokered through
Northwestern Mutual Financial Network .
A premium rate example for a student 24 years of age or under is:
Low Option Plan $675 per year
High Option Plan $1,149 per year
For more information, please visit ACSA .com, or contact Nathan White at
Northwestern Mutual Financial Network (801) 533–8444 .




42         Expenses
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster


Degree Requirements
                                                                                           Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction
Westminster offers courses leading to the undergraduate degrees of Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Science . The faculties of the four schools determine which of these
degrees is to be awarded under each instructional program .
                                                                                           Admission to
                                                                                           the College


Governing	Academic	Catalog
                                                                                           Financial Aid
Students may meet degree requirements as specified in the Academic Catalog
in effect at the time of their entrance into the college, or they may elect to meet
requirements given in a later academic catalog . All major, minor, and liberal
education requirements must be contained within a single issue and may not be              Expenses

selected from several issues .
Students who leave the college for no more than two regular semesters retain the
                                                                                           Degree
right to be considered under their previous catalog and retain the right for six years     Reqments.
following the date of entrance to graduate under requirements current at the time of
entrance .
                                                                                           Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures

Residence	Requirement
                                                                                           Grading and
Undergraduate students earning baccalaureate degrees from Westminster must                 Academic
                                                                                           Standards
complete a minimum of 36 hours of coursework at the college . In addition,
undergraduate students must complete in residence:
     •    their last 36 hours of course work                                               School of
     •    at least 12 hours of upper division course work in any major                     Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
     •    at least 8 hours of course work in any minor
A maximum of 88 credit hours of external credit is accepted toward a degree .
External credit includes any transfer credit, credit by examination, and credit earned
through Prior Learning Assessment .
                                                                                           Gore School
Students may appeal for an exception to the residency policy to the Registrar in           of Business
writing . Appeals should clearly explain extenuating circumstances and provide a
graduation plan . Any courses approved for transfer within a student’s last 36 hours
must be pre-approved as part of the appeals process .

                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Education




                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                      Degree Requirements             43   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Academic	Major
The college offers the academic programs (majors) listed below:
     Accounting                               Financial Services
     Art/Fine Arts                            History
     Arts Administration                      International Business
     Aviation Studies                         Justice Studies
     Biology                                  Management
     Chemistry                                Marketing
     Communication                            Mathematics
     Computer Information Systems             Neuroscience
     Computer Science                         Nursing
     Early Childhood Education                Philosophy
     Economics                                Physics
     Economics Pre-Law                        Political Studies
     Elementary Education                     Psychology
     English                                  Special Education
     Environmental Studies                    Social Science
     Finance                                  Sociology
The requirements for each of these academic programs are listed according to the
school to which they belong . Students are bound by the major requirements of their
governing academic catalog . Changes made to program requirements for individual
students by advisors are subject to the approval of program chairs, the school dean
and the Registrar .

Declaring a Major
All students must formally declare an academic major once they have completed 60
or more credit hours (junior standing, see “Class Standing”) . Students with junior
standing who have not met with an academic advisor and formally declared their major
will not be eligible to register for upcoming semesters . Forms for declaring majors and
minors are available in the START Center, each academic school office, or the Office
of the Registrar . You may contact any of these offices for additional information .

Completing Two Majors
A major is an area of specialization within the degree . Students may complete more than
one major at the same time but may not complete more than one degree at the same time .
Courses that are required for both majors may be used to fulfill requirements for
both majors, but elective courses may be used in only one major . In other words, the
hours may be used only once .
Information about combining two Gore School of Business majors may be obtained
from the Gore School of Business or the Office of the Registrar .
Students may choose two majors, one that leads to a B .A ., and one that leads to
a B .S ., but may receive only one degree . The first-listed major on the graduation
application determines the degree awarded .
44         Degree Requirements
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Contractual Major (Individualized)
With the faculty’s permission, students may choose to pursue an individualized field      Programs of
                                                                                          Instruction
of concentration consisting of 40 to 60 semester credit hours, 80% of which must
be taken at Westminster from two or more disciplines . The contractual major must
demonstrate a coherent conceptual framework of focus, depth, and breadth; relate to
                                                                                          Admission to
a career or educational objective; and culminate in a comprehensive examination or        the College
integrative project . The contractual major option is intended to be interdisciplinary
in content and methodology and is not intended to make available to students a
single discipline traditional major that Westminster may not currently offer .            Financial Aid

The program director(s) and curriculum committee must approve each student’s plan
for a contractual major . This approval is needed four semesters before graduation .
The student’s academic advisor approves other components of the student’s                 Expenses
program . A student may apply for a contractual major at the Registrar’s Office .


Completing Additional Major or Minor After                                                Degree
                                                                                          Reqments.

Graduation
Westminster graduates may choose to complete an additional major or minor after           Academic
                                                                                          Policies &
their graduation date and are allowed to use their same governing catalog as long         Procedures
as they stay continuously enrolled . Requirements must be completed within one
year of their graduation date and students must meet all requirements in residence at
                                                                                          Grading and
Westminster . The student must notify the Registrar’s Office of his or her intention to   Academic
complete an additional major or minor .                                                   Standards




Academic	Minor                                                                            School of
                                                                                          Arts &
                                                                                          Sciences
The college offers an academic minor in most areas of instruction . Each instructional
program lists specific minor requirements . Several majors require an accompanying
minor . In lieu of a minor, students may support their majors with a broad variety of
courses selected in consultation with their academic advisors .
                                                                                          Gore School
A minimum 2 .0 GPA is required for coursework used to fulfill requirements for an         of Business
academic minor . Minimum GPA requirements are listed for each academic minor .
Only grades of C- or better may be presented to satisfy minor requirements .
Courses that are required for both a major and a minor may be used to fulfill
requirements for both the major and the minor, but elective courses may be used in
                                                                                          School of
either the major or the minor . The hours may be used only once .                         Education

In addition to the above-listed majors, the college offers minors in many of these
areas plus minors only in Anthropology, Environmental Studies, French, Gender
Studies, Music, Paleontology, Political Science, Religion, Spanish and Theatre Arts .
                                                                                          School of
Information about combining Gore School of Business majors and minors may be              Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
obtained from the Gore School of Business or the Office of the Registrar .                Sciences




                                                     Degree Requirements             45   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Second	Bachelor’s	Degree
Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree and are working toward a second
bachelor’s degree must complete a minimum of 36 credit hours at Westminster
College beyond the first degree and must meet all degree requirements . Students
may not complete two degrees concurrently . Students who already have earned a
bachelor’s degree are considered to have met liberal education and upper division
hour requirements . Transfer students who have earned a bachelor’s degree are
automatically awarded 88 credit hours of transfer credit .
Nursing prerequisite courses need to be fulfilled by students with prior degrees .
Individual evaluations of comparable coursework will be made by the nursing program .


Learning	Communities
Coordinator: Barbara Schulz Smith, Ph.D.
As part of Westminster’s commitment to develop new models of teaching and
learning, several interdisciplinary learning communities are available to first-year
students . These interdisciplinary courses are designed to help students:

     1 .   Develop critical, analytical, writing and presentation skills, and
     2 .   Establish strong relationships with other students and with faculty, and
     3 .   Adjust to college .
Learning communities at Westminster link two classes together with a common
theme . Typically, at least one of the classes also fulfills a liberal education
requirement . Sometimes, a course is paired with an INTR course which is a course
designed for first-year students as a seminar class that focuses on issues of college
life . The majority of learning community classes are designed for first-year students
and are NOT upper division (300-level) credit .
Learning communities are taught primarily by full-time faculty members . This is
one of the bonuses of learning communities . Students get to meet and interact with
professors who have chosen to teach first-year students as part of their teaching
responsibilities at Westminster .
If you entered Westminster during the Fall of 2006 (or after this date) as a first-year
student, you will need to take at least one learning community during your first year
here . These interdisciplinary classes vary widely on theme and topic areas .
By way of example, learning community classes have included the pairing of
Psychology and English Composition, Speech and Philosophy, Anthropology and
the Arts, and Business and Statistics . Many additional choices are offered each
semester . Current learning community (LC) class offerings are listed in the class
schedule and on the Westminster Learning Community website .

Note:      Students who do not pass one or both courses contained within a first-year
           learning community are not required to repeat the learning community
           experience but will be required to successfully pass any liberal education
           category represented by courses within the learning community .
46          Degree Requirements
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Liberal	Education	Requirements
                                                                                          Programs of
The liberal education program at Westminster College is designed to foster in             Instruction
students those values and intellectual skills that are necessary as a foundation for
learning and to provide students with experience in the academic disciplines of the
liberal arts . The following college-wide goals form the core of liberal education        Admission to
courses and are reinforced across the curriculum in major areas of study:                 the College


     •    Critical, analytical, and integrative thinking
                                                                                          Financial Aid
     •    Creative and reflective capacities
     •    Leadership, collaboration, and teamwork
     •    Writing and other communication skills                                          Expenses

     •    Global consciousness, social responsibility, and ethical awareness

The following course requirements are established for all students seeking an             Degree
                                                                                          Reqments.
undergraduate degree . Students must earn a grade of CR or C- or above in liberal
education coursework to fulfill graduation requirements .
                                                                                          Academic
 Learning	Community                                                                       Policies &
                                                                                          Procedures
 All full-time freshmen will be required to complete one Learning
 Community . See above description for more information .                                 Grading and
                                                                                          Academic
 Writing	and	other	Communication	Skills                                        7          Standards

 Composition	and	Research                                                       4
 ENGL 110 Composition and Research (4)—strong emphasis on com-
                                                                                          School of
 position and basic information literacy—Taken in first year                              Arts &
                                                                                          Sciences
 Information	Literacy                                                           0
 Information Literacy (new workshop required for students who have
 not taken ENGL 110 at Westminster College)
 Basic	Speech	Course                                                            3         Gore School
                                                                                          of Business
 SPCH     111 Public Presentations (3)

 Humanities                                                                 10–12
 Courses with strong emphasis on critical, analytical, and integrative
 thinking in historical, literary, and philosophical contexts .
                                                                                          School of
 History	(choose one course)	                                                  3–4        Education

 HIST     112   Western Civilization (3)
 HIST     113   Western Civilization (3)
 HIST     212   World History to 1500 (4)
 HIST     213   Modern World History (4)                                                  School of
                                                                                          Nursing
 HIST     220   United States History (3)                                                 and Health
                                                                                          Sciences
 Literature                                                                     4
 ENGL 220 Introduction to Literature (4)

                                                      Degree Requirements            47   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Philosophy/Religion	(choose one course)                                 3–4
PHIL     100/100D   Introduction to Philosophy (3)
PHIL     102        Critical Thinking (4)
PHIL     206/206D   Introduction to Ethics (3)
REL      101        Religions of the World (3)
Arts                                                                    5–8
Courses with strong emphasis on creative and reflective capacities .
Creative	Arts	(choose one course)                                       2–4
ART      101   Beginning Drawing (2)
ART      103   Beginning Painting (2)
ART      148   Fundamentals of Pottery (3)
ART      180   Photography (3)
MUSC     115   Griffin Chorus (1–3)
MUSC     125   Westminster Jazz Ensemble (1–3)
MUSC     135   Westminster Chamber Orchestra (1–3)
MUSC     145   Westminster Chamber Singers (1–4)
THTR     127   Stagecraft (2)
THTR     129   Costumes and Makeup (2)
THTR     180   Acting (2)
THTR     228   Beginning Theatre Workshop (2)
THTR     230   Beginning Dance and Movement (2)
Arts	Survey	(choose one course)                                         3–4
ART   110 Survey of Art (3)
MUSC 109 Music Fundamentals (4)
MUSC 110 Survey of Western Art Music (3)
THTR 124 Survey of the Theatre (3)
ART/MUSC/THTR 200FN Experiencing the Arts (4)
Science/Mathematics                                                     9–12
Courses with strong emphasis on critical, analytical, and integrative
thinking in mathematical and scientific contexts .
Mathematics	(choose one course)                                         2–4
MATH     120 Quantitative Reasoning (4)
MATH     141 College Algebra (4)
MATH     142 Trigonometry (2)
MATH     150 Elementary Statistics (4)
MATH     201 Calculus I (4)
MATH     201B Calculus for Life Sciences (4)
Physical	Sciences	(choose one course)	                                  3–4
CHEM     103   Introduction to Chemistry (4)
ESS      110   Introduction to Geology (3)
PHYS     102   Introduction to the Physical Universe (3)
PHYS     104   Explorations in Science (4)


48        Degree Requirements
                                                                                      About
                                                                                      Westminster

Life	Sciences	(choose one course)                                           4
BIOL     102 The Natural World (4)                                                    Programs of
                                                                                      Instruction
BIOL     210 Environmental Biology (4)
Social	Sciences                                                             8
                                                                                      Admission to
Courses with strong emphasis on global consciousness, social                          the College
responsibility, and ethical awareness in a social science context .
Social	Sciences	I	(choose one course)                                       4
                                                                                      Financial Aid
ECON     105   Introduction to Economics as a Social Science (4)
ECON     253   Elementary Macroeconomics (4)
JUST     101   Introduction to Justice Studies (4)
PLSC     101   Introduction to Political Science (4)                                  Expenses
PLSC     121   American National Government (4)
Social	Science	II	(choose one course)                                       4
                                                                                      Degree
ANTH     160   Introduction to Anthropology (4)                                       Reqments.
ANTH     252   Cultural Anthropology (4)
PSYC     105   Introduction to Psychology (4)
                                                                                      Academic
SOC      105   Introduction to Sociology (4)                                          Policies &
SOC      253   Sociology of the Family (4)                                            Procedures

Living	Arts                                                                2–4        Grading and
Courses with a strong emphasis on real world, life enhancing knowledge .              Academic
                                                                                      Standards
Living	Arts (choose one course)                                            2–4
CMPT     100   The Information Age: Society, Computers, and You (3)
EDUC     201   Discovering Creativity thrgh Multiple Intelligences (2)                School of
                                                                                      Arts &
EDUC     205   Service Learning in Salt Lake (2)                                      Sciences
FINC     210   Personal Finance (3)
HPW      156   Exploring Wasatch Mountain Paths (2)
HPW      220   Yoga for Wellness (2)
HPW      250   Fitness for Life (2)
HPW      260   Psychological Aspects of Well-Being (2)                                Gore School
                                                                                      of Business
MGMT     110   Historical Traditions of Business and Entrep . (4)
MGMT     205   Leadership Development (2)
PSYC     330   Interpersonal Communication Skills (3)

                                                                                      School of
                                                                                      Education




                                                                                      School of
                                                                                      Nursing
                                                                                      and Health
                                                                                      Sciences




                                                     Degree Requirements         49   Course
                                                                                      Descriptions
Diversity (choose one course)
Courses which meet the diversity requirement integrate two or more of the
following categories as a major component throughout the course: class, gender,
race, ethnicity, geographic origin, ability, age, sexual orientation and/or religion .
Specific required, graded assignments will be used to assess students’ understanding
of the diversity categories emphasized in the course .
It is expected that courses meeting the diversity requirement will also fulfill an
LE, a major, or a minor requirement and therefore will be drawn from courses
already in the existing course rotation . Other courses may be developed and added
to this list .
ANTH     252     Cultural Anthropology (4)
ANTH     322     Myth, Magic, and the Supernatural (4)
ANTH     355     Indian Peoples in the U .S . (4)
ANTH     366     Political Anthropology (4)
COMM     360     Race, Gender, Class & the Media (3)
ECON     311     History of Economic Thought (4)
EDUC     320     Education in a Diverse Society (3)
ENGL     339A    Queer Theory (4)
ENGL     356A    U .S . Minority Literature (4)
FINC     435     International Finance (4)
GNDR     100     Intro to Gender Studies (4)
HIST     212     World History to 1500 (4)
HIST     316     The Civil War through 1890 (3)
HIST     319     American Women’s History (3)
HON      222     Science, Power and Diversity (4)
MGMT     490     International Management (4)
MKTG     340     International Marketing (4)
NURS     408     Community Health Nursing (6)
PHIL     100D    Introduction to Philosophy, diversity emphasis (3)
PHIL     206D    Introduction to Ethics, diversity emphasis (3)
PSYC     105D    Introduction to Psychology, diversity emphasis (4)
PSYC     335     Psychology of Women (4)
PSYC     340     Community Psychology (4)
REL      101     Religions of the World (3)
SOC      105     Introduction to Sociology (4)
SOC      372     Race, Ethnicity, and Class (4)
Total                                                                       41–51	
(taking full advantage of double-dipping)                                   credits




50        Degree Requirements
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster

Fulfilling	Liberal	Education	Skills	
Requirements                                                                                  Programs of
                                                                                              Instruction



Meeting Mathematics Requirements                                                              Admission to
                                                                                              the College
The following guidelines are used in determining when students have met
mathematics requirements . (Students without ACT or SAT scores or students
who are unsure about mathematics placement must contact the START Center for
                                                                                              Financial Aid
placement testing .)

ACT	Score	             SAT	Score	            Course	Placement
19 or less      or     470 or less           Take MATH 095 or take placement test             Expenses


20–22           or     480–520               Take MATH 105 or take placement test
23–27           or     530–610               MATH 105 is waived . Take MATH 120,              Degree
                                             MATH 141, or MATH 150                            Reqments.

28 or above or         620 or above          MATH 141 is waived
                                                                                              Academic
                                                                                              Policies &
                                                                                              Procedures
Students may fulfill the requirement through

     •       acceptance of transfer credit for a college algebra, elementary statistics, or   Grading and
                                                                                              Academic
             equivalent quantitative reasoning course                                         Standards

     •       a score of 28 or above on the ACT mathematics test or a score of 620 or
             above on the SAT mathematics test
                                                                                              School of
     •       a score of 46 or above on the CLEP college algebra test or a score of 45         Arts &
             or above on the CLEP algebra and trigonometry test (Note: The CLEP               Sciences

             program is currently under review by Westminster College faculty .)
     •       a score of 3, 4, or 5 on the AP calculus test or the AP statistics test
     •       completion of MATH 120, MATH 141, or MATH 150 at Westminster                     Gore School
             College with a grade of C- or above .                                            of Business



Placement in English
The following guidelines determine in which level of English coursework a student
should enroll .                                                                               School of
                                                                                              Education

AP	Test	                          Score	                Course	Placement
English Language/Comp             4 or 5                Fulfills ENGL 110
English Literature/Comp           4 or 5                Fulfills ENGL 110 & ENGL 220
                                                                                              School of
ACT	Score	             	          SAT	Score	            Course	Placement                      Nursing
                                                                                              and Health
                                                                                              Sciences
20 or above            or         490 or above          ENGL 110
19 or below            or         480 or below          ENGL 098


                                                          Degree Requirements            51   Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
Basic Speech Requirement
Passing SPCH 111 satisfies the basic speech requirement in the Writing and
other Communication Skills category . A student with prior formal speech and
presentations coursework may be eligible to have the basic speech requirement
waived . Any waiver of the basic speech requirement will require an interview with
the chair of the Speech/Theatre Program and the delivery of a specifically assigned
presentation in front of a designated audience that satisfactorily demonstrates
the student’s proficiency . Competence must be shown in two speaking formats:
informative and persuasive . The request for a waiver of the basic speech requirement
must be made, with no exceptions, at least one semester prior to the semester in
which the student plans to graduate . The requirement may be challenged only one
time; the challenge process occurs only once per (fall or spring) semester . More
information and the form is available in the Start Center .


Fulfilling	Foreign	Language	Requirements
Foreign Language requirements are listed as part of the major requirements for each
major (see individual academic program listings) . Most majors require one of the
following two options:
Eight credit hours in one of the following ways:

     •    Four credit hours of a foreign language, and either: four credit hours of a
          Westminster May/Summer international study tour, or four credits of an
          international study tour transferred from an accredited college or university .
     •    Eight credit hours of a single foreign language .
Successful completion of any college-level foreign language course that is the
equivalent of four credit hours, or five quarter hours, satisfies part of the foreign
language requirement as will adequate AP or CLEP examination scores . Students
might also qualify to take a Westminster College challenge examination in French or
Spanish with departmental approval .
Students who are bi-lingual (native proficiency) are exempt from this requirement
but must meet with language faculty to receive a waiver . Effective Fall 1994,
Westminster faculty approved American Sign Language for foreign language credit .
Students with some high school language experience who are unsure of proper
foreign language placement should arrange for an interview with the professor in the
respective language program .


Transfer	Credit
A maximum of 72 credit hours may be awarded from two-year institutions . A
maximum of 88 credit hours transferred from all collegiate institutions (two-year
and four-year) attended may be applied toward meeting the total number of hours
required for graduation .
Note:	    It is not possible to earn upper division hours from a two-year school .
52         Degree Requirements
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

External Credit
Only 88 credit hours may be earned from non-institutional credit . External credit is    Programs of
                                                                                         Instruction
defined as any credits applied to a degree that are earned by external means, such as
transfer, CLEP, AP, or other sources .
                                                                                         Admission to
                                                                                         the College
Criteria for the Acceptance of Transfer Credit
Westminster College awards transfer credit for coursework that meets the following
criteria:                                                                                Financial Aid

     •    The transfer institution is regionally accredited;
     •    The credit awarded is for non-remedial coursework taken in general             Expenses
          academic areas that are part of the Westminster curriculum;
     •    The credit awarded is for coursework with grades of C- or better . (Marks
          of credit (CR) or pass (P) are not accepted unless verified as equivalent to   Degree
                                                                                         Reqments.
          a C- or above . (Except physical education classes which are offered only
          for grades of CR or P .)
                                                                                         Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
Foreign Transfer Credit                                                                  Procedures

All foreign transcripts are evaluated by Academic Credentials Evaluation Institute
                                                                                         Grading and
(ACEI), which determines the level of coursework taken and the semester hour and         Academic
grade equivalents . Only coursework that is determined to be equivalent to college-      Standards
level academic work that meets the criteria noted above will be considered for
transfer . Equivalencies to Westminster courses will be determined as outlined below .
Transfer acceptance of hours from foreign institutions does not guarantee fulfillment    School of
of like courses in majors and minors at Westminster unless approved by the faculty .     Arts &
                                                                                         Sciences



Determination of Liberal Education and Major
Course Equivalencies
                                                                                         Gore School
Liberal	Education	Requirements                                                           of Business


Transfer courses fulfill Westminster liberal education course requirements on
a course-by-course basis when the transfer courses are deemed equivalent to
the corresponding Westminster courses . The Transfer Coordinator makes this
determination in accordance with guidelines established by faculty .                     School of
                                                                                         Education

Major	and	Minor	Course	Requirements
An advisor in the major or minor program of study determines whether transfer credit
fulfills specific requirements in the major or minor . A student who receives elective
transfer credit for a course may not necessarily be able to apply that course to the     School of
                                                                                         Nursing
major or minor . In addition, some programs have minimum grade requirements .            and Health
                                                                                         Sciences




                                                      Degree Requirements           53   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Transfer	Credit	and	Prerequisite	Knowledge
Although the college accepts transfer credit for courses with a C- grade or higher,
individual programs may require verification of prerequisite knowledge and may
require students to repeat coursework .

Upper	Division	Transfer	Credit
By definition, it is not possible to earn upper division credit from a two-year
institution . In certain cases, lower division coursework will be accepted as meeting
upper division program requirements; however, these hours will not count toward
the 30 upper division hours required for graduation .

Converting	Quarter	Credit	Hours	to	Semester	Credit	Hours
A quarter hour is equal to two-thirds of a semester hour, so one quarter hour
transfers as  .67 credit hours . Students transferring from institutions using the quarter
system do not lose credit, because semesters are longer than quarters .

Quarter	Hours	and	Westminster	Hour	Requirements
To be accepted as meeting Westminster College requirements, courses must not only
have equivalent academic content, they must also equal at least two-thirds of the
Westminster required hours, e .g ., a language class must be 2 .68 credit hours or more .


Waiver of Liberal Education Requirements
Associate	Degrees—Utah	and	Out-of-State	Institutions	and	
Letters	of	Completion	(Utah	Schools	only)
Students who have Associate of Arts (A .A .) or Associate of Science (A .S .) degrees
from regionally accredited institutions or have official letters verifying completion
of liberal education requirements from a Utah institution are considered to have
completed the following LE requirements:

     •    All Humanities liberal education requirements
     •    All Arts liberal education requirements
     •    All Science and Mathematics liberal education requirements .
     •    All Social Sciences liberal education requirements
     •    The Learning Community liberal education requirement
     •    The Living Arts liberal education requirement




54          Degree Requirements
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster
The A .A . or A .S . degree does not exempt students from completing the following
liberal education requirements:
                                                                                           Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction
     •    All Writing and Communication Skills liberal education course work
          ▫    ENGL 110 equivalent
                                                                                           Admission to
          ▫    SPCH 111 Public Presentations equivalent and                                the College

          ▫    Information Literacy Workshop required of all transfer students who
               transfer in the equivalent to ENGL 110
                                                                                           Financial Aid
     •    One course to meet the Diversity liberal education requirement (see liberal
          education section of the catalog for individual courses approved for this
          category) .                                                                      Expenses
Students who have Associate of Applied Science (A .A .S .) degrees are not eligible
for waivers .
Students should note that certain liberal education courses also serve as prerequisites    Degree
                                                                                           Reqments.
or are required courses in their academic programs and would not be waived, even if
a previous A .A . or A .S . degree has been attained . All students are advised to check
the catalog for individual program requirements .                                          Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures


Credit	by	Examination                                                                      Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
Students may earn a maximum of 40 credit hours under credit by examination                 Standards

programs: Advanced Placement (AP), College Level Examination Program (CLEP),
Challenge Examinations, Nursing Examinations, and International Baccalaureate .
Credit by examination is not counted as in-residence credit .                              School of
                                                                                           Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences

Advanced Placement
Advanced Placement (AP) examinations in most subjects cover a full-year college
course equivalent to eight credit hours . Some subject areas such as Computer
Science A, Economics (Macro and Micro), Environmental Science, Comparative                 Gore School
                                                                                           of Business
Government and Politics, U .S . Government and Politics, Physics C, Psychology,
Statistics, and Human Geography, are equivalent to one semester of college-level
coursework and are awarded credit based on the credit hours for the equivalent
course at Westminster .
A score of 3 is the minimum score accepted by the college; however, individual             School of
                                                                                           Education
departments may require a minimum score of 4 to award credit for the equivalent
course and/or liberal education requirement . Individual departments determine how
they will apply AP credits toward specific major or minor requirements . Students
may receive a maximum of 40 hours of Advanced Placement credit . Listed below
                                                                                           School of
are the AP tests that fulfill Westminster LE requirements and the required scores .        Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                     Degree Requirements              55   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
LE	Requirement	               AP	Examination	               Required	Score
English Composition/          English Language/Comp         4 or 5
Research                      English Literature/Comp       4 or 5

Humanities I:                 U . S . History               3, 4, or 5
History                       European History              3, 4, or 5
                              World History                 3, 4, or 5

Humanities II:                English Literature/Comp       4 or 5
Literature

Humanities III:               None
Philosophy/Religion

Arts I                        Art-General                   3, 4, or 5
Creative Arts                 Art-Studio                    3, 4, or 5
                              Art-Drawing                   3, 4, or 5
                              Art-2D Design                 3, 4, or 5
                              Art-3D Design                 3, 4, or 5

Arts II                       Art History                   3, 4, or 5
Arts Survey

Science/Mathematics I         Statistics*                   3, 4, or 5
Mathematics                   Calculus AB                   3, 4, or 5
                              Calculus BC                   3, 4, or 5

Science/Mathematics II        Chemistry                     5
Physical Sciences

Science/Mathematics III       Biology                       4 or 5
Life Sciences                 Environmental Science*        3, 4, or 5

Social Sciences I             Government/Polit . U . S .*   3, 4, or 5
                              Government/Polit . Comp*      3, 4, or 5
                              Economics: Macro*             4 or 5

Social Sciences II            Psychology*                   3, 4 or 5

Foreign Language **           French, German, Latin,        3, 4, or 5
**Part of Major               and Spanish Examinations

*Designates AP examinations equivalent to only one semester of college-level work .
For a complete listing of the AP examinations, the required scores, and equivalent
courses at Westminster, contact the START Center or the Registrar’s Office .




56         Degree Requirements
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
CLEP is a national program of examination to evaluate, confirm, and assess the           Programs of
                                                                                         Instruction
academic achievement of individuals who have reached a college level of education
through either traditional or non-traditional means of study .
                                                                                         Admission to
Note:     The CLEP program is currently under review by Westminster College fac-         the College
          ulty . Acceptance of CLEP testing for specific Westminster courses as listed
          below is subject to change . For a complete listing of currently honored
          CLEP examinations, please contact the START Center or the Registrar’s
                                                                                         Financial Aid
          Office .
CLEP includes General Examinations in three basic liberal arts areas and Subject
Examinations in widely-taught undergraduate courses .
                                                                                         Expenses
Credit is not awarded if duplicated by previous coursework .
Important	Note: The College Level Examination Program prohibits candidates
from repeating a CLEP exam of the same title within six months . Scores of exams         Degree
                                                                                         Reqments.
repeated earlier than six months will be cancelled and test fees forfeited .

CLEP	candidates	are	awarded	credit	as	follows:                                           Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
General	Examination	(limit	25	credit	hours)                                              Procedures


                                                                                         Grading and
Examination	             Credit	        LE	Area	Waived                                   Academic
Humanities               6              Humanities II: Literature                        Standards

                                        Arts II: Arts Survey

Natural Science          6              Science/Mathematics III: Life Sciences           School of
                                                                                         Arts &
                                        Science/Mathematics II: Physical Sciences        Sciences
Subject	Examinations
For CLEP exams taken since June 2001, a minimum score of 50 is required .
A higher score is required for the full 12 hours of Language credit . For more
information about CLEP, contact the START Center at 832–2282 .                           Gore School
                                                                                         of Business
     CLEP	Subject	Examination	                     Westminster	Equivalent
     American Government                           PLSC 121
     American Literature                           English elective – lower division
     American History I                            Humanities I: History
     American History II                           Humanities I: History                 School of
                                                                                         Education
     Analysis and Interpretation of Literature     ENGL 220
     Calculus with Elementary Functions            MATH 201 and 202
     College Algebra                               MATH 141
     College Algebra/Trigonometry                  MATH 141 and 142
     College French I and II                       FREN 110, 111 and 220                 School of
                                                                                         Nursing
     College German I and II                       LANG 100 (12 hours)                   and Health
     College Spanish I and II                      SPAN 110, 111 and 220                 Sciences

     English Literature                            English elective – lower division
     General Chemistry                             CHEM 111 and 112

                                                     Degree Requirements           57    Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
     CLEP	Subject	Examination	(cont’d)	               Westminster	Equivalent	(cont’d)
     General Biology                                  Science/Mathematics III
     Introductory Accounting                          ACCT 213
     Introductory Psychology                          PSYC 105
     Introductory Sociology                           SOC 105
     Principles of Macroeconomics                     ECON 253
     Principles of Management                         MGMT 305
     Principles of Marketing                          MKTG 300
     Principles of Microeconomics                     ECON 263
     Trigonometry                                     MATH 142
     Western Civilization I                           HIST 112
     Western Civilization II                          HIST 113

Challenge Examinations
Students may earn credit for independent learning in certain academic areas by
means of the Challenge Examination . This is a comprehensive examination covering
a given course according to the following conditions:

     1 .   The course challenged must be offered by Westminster College, and the
           student requesting the examination must be currently enrolled as a degree-
           seeking student in the college .
     2 .   The student must pay a non-refundable fee of $50 per credit hour prior to
           taking the examination .
     3 .   Permission to take the Challenge Examination must be secured from the
           dean of the school under which the course falls and the instructor who
           teaches the course . The instructor prepares, administers, and grades the
           examination . Permission to take the examination must be secured 30 days
           prior to examination, and reasonable assurance of the student’s ability to
           pass the examination must be provided when the request is made .
     4 .   The course being challenged must not be a course for which the student
           has previously received credit, a course in which the student is enrolled,
           or a course in which the student was previously enrolled and dropped later
           than the first week of class .
     5 .   When students successfully pass the Challenge Examination, they receive
           a letter grade of A, B, C, or D and the appropriate number of credit hours .
           Students not passing their examinations receive no grade or credit .
     6 .   A course may be challenged only once .
     7 .   Seminars, directed studies, laboratory portions of a course, or activity
           courses may not be challenged .
     8 .   No more than 30 credit hours by Challenge Examination may be offered
           toward graduation . Credit received through Challenge Examination is not
           counted as in-residence credit .
     9 .   The Challenge Examination for the basic speech requirement must be taken at
           least one semester prior to the semester in which the student plans to graduate .

58          Degree Requirements
                                                                                        About
                                                                                        Westminster

International Baccalaureate
Credit may be given for selected higher level (HL) and standard level (SL)              Programs of
                                                                                        Instruction
International Baccalaureate examinations . Students are required to submit official
transcripts from the International Baccalaureate Organization upon admission to the
college . International Baccalaureate examinations currently accepted at Westminster,
                                                                                        Admission to
along with the minimum required score and examination level, appear below .             the College


                                 Min.	Score	
 IB	Examination                              Westminster	Equivalency
                                 Required                                               Financial Aid

 Biology (HL)                          5         BIOL 106
 Business and Management               5         MGMT 110
 (SL)(HL)                                                                               Expenses
 Chemistry (HL)                        5         CHEM 111
 Computer Sciences (HL)                6         CMPT 201
 Economics                                       TBA                                    Degree
                                                                                        Reqments.
 English A1 (HL Only)                  5         ENGL 220
 Environmental Systems (HL)            5         BIOL 102
                                                                                        Academic
 Film (SL)(HL)                         5         FILM 110                               Policies &
 Further Mathematics (SL)              5         MATH 210                               Procedures

 Latin (SL)                            4         LATN 110
 Latin (HL)                            4         LATN 110 and LATN 111                  Grading and
                                                                                        Academic
 Mathematical Studies (SL)             5         MATH 120                               Standards
 Mathematics (SL)                      5         MATH 141 and MATH 142
 Mathematics (HL)                      5         MATH 150, 201 and 202
 Music (SL) (HL)                       5         MUSC 110                               School of
                                                                                        Arts &
 Philosophy (SL)                       6         PHIL 100                               Sciences
 Philosophy (HL)                       6         PHIL 102
 Physics (SL)(HL)                      5         PHYS 104
 Psychology (HL)                       5         PSYC 105
 Theatre Arts (HL)                     6         THTR 180
                                                                                        Gore School
 Visual Arts * (SL)                    6         Students who complete SL Option        of Business
                                                 A earn credit for the Creative Arts
                                                 LE . Students who complete SL
                                                 Option B earn credit for ART 110 .
 Visual Arts * (HL)                    6         Creative Arts LE and ART 110
                                                                                        School of
                                                                                        Education




                                                                                        School of
                                                                                        Nursing
                                                                                        and Health
                                                                                        Sciences




                                                    Degree Requirements            59   Course
                                                                                        Descriptions
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
Credit Hours
One credit hour is given for one 50-minute class per week for 14 weeks or
equivalent . Most courses at the college vary from 2 to 4 credit hours .


Prerequisite Requirements
Certain courses at the college have prerequisites . The prerequisites for a course
are listed in the academic catalog, the class schedule, and the course syllabus .
Students are permitted to pre-register for a course that has prerequisites provided the
prerequisite coursework is in progress at the time of the registration session . Only
grades of C- or better are considered to satisfy prerequisite requirements . Students are
responsible for making sure they have met prerequisites and grade standards prior to
the beginning of each semester . The college reserves the right to withdraw a student
from any course for which prerequisites and grade standards have not been met .


Registration Sessions
For Fall and Spring registration, students are registered in order of class standing at
the time the registration session begins . Registration for May/Summer is on a first
come, first served basis . Students are notified by postcard what their class standing
is and their dates to register . Registrations are accepted via the college’s web system
(WebAdvisor) or in person .
Registration for Fall Semester occurs in March .
Registration for Spring Semester occurs in October .
Registration for May/Summer Terms occurs in February .


May Term
May term is offered for undergraduate students during the month of May as a short,
interim term between Spring and Summer semesters . May term is designed to help
students fulfill upper division elective requirements, as well as to offer unique
courses where students can gain in-depth knowledge of interesting topics in classes
which are not offered during a regular semester . May term also gives instructors
the opportunity to teach courses that devote focused attention to a subject that
emphasizes their areas of expertise . May term classes are typically two credits, and
meet for six hours in class each week .
In addition to regular course offerings, we also offer several international and
domestic study tours each May term under the direction of Westminster faculty .
May term trips have taken Westminster students to places such as southern Utah,
California, New York, Africa, Australia, New Zealand, China, and many countries in
Europe . The cost of these trips is not included in May term tuition .
60         Academic Policies and Procedures
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster
Students can apply their earned May term credits to either the May term or to the
Summer semester . Payment of full-time tuition for Fall and/or Spring semesters
                                                                                            Programs of
earns two hours each, for a possible total of four hours . To apply 2 earned hours          Instruction
to the Summer semester, students must register for a minimum of three total credit
hours . To apply 4 earned hours, students must register for 6 or more credit hours .
                                                                                            Admission to
                                                                                            the College
Late Registration
Students may register until the end of the first full week of classes . Specific dates
are listed in the Academic Calendar . Beginning with the first day of classes,              Financial Aid

students must obtain instructor permission to enroll in any classes by obtaining the
instructor’s signature on an Add Card .
                                                                                            Expenses




                                                                                            Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.



                                                                                            Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
                                                                                            Procedures


                                                                                            Grading and
                                                                                            Academic
                                                                                            Standards




                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Arts &
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                                                            Gore School
                                                                                            of Business




                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Education




                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                        Academic Policies and Procedures               61   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Confirmations of Class Schedules
Students can check their schedule and print a confirmation at any time via the web
using WebAdvisor, or they may come to the Registrar’s Office during office hours
to receive a copy . Students are expected to check these confirmations carefully
and report discrepancies to the Registrar’s Office . The computerized confirmation
reflects the courses for which the student is actually registered .


Wait Lists
Once a class has closed, a student has the option of being put on a wait list for that
class . As space becomes available, students are added in the class automatically
by the Registrar’s Office during the pre-registration period . Once classes begin,
a student must turn in an add card with the instructor’s signature in order to be
officially enrolled in the class . Although many students get into their classes from
the wait list, students are encouraged to choose alternate courses whenever possible .


Adding Courses
Students may add courses until the end of the first full week of classes (see
Academic Calendar) . Specific dates are listed in the Academic Calendar . Beginning
the first day of classes, students must obtain instructor permission before adding and
can no longer add courses via the Web (WebAdvisor) .


Withdrawing from Courses
Students may withdraw from classes without penalty before the second full week of
classes . Students may still withdraw from classes through the eleventh week of class
and receive a W, which does not affect a student’s GPA . Students who withdraw
after these dates receive a grade of WF, which is calculated as an F in the GPA .
Specific withdrawal deadlines are listed in the Academic Calendar . In case of illness
or injury, family members may complete the student withdrawal from the college . In
case of duress or special need, an administrative withdrawal may be initiated by the
Dean of Students .
Students who fail to withdraw from courses they have not attended are liable for all
tuition and interest charged to their accounts . Grades of F are assigned at the end of
the semester for any classes that students fail to drop .




62         Academic Policies and Procedures
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Medical Withdrawals
Students who are unable to complete a semester due to serious health problems and         Programs of
who are not eligible for grades of incomplete may request a medical withdrawal .          Instruction

Students seeking a medical withdrawal should contact the Dean of Students . Written
verification from a physician or licensed mental health professional will be required .
                                                                                          Admission to
A medical withdrawal usually constitutes withdrawal from all courses for the              the College
semester, and withdrawals are made retroactive only to the last date of attendance .
Requests for medical withdrawals must be submitted within six weeks after the end
of the semester in question . If a medical withdrawal is granted, reevaluation by the
                                                                                          Financial Aid
student’s physician or counselor may be required prior to re-registration .


Holds                                                                                     Expenses

The college may place administrative holds for students with outstanding financial
obligations, overdue library books, library fines, bad checks, or other obligations
to the college . Once a hold has been placed, students may be prevented from              Degree
                                                                                          Reqments.
registering or obtaining diplomas or official transcripts until the obligation is met .
Unofficial informational transcripts are available in the Registrar’s Office and on the
campus web site (WebAdvisor) .                                                            Academic
                                                                                          Policies &
                                                                                          Procedures

Class Attendance
                                                                                          Grading and
Students are expected to attend all sessions of each class . Specific attendance          Academic
requirements are established by each instructor, and such requirements are enforced       Standards

by the college . Students who do not attend class during the first week may be
considered “no-shows” and dropped from the course by the instructor to make room
for students on wait lists; however, it cannot be assumed that all instructors will do    School of
                                                                                          Arts &
so . Students are ultimately responsible for making sure they have dropped courses        Sciences
that they do not plan to attend .


Electing the Credit/No Credit Option
                                                                                          Gore School
Students must elect the credit/no credit (CR/NC) option by the deadline posted in the     of Business
Academic Calendar, approximately nine weeks after classes begin .	The	credit-no	
credit	option	may	not	be	changed	after	the	deadline.	Courses taken CR/NC may
not be applied to the major or the minor . Students who later declare a major or minor
that includes a course they took CR/NC may be required by the program to repeat
the course .	See Credit/No Credit Option under the Grading and Academic Standards         School of
section of this catalog for details .                                                     Education




Directed Studies
A completed Application for Permission to take a Directed Studies Course form,            School of
                                                                                          Nursing
signed by the instructor and School Dean, must be submitted to the Registrar’s            and Health
Office . (Undergraduate directed studies courses are numbered 401; Graduate               Sciences
Program directed studies courses are listed in the Academic Catalog .)


                                        Academic Policies and Procedures             63   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Auditing Courses
Students may elect to audit courses at Westminster according to the guidelines listed
below . Courses that are entered on students’ permanent records as audited (AU) earn
no credit and fulfill no requirements .

Regular	Audit
Students may register for a regular audit (one-half of credit tuition) according to the
following guidelines:

     1 .   Subject to space availability, students may sign up to audit a class on the
           first day of class .
     2 .   Students wishing to audit an activity course such as a physical education,
           art, theater, writing, or computer science course must obtain written
           permission from the instructor .
     3 .   Only students accepted to Masters degree programs may audit graduate
           classes .
     4 .   Students who are not nursing majors may audit nursing courses with
           permission of the instructor .

Alumni	Audit
Students who graduated from Westminster and who	are	not	currently	pursuing	a	
degree may register for an Alumni Audit ($100 per class, plus a $50 technology fee
for Fall or Spring semesters) according to the following guidelines:

     1.	   Students	must	register	through	the	Alumni	Relations	Office.	
           Registrations	accepted	by	the	Alumni	Office	will	be	verified	the	first	
           day	of	class	and	are	subject	to	space	availability.	Alumni	will	not	be	
           added	to	waitlists	when	a	course	is	considered	full.
     2.	   Alumni	Audit	applications	must	be	received	within	two	business	days	
           before	the	first	day	of	the	semester.	
     3 .   Students wishing to participate in the Alumni Audit program are required
           to adhere to all college deadlines for withdrawal and payment of tuition
           and fees . Students who fail to withdraw will be charged accordingly .
     4 .   Students currently pursuing a graduate degree may not participate in the
           Alumni Audit program for an undergraduate course while taking classes at
           the graduate level .
     5.	   Not	all	classes	are	eligible	for	Alumni	Audits. For example, it is not
           possible to take music lessons or independent art courses at the Alumni
           Audit rate due to the costs of hiring instructors . Please contact the Alumni
           Office for eligible courses .
     6.	   Only	students	who	have	a	Master	of	Business	Administration	(MBA)	
           degree	from	Westminster	may	audit	MBA	classes	as	alumni. It may be
           possible for students to audit MED and MPC courses . Please contact the
           Alumni Office to make arrangements .

64          Academic Policies and Procedures
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Academic Load
Undergraduate	Students                                                                     Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction

     Fall/Spring                                                   Hours
     Average                                                             15                Admission to
                                                                                           the College
     Full time                                                       12–16
     Half time                                                         6–11
     Less than half time                                         5 or fewer
     Maximum for students on probation                                   13                Financial Aid

     Full time for students with financial assistance                    12
     Full time for students with veterans’ benefits                      12
     Minimum for international students                                  12                Expenses

     May                                                           Hours
     Average                                                             3                 Degree
     Full time                                                           4                 Reqments.
     Maximum number of hours                                             6
                                                                                           Academic
     Summer                                                         Hours                  Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures
     Average                                                             6
     Full time*                                                          8
     *(Financial Aid requires 12 hours for full-time status .)                             Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
     Maximum recommended number of hours                                12                 Standards


Overload Hours
Students who wish to register for more than the maximum number of hours must               School of
                                                                                           Arts &
have at least a 3 .0 GPA . Students who wish to take more than 20 credit hours in a        Sciences
regular semester (fall or spring) must also have the permission of their academic
advisor and the dean of the appropriate school .


Graduation                                                                                 Gore School
                                                                                           of Business




Applying for Graduation
Candidates for graduation should apply to the Registrar’s Office two regular
semesters prior to their planned completion date . Students can apply for December,        School of
                                                                                           Education
May, or August graduation dates . Application deadlines are posted in the Academic
Calendar in the fall semester .
To apply for graduation, students must obtain degree audits for all academic
programs, including the honors program . Graduation applications are available in          School of
the Registrar’s Office . Students are expected to meet with their academic advisors to     Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
review and sign all required paperwork . Paperwork that is unsigned or incomplete          Sciences
will be returned to the student . Candidates are notified of remaining degree
requirements and their status within four weeks after applying for graduation .

                                        Academic Policies and Procedures              65   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Graduation Requirements
To be eligible for a bachelor’s degree, students must satisfy the following conditions:

     •    complete a minimum of 124 semester credit hours, 30 of which must
          be upper division courses (numbered 300 or above) from a four-year
          institution (see Quantity Standard below) .
     •    fulfill all liberal education requirements (see Liberal Education
          Requirements section below) .
     •    maintain an overall grade point average of 2 .00 or above (see Grade Point
          Average section below) .
     •    meet all course requirements and grade point average requirements in the
          major and minor (see individual major and minor listings) .
     •    fulfill the residency requirements currently in effect (see Residency
          Requirement section above) .
Note:     Only letter grades of C- or better may be presented to satisfy major, minor,
          or LE requirements (with the exception of Nursing, which requires a grade
          of C or better; and Education, which requires a grade of C+ or better in all
          education classes) .
The	final	responsibility	for	being	informed	about,	and	adhering	to,	graduation	
requirements	rests	with	the	individual	student.	


Quantity Standard
A minimum of one hundred twenty-four (124) credit hours of college work is
required for graduation . Thirty (30) hours of this number must be earned in upper
division courses (courses numbered 300 and above) . Although some lower division
transfer coursework from two-year institutions may be accepted as meeting upper
division major requirements, these hours will not be counted toward the 30 upper
division hours required for graduation . Students with 123 .51 or more hours have
completed the quantity standard for graduation .


Grade Point Average
Students must present a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2 .0 in all
work completed at the college . Students must present a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 2 .3 in their major unless otherwise specified in the major program .
Students should check their major programs for grade point average requirements .




66         Academic Policies and Procedures
                                                                                        About
                                                                                        Westminster

Graduating with Honors
Honors are awarded to undergraduate students only upon graduation and are               Programs of
                                                                                        Instruction
determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude 3 .85 cumulative grade point average or higher
Magna Cum Laude 3 .75 cumulative grade point average (up to but not including 3 .85)    Admission to
                                                                                        the College
Cum Laude       3 .50 cumulative grade point average (up to but not including 3 .75)
Important note: Grade point averages are not rounded in order to achieve honors . If
a student has a final cumulative grade point average of 3 .499, Westminster College     Financial Aid
will not award honors upon graduation . Similarly, if a student qualifies for honors
and has a 3 .849 cumulative grade point average, they will be awarded Magna Cum
Laude and will not have their GPA rounded up to achieve Summa Cum Laude status .
                                                                                        Expenses
Honors noted in the Commencement program are based upon the grade point
average at the end of the spring semester . Honors designations noted in the program
are subject to change based on the calculation of final grade point averages for        Degree
students attending May and Summer terms .                                               Reqments.


Undergraduate	students	can	achieve	honors	in	two	ways:
                                                                                        Academic
                                                                                        Policies &
Option	1                                                                                Procedures

Completing 60 hours of coursework at Westminster with letter grades and achieving
a cumulative grade point average of at least 3 .50 or higher (as noted above) .         Grading and
                                                                                        Academic
                                                                                        Standards
Option	2
Transferring in with a transfer cumulative grade point average of 3 .50 or above
and completing 35 hours of coursework with a cumulative GPA of 3 .50 or above at
                                                                                        School of
Westminster . Note: The Registrar will re-calculate grade point averages from all       Arts &
institutions and will include any recently taken coursework to determine your final     Sciences

transfer grade point average .


Academic Rank                                                                           Gore School
Westminster College does not rank its students .                                        of Business




Dean’s List
The Dean’s List is an academic honor list computed after fall and spring semesters .
                                                                                        School of
To qualify for the list, students must complete at least 12 graded credit hours and     Education
achieve a 3 .5 GPA or higher for the term . Courses graded credit/no credit are not
counted toward the 12 hours .

                                                                                        School of
                                                                                        Nursing
                                                                                        and Health
                                                                                        Sciences




                                       Academic Policies and Procedures            67   Course
                                                                                        Descriptions
Commencement
The commencement ceremony is held in late May or early June . All students who
complete requirements for graduation and are entitled to receive degrees are required
to be present at the commencement exercises . Students who, due to extenuating
circumstances, are unable to attend must request that they be excused . Requests
must be made in writing to the Registrar’s Office .
December and April graduates will receive their diplomas following the ceremony .
Students attending May term will receive diplomas mid-June . August graduates
completing their degree requirements during the summer term may attend the
preceding spring ceremony but will not receive diplomas until mid-August .


Academic	Advising
Academic advising is crucial to Westminster College’s student-centered mission .
It is a developmental process during which advisors (faculty, staff, and peer) work
with individual students to create curricular choices designed to match the student’s
life and career goals . In partnership with students, advisors will:

     •    Share knowledge about the institution and the curriculum
     •    Link students to college and community resources
     •    Provide accessible advising
     •    Demonstrate sensitivity to differences among diverse student communities
All first-year and new transfer students receive individualized academic advising
in the START Center after admission to Westminster . All freshmen participate in
a unique educational development program called Pathfinder, designed to help
them make the transition to college . Each May, new students meet with advisors
to learn about college and departmental resources, program requirements, explore
educational alternatives and select courses .
Continuing students receive academic advising in the START Center or choose
a faculty advisor . By the junior year, students must formally declare a major and
meet with a faculty advisor in their academic programs . Faculty advisors work
with students to map out remaining requirements and plan course sequencing to
graduation . These advising sessions generally:

     •    Review the requirements for the degree, any special options, and possible
          electives
     •    Identify any deficiencies in the student’s record and ways to correct them
     •    Discuss career and graduate school options




68         Academic Policies and Procedures
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

General	Information
Final Exams
                                                                                            Programs of
                                                                                            Instruction

During Fall and Spring semesters, final exams take place during the final week of
the semester . A schedule listing the dates and times of exams can be found on the
                                                                                            Admission to
Registrar’s Office website at http://www .westminstercollege .edu/registrar/ . Students     the College
are responsible for knowing the correct day and time a final exam will be offered .
Students with conflicting exams are also responsible for talking to their instructors to
create an alternate schedule .                                                              Financial Aid


Web Services
Students can use WebAdvisor to search and register for classes, view and print class        Expenses
schedules, print unofficial transcripts, print degree audits, change their address, and
pay tuition . WebAdvisor requires a login name and password, which can be obtained
through the Information Services department .                                               Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.
ANGEL is Westminster’s online learning management system . It includes online
tools such as syllabi, discussion boards, electronic reserves and more . Students and
faculty are automatically loaded into their ANGEL courses at the start a semester .         Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
                                                                                            Procedures

GroupWise E-mail Accounts
                                                                                            Grading and
Each student is provided with a GroupWise e-mail account when they are accepted             Academic
as a student . This campus e-mail system provides the e-mail address of all the             Standards
students, staff, and faculty at Westminster . We encourage students to check their
campus e-mail frequently because important information is sent to students via
e-mail, such as registration deadlines, campus events and activities, or general            School of
school announcements . Instructors also use GroupWise to contact students with              Arts &
                                                                                            Sciences
specific class information . For instructions on how to check your student e-mail,
please refer to the Help Desk in the garden level of the Giovale Library or call the IT
Support Phone at 832–2023 .

ID Cards                                                                                    Gore School
                                                                                            of Business

Student ID cards are available in the Health, Wellness and Athletics Center . The
card gives access to the fitness center and acts as a library card (giving access to
all academic libraries in Utah), a meal card, an activity card, and official college
identification . A semester sticker on the back of the card indicates that the card has
been validated through the term indicated . Identification cards must be validated          School of
                                                                                            Education
each semester . Replacement cost is $10 .

Parking Stickers & Bus Passes
Students may obtain parking stickers and bus passes at the cashier’s window in              School of
                                                                                            Nursing
Bamberger Hall . To get a parking sticker, students must provide their driver’s license     and Health
and car registration . Parking stickers are free . To get a bus pass, students must bring   Sciences
their Westminster ID card . Bus passes are good for one academic year . The cost of
bus passes is currently $15; however, the cost will vary depending on UTA’s fees .

                                         Academic Policies and Procedures             69    Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Grading and Academic Standards

Class	Standing
Students are classified by the Registrar’s Office at the beginning of each semester .
Class standing is determined as follows:

          Class	Standing	                                                      Hours
          Freshman                                                             fewer than 28
          Sophomore                                                            28 to 59
          Junior                                                               60 to 89
          Senior                                                               90 to 124
          Fifth Year                                                           More than 124
          Graduate                                                             1 to 65
          Special (interest only)                                              1 or more


Grading	Information
Grading System
Westminster uses the following grades for the mid-semester and semester grade
reports:
          A, A-  .  .         .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Excellent
          B+, B, B-           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Above Average
          C+, C, C-           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Average
          D+, D, D-           .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Poor
          F  .  .  .  .       .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Failure
          CR  .  .  .  .      .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Credit
          NC  .  .  .  .      .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   No Credit
          W  .  .  .  .       .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Withdrawn
          WF  .  .  .         .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Withdrawn Failing
          UW  .  .  .         .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Unofficial Withdrawal
          AU .  .  .  .       .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Audit
          I  .  .  .  .  .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Incomplete
          T  .  .  .  .  .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Temporary
          EX  .  .  .  .      .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Exceeds Project Standards (PBBA)
          M  .  .  .  .       .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Meets Project Standards (PBBA)
          DN .  .  .  .       .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .    .   Does Not Meet Project Standards (PBBA)
Grades of NC, W, AU, T, UW and I yield no credit toward graduation and are not
computed in the grade point average .
Grades of NC or I may not be used to replace any previous grade for a course .




70         Grading and Academic Standards
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster
“T” grades are intended to be a short-term, temporary grade to clear the
registration for a given term and should only be used for senior projects, graduate
                                                                                              Programs of
or undergraduate thesis work, flight training courses, continuing registration                Instruction
coursework, and internships that require a very short extension only . “T” grades
should be resolved and replaced with regular grades within one week of the end of
the term except in the case of flight training courses . “T” grades are not intended          Admission to
to take the place of an incomplete grade when the student meets the criteria for an           the College

incomplete (see page 72) and should not be used for regular coursework when the
student has failed to take a final examination or turn in final coursework that would
otherwise result in a lowered grade .                                                         Financial Aid




Grade Points and Grade Point Average
                                                                                              Expenses
A student’s academic standing is expressed by a grade point average . Grade points
are assigned as shown below:
                                                                                              Degree
     Letter	Grade	             Grade	Points	Per	Credit	Hour                                   Reqments.

             A                            4 .0
             A-                           3 .7                                                Academic
             B+                           3 .3                                                Policies &
                                                                                              Procedures
             B                            3 .0
             B-                           2 .7
             C+                           2 .3                                                Grading and
                                                                                              Academic
             C                            2 .0                                                Standards
             C-                           1 .7
             D+                           1 .3
             D                            1 .0                                                School of
             D-                           0 .7                                                Arts &
                                                                                              Sciences
             F                            0 .0
Calculating the Grade Point Average: The grade point average (GPA) is determined
by dividing the sum of grade points earned by the total number of hours earned . All
hours taken at Westminster are counted except those for which a mark of CR, NC,
W, AU, T, UW, or I is recorded . Hours transferred from other academic institutions           Gore School
                                                                                              of Business
count for credit only; they do not count in the grade point average .


Grade Changes
Changes to final grades submitted to the Registrar’s Office are only made in the              School of
case of instructor error and require the signatures of the instructor, the dean of the        Education

appropriate school, and the Provost .


Grade Reports                                                                                 School of
                                                                                              Nursing
Grade reports are available on WebAdvisor at the end of each semester or term .               and Health
Individual course grade rosters are not posted . Students needing additional copies           Sciences

of grade reports for reimbursement programs or other verifications may obtain
additional copies from the Registrar’s Office .

                                          Grading and Academic Standards                 71   Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
Credit/No Credit Option
Students may elect to take a maximum of two courses that would normally require
letter grades on a credit/no credit basis . Courses taken in this way may not be
applied to majors or minors . Students who declare a major or minor in a given
subject after having taken a course in that subject on a credit/no credit basis may be
required by their major or minor department to retake the course for a letter grade .
There are no limits on Westminster courses that are offered exclusively on a credit/
no credit basis . When they occur in majors or minors, they may be used in those
majors or minors .
Students who take courses credit/no credit must perform work at the level of
C- or higher to receive credit . Grades of credit/no credit are not included in GPA
calculations .


Incompletes
The grade of Incomplete (I) is a temporary mark given for coursework of acceptable
quality which students, through no fault of their own, are unable to complete; it is
not given for neglected work . A grade of Incomplete also indicates that more than
three-fourths of the work of the course has been completed . Coursework must be
completed within six weeks of the start of the following fall or spring semester (see
deadlines posted in the Academic Calendar) . Under certain circumstances, students
may petition instructors to have completion deadlines extended to, at the latest, the
end of the semester in which incomplete grades are due . If the work is not completed
by the end of the period specified, the temporary mark is changed to the grade
indicated by the instructor, or if no grade has been indicated the mark is changed
to an F . When coursework in which a student has received an Incomplete has been
made up, the final grade is entered with I and the letter grade (for example, IA) .


Ordering Official Transcripts
Upon written request, official transcripts are available in the Registrar’s Office
to students who have no outstanding obligations to the college . (Unofficial
informational transcripts for current students are available in the Registrar’s Office
and on the web [WebAdvisor] regardless of outstanding obligations .)


Auditing	Courses
Students may elect to audit courses at Westminster according to the guidelines listed
in the Academic Policies and Procedures section of this catalog . Courses that are
entered on students’ permanent records as audited (AU) earn no credit and fulfill no
requirements . See page 64 for more information .




72         Grading and Academic Standards
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Repeated	Courses
                                                                                           Programs of
Only the grade and credit hours for the most recent taking of a repeated course are        Instruction
entered into computations of students’ grade point averages and counted toward
graduation—in other words, the hours and grade points cannot be used or counted
twice .                                                                                    Admission to
                                                                                           the College
Repeated course grades on student transcripts are marked by an R in front of the
final grade .
Note: Some courses, such as HPW courses and some music courses such as Griffin             Financial Aid
Chorus, are designated as repeatable courses and are so noted in the individual
course descriptions . These courses will count in the hours and the GPA more than
one time .                                                                                 Expenses



Academic	Renewal
                                                                                           Degree
After at least one semester’s grades have been posted, a currently enrolled                Reqments.
undergraduate student may petition the Registrar in writing for academic renewal .
This is a procedure which allows students to request that their academic records           Academic
be reviewed for the purpose of discounting for grade point average computation             Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures
all courses bearing grades of D+ or lower and entered on the academic record ten
or more calendar years prior to the request . Under this procedure, courses meeting
the criteria do not count toward the total hours, upper division hours, or liberal         Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
education hours needed for graduation .                                                    Standards

The renewal option can be used only once during a student’s undergraduate career .
This procedure does not apply to graduate students or students pursuing a second
undergraduate degree .                                                                     School of
                                                                                           Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences


Academic	Standing
Good Standing                                                                              Gore School
                                                                                           of Business
The academic standing of each undergraduate student is determined by
examining records at the end of fall semester, spring semester, and summer terms .
(Requirements for students in the masters programs are outlined under the individual
graduate program in this catalog .) Students must earn the minimum semester grade
point average shown below to be in good academic standing at the college .                 School of
                                                                                           Education
          Total	No.	of	                       Minimum	Semester
          Hours	Attempted	                    GPA	Required	
          at	Westminster*
          1–13                                     1 .70                                   School of
                                                                                           Nursing
          14–27                                    1 .80                                   and Health
          28 and above                             2 .00                                   Sciences

* This policy is intended to aid first time students and does not apply to students
who have been awarded transfer hours from other institutions .

                                         Grading and Academic Standards               73   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Probation
Students failing to achieve good academic standing are placed on academic
probation . While on academic probation, students may register for no more than
13 credit hours, may not register for an internship, and may participate in only one
curricular or extracurricular activity, unless additional activity is required for the
major and is approved by the program director . Curricular activities include choir,
drama, and journalism . Extracurricular activities include student government and
students on academic probation are not eligible to participate in college athletics .
Students who meet semester grade point average requirements, but not cumulative
grade point average requirements, may be considered for continued probationary
status rather than suspension if the term grade point average shows substantial
progress toward meeting all grade point average requirements . To be returned
to good standing, students must have a 2 .0 semester and cumulative grade point
average . This applies only to fall semester, spring semester, and summer terms .


Suspension
Students who fail to earn the minimum grade point average required for good
standing during a probationary semester are suspended from the college . Students
may not register for any classes while suspended and must remain out of the college
for one or more regular semesters . To be readmitted, students must appeal for
readmission .


Appeals for Readmission
A student must petition the Appeals Committee for readmission before the beginning
of the semester that the student wishes to attend . If the student feels extenuating
circumstances contributed to the failure to meet minimum grade point averages, he
or she may choose to appeal for readmission immediately following the suspension;
however, if the committee finds that extenuating circumstances did not exist, the
appeal for readmission is denied and the student must remain out of the college for
one or more regular semesters before again appealing for readmission .


Appeals Procedure for Readmission
To appeal for readmission, a student must submit a letter to the Director of
Academic and Career Development giving evidence that the student feels supports
his or her request . The student is also encouraged to request a letter from his or her
academic advisor or other faculty member in support of the appeal . The student is
notified of the Appeals Committee meeting and is given an opportunity to present
his or her case in person . Decisions of the Appeals Committee are final .
A student readmitted through the appeals procedure is placed on continued
probation . If the student has been out of the college for more than three regular
semesters, he or she must also submit an application for readmission to the
Admissions Office .


74         Grading and Academic Standards
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

Admission and Retention in Academic Programs
Supplemental applications for admission and standards for retention are established         Programs of
                                                                                            Instruction
by the faculties of some programs, and students may be excluded from a program
for cause, as outlined in the appropriate sections of this academic catalog .
                                                                                            Admission to
                                                                                            the College
Academic	Grievance	Procedure
Students have the right to appeal or petition an academic decision . For the appeals
                                                                                            Financial Aid
procedure to be followed after suspension, see Appeals Procedure for Readmission .
For other appeals or petitions, the student must make the appeal or petition, in
writing, in accordance with the applicable school or program procedure . Please
see the appropriate dean or program director for a copy of the procedure . Written          Expenses
appeals must be submitted during the first three weeks into the next semester and
must include documentary evidence that the student feels has a bearing upon the
request .                                                                                   Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.
A faculty committee from the school involved reviews the appeal . The student may
be present at the hearing . The decision of the faculty appeals committee will be
reported to the student within five school days of the date of the hearing .                Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
                                                                                            Procedures
If the decision of the faculty committee is not acceptable to the student, the
student may file a written appeal with the Academic Grievance Committee within
                                                                                            Grading and
five school days of notification of the faculty decision . The Academic Grievance           Academic
Committee is made up of the Academic Vice President, the Dean of Students, and              Standards
the Academic Deans, except the one whose school is involved in the appeal . All
materials included in the faculty’s deliberations, including the student’s written
appeal and the proceedings of the faculty hearing, are made available to the                School of
Academic Grievance Committee and become part of the proceedings . The hearing               Arts &
                                                                                            Sciences
before the Academic Grievance Committee will be held within fifteen school days of
receiving the written appeal . The student may be present at the appeal hearing . The
student and faculty representatives may call members of the college as supporting
witnesses . The decision of the Academic Grievance Committee is reported to the
student within five school days of the date of the hearing .                                Gore School
                                                                                            of Business
Decisions	of	the	Academic	Grievance	Committee	are	final.
Students have the right to continue their enrollment and participation in programs
until final decisions are reached . Failure of students to file appeals within specified
time limits is considered acknowledgment of the action without intent to appeal .
                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Education




                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                          Grading and Academic Standards               75   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Academic	Honesty
Westminster College of Salt Lake City operates on the assumption that all academic
work is the honest product of each student’s own endeavors . The faculty and staff
at Westminster expect such integrity from the students, and violations are cause for
disciplinary action, including suspension, probation, loss of credit, or expulsion from
the college .
Academic dishonesty includes, but is not limited to, cheating, plagiarism, and
furnishing false or misleading information to any faculty or staff member .
Cheating on examinations includes, but is not restricted to, copying from another
student’s exam paper, using unauthorized notes during an exam, arranging for a
substitute to take an examination, or giving or receiving unauthorized information
prior to an exam .
Cheating on written assignments includes plagiarism, unauthorized collaboration
with others or submitting the same material for more than one class without
authorization of the instructor .
Plagiarism includes borrowing information or ideas, whether directly quoted
or paraphrased, from any source beyond one’s first-hand experience and not
acknowledging the source . The student must give credit for the material by
identifying the source, using one of the generally accepted citation methods .
Initially, sanctions are the responsibility of the class instructor . The instructor may
simply reprimand the student, or may demand the work be repeated, or may give a
failing grade for the assignment or exam in question, or may give a failing grade in
the entire course . In each case, a short report of the incident will be filed with the
appropriate academic dean .
In the case of repeated or more serious violations, the faculty member may
recommend to the dean that the student be put on probation, suspended, or expelled
from the college . The dean’s recommendation will then be sent to the Dean of
Students .
Students may appeal such decisions to the Academic Grievance Committee . In the
case of an appeal, the student has the right to be present at the hearing and refute
the charges . A written copy of the decision will be distributed to all involved parties
within 72 hours of the hearing .




76         Grading and Academic Standards
                                                                                                                                                                                     About
                                                                                                                                                                                     Westminster

School of Arts and Sciences
Program Listing
                                                                                                                                                                                     Programs of
                                                                                                                                                                                     Instruction



Communication,	Fine	and	Performing	Arts	Division
                                                                                                                                                                                     Admission to
Art Program (ART) .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 79         the College
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree (BFA)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 80
Arts Administration Program (ARTAD)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 91
Communication Program (COMM)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 104
Master of Professional Communication (MPC)  .  .  .  .  . See Graduate Academic Catalog                                                                                              Financial Aid
Music Program (MUSC)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 157
Theatre Arts Program (THTR)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 204
Computer	Science	and	Math	Division                                                                                                                                                   Expenses
Computer Information Systems (CIS)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 108
Computer Science Program (CMPT) .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .110
Mathematics Program (MATH)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 151
                                                                                                                                                                                     Degree
English	Division                                                                                                                                                                     Reqments.
English Program (ENGL)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .117
Environmental	Studies	Program	(ENVI) .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 123                                                    Academic
                                                                                                                                                                                     Policies &
Film	Studies	(FILM) .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 130                  Procedures

Gender	Studies	(GNDR)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 134
                                                                                                                                                                                     Grading and
Humanities	Division                                                                                                                                                                  Academic
French Program (FREN)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .              131        Standards
History Program (HIST)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .          136
Honors Program (HON)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .            141
Language Program  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .       150
                                                                                                                                                                                     School of
Philosophy/Religious Studies Program (PHIL, REL)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                                                  164        Arts &
Spanish Program (SPAN)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .                198        Sciences

Interdisciplinary	Program	in	Neuroscience .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 160
Psychology	Division
Psychology Program (PSYC)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 185
Master of Science in Professional Counseling (MSPC) See Graduate Academic Catalog                                                                                                    Gore School
                                                                                                                                                                                     of Business
Science	Division
Biology Program (BIOL)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 94
Chemistry Program (CHEM)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 99
Earth Systems Science (ESS)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .113
3–2 Engineering Program  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .113
Paleontology  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 163   School of
                                                                                                                                                                                     Education
Physics Program (PHYS)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 169
Pre-Dental and Pre-Medical Programs  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 183
Social	Science	Division	
Anthropology Minor (ANTH)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 78
Justice Studies Program (JUST)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 147                              School of
                                                                                                                                                                                     Nursing
Political Studies (PLSCS)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 175                    and Health
Political Science Minor (PLSC)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 179                           Sciences
Social Science Program (SSCI)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 189
Sociology Program (SOC)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 195


                                                                                                   School of Arts & Sciences                                                 77      Course
                                                                                                                                                                                     Descriptions
Anthropology	Minor	(ANTH)
Faculty: Gretchen Siegler

Anthropology Goals
       •    To enhance critical, analytical, and integrative thinking skills
       •    To improve writing and other communication skills
       •    To become effective researchers, with a qualitative problem solving emphasis
       •    To develop global consciousness, social responsibility, and ethical awareness
       •    To gain an understanding of the discipline’s concepts, foundations, and
            perspectives

Objectives
Anthropology offers an academic minor . Anthropology courses may also be taken
as part of the social science major and selected courses are accepted in other majors
and minors such as education, political studies, justice studies, sociology, honors,
and environmental studies . The discipline is a social science that looks at human
behavior cross-culturally in its sub-fields of socio-cultural anthropology, linguistic
anthropology, archeology, and physical anthropology . Concerned with both modern
and prehistoric humans, the study of anthropology links the hard and soft sciences
through the holistic study of our evolving cultural and biological species .

Program Requirements
Students must maintain a cumulative 2 .5 GPA or better in courses required for the
Anthropology minor . Students choosing a double major or minor within the Social
Science Program may not apply electives to more than one major or minor . Only
classes listed as “required classes” for both majors/minors may be applied to both .
Students may apply courses from related fields (sociology, justice studies, political
science, psychology) with the consent of the instructor .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.

Academic Minor in Anthropology
                                                                                Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                Hours
 I.        Required	Courses                                                       12
           ANTH     160 Introduction to Anthropology, LE                 4
           ANTH     252 Cultural Anthropology, LE                        4
           ANTH     311 Human Evolution and Archeology                   4
 II.       Electives                                                               8
           Take 8 hours of upper division ANTH coursework                8

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                               20

78           Anthropology
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

Art	Program	(ART)
Faculty: David Baddley, Catherine Kuzminski                                                 Programs of
                                                                                            Instruction



Program Goals                                                                               Admission to
                                                                                            the College
     •    Students will be exposed to, and gain experience in, a wide variety of fine
          art disciplines and ideas .
     •    Students will learn and develop the skills required to produce artwork of         Financial Aid
          technical quality .
     •    Students will develop the sensitivity, understanding, and insight to produce
          artwork which is personally meaningful and creatively expressive .                Expenses

     •    Students will develop the ability to write and speak articulately about their
          own and other’s artwork .
                                                                                            Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.
     •    Students will learn skills needed for preparing, publicizing, and hanging
          art exhibits .
                                                                                            Academic
     •    Students will learn to produce materials for professional presentation            Policies &
          of their art for the purposes of gaining acceptance into exhibits, finding        Procedures
          gallery representation, applying for grants, seeking publication and
          applying for graduate school .                                                    Grading and
                                                                                            Academic
                                                                                            Standards
Objectives
The Art Program offers an academic major leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts
degree . It also offers an academic major and a teaching major leading to the               School of
                                                                                            Arts &
Bachelor of Arts degree, as well as an academic minor and a teaching minor . The            Sciences
program provides courses for students wishing to concentrate in teaching and
performance, for students with an avocational interest in performing and studio arts,
and for students who plan to pursue graduate studies in art .
The program is designed to give students the skills and confidence in their abilities       Gore School
needed to produce works of art . To this end, students are given general knowledge          of Business

about art and art history and are schooled in a variety of techniques, including
drawing, painting, photography, and pottery . Students are encouraged to use and
expand their imagination and to express their ideas creatively .
                                                                                            School of

Program Requirements                                                                        Education


Students must maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in courses required for the Art B .A .
and BFA . With the approval of the instructor, students may repeat specified studio
courses for additional credit .                                                             School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                               Art Program             79   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Bachelor	of	Fine	Arts	Degree	(BFA)
After completing the Lower Division Art Courses, students apply for acceptance into
the Bachelor of Fine Arts program by declaring an area of emphasis and submitting
a portfolio during Spring Semester of the sophomore year . The portfolio should
reflect the applicant’s intended area of emphasis and should contain 8–12 examples
of artwork that the student has produced while at Westminster College . The portfolio
is due by the Friday before spring break in the main office of the School of Arts
and Sciences . The BFA admissions committee will review the portfolios and notify
students prior to registration for the Fall Semester . Students who art not accepted
may continue working as art majors in the BA track, and are encouraged to reapply
again the following year . Transfer students will follow this same process for
acceptance to the BFA track, except that the portfolio may contain artwork produced
while studying at other institutions of higher education .




80         Art Program
                                                                                                    About
                                                                                                    Westminster

Painting	and	Drawing	Emphasis
                                                                                     Credit	        Programs of
Liberal	Education	Courses                                                                           Instruction
                                                                                     Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Fine Arts major .
ART        101        Beginning Drawing, LE                                      2                  Admission to
ART        103        Beginning Painting, LE                                     2                  the College
ART        110        Survey of Art, LE                                          3
ART        148        Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                                3
ART        180        Photography, LE                                            3                  Financial Aid


                                                                                     Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
                                                                                                    Expenses
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    8
        Fine Arts majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign
        language .
                                                                                                    Degree
II.     Lower	Division	Art	Courses                                                     16           Reqments.

        These courses should be completed before or during the fourth
        semester (spring of sophomore year), during which students submit                           Academic
        their portfolios for acceptance into the BFA program .                                      Policies &
                                                                                                    Procedures
        ART        101   Beginning Drawing, LE                               2
        ART        103   Beginning Painting, LE                              2
                                                                                                    Grading and
        ART        110   Survey of Art, LE                                   3                      Academic
        ART        148   Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                         3                      Standards
        ART        180   Photography, LE                                     3
        ART        209   Composition and Design                              3
III.    Studio	Art	Courses                                                             22           School of
                                                                                                    Arts &
        ART          202 Intermediate Drawing                                2                      Sciences
        ART          205 Figure Drawing                                      4
        ART          206 Figure Painting                                     4
        ART          302 Intermediate Painting                               3
        ART          303 Advanced Painting                                   3
        ART          390 Collage and Assemblage                              3                      Gore School
        ART          475 Studio Seminar                                      3                      of Business
        (This course should be taken during spring semester of student’s
        last year .)
IV.     Art	History	Courses                                                            12
        ART        310 Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance             4
        ART        311 Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art                4                      School of
                                                                                                    Education
        ART        312 History of Contemporary Art                           4
V.      Elective	Art	Courses                                                           10
        Additional hours of ART coursework                                  10
                                                                                                    School of
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	BACHELOR	OF	FINE	ARTS	                                                          Nursing
                                                                                       68
WITH	PAINTING	AND	DRAWING	EMPHASIS                                                                  and Health
                                                                                                    Sciences




                                                                    Art Program                81   Course
                                                                                                    Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for BFA with
Painting and Drawing Emphasis
                         Fall	Semester                       Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year            ART 101 or ART 103                  ART 101 or ART 103
                         ART 110, ART 148, or ART            ART 110, ART 148, or ART
                         180                                 180
                         Language I                          Language II
Sophomore	Year           ART 302                             ART 202
                         Take one:                           Take one:
                         ART 110, ART 148, ART               ART 110, ART 148, ART
                         180 or ART 209                      180 or ART 209
Junior	Year              ART 205                             ART 206
                         ART 390 or ART Elective             ART 311 or ART Elective
                         ART 310 or ART 312                  ART Electives (take two)
Senior	Year              ART 303                             ART 475
                         ART 390 or ART Elective             ART 311 or ART Elective
                         ART 310 or ART 312                  ART Elective

Pottery	Emphasis
                                                                                     Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                     Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Fine Arts major .
ART        101        Beginning Drawing, LE                                      2
ART        103        Beginning Painting, LE                                     2
ART        110        Survey of Art, LE                                          3
ART        148        Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                                3
ART        180        Photography, LE                                            3

                                                                                     Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    8
        Fine Arts majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign
        language .
II.     Lower	Division	Art	Courses                                                     16
        These courses should be completed before or during the fourth
        semester (spring of sophomore year), during which students submit
        their portfolios for acceptance into the BFA program .
        ART        101   Beginning Drawing, LE                               2
        ART        103   Beginning Painting, LE                              2
        ART        110   Survey of Art, LE                                   3
        ART        148   Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                         3
        ART        180   Photography, LE                                     3
        ART        209   Composition and Design                              3


82         Art Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

III.   Upper	Division	Studio	Art	Courses                                        18
       ART       301 Intermediate Pottery                                  3              Programs of
       ART       305 Raku Pottery                                          3              Instruction
                       (offered once every other year)
       ART       309 Handbuilt Pottery                                     3
                       (offered once every other year)                                    Admission to
       ART       330 Advanced Pottery                                      3              the College
       ART       335 Ceramic Sculpture                                     3
                       (offered once every other year)
       ART       475 Studio Seminar                                        3              Financial Aid
       (This course should be taken during spring semester of student’s last
       year .)
IV.    Art	History	Courses                                                      12
                                                                                          Expenses
       ART       310 Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance            4
       ART       311 Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art               4
       ART       315 History of Pottery                                   4
                                                                                          Degree
V.     Elective	Art	Courses                                                     14        Reqments.

       Additional hours of ART coursework                                14

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	BACHELOR	OF	FINE	ARTS	                                                Academic
                                                                                68        Policies &
WITH	POTTERY	EMPHASIS                                                                     Procedures


                                                                                          Grading and
Recommended Plan of Study for BFA with                                                    Academic
                                                                                          Standards
Pottery Emphasis
                       Fall	Semester                      Spring	Semester
                                                                                          School of
Freshman	Year          ART 148 or ART 110                 ART 148 or ART 110              Arts &
                                                                                          Sciences
                       ART 101, ART 103, or ART           ART 101, ART 103, or ART
                       180                                180
                       Language I                         Language II
Sophomore	Year         ART 301                            ART 305, ART 309, or ART
                                                          335                             Gore School
                       ART 101, ART 103, ART                                              of Business
                       180 or ART 209                     ART 101, ART 103, ART
                                                          180 or ART 209
Junior	Year            ART 310 or ART Elective            ART 305, ART 309, or ART
                       ART Electives (take two)           335
                                                                                          School of
                                                          ART 311 or ART 315              Education
                                                          ART Elective
Senior	Year            ART 330                            ART 475
                       ART 310 or ART Elective            ART 305, ART 309, or ART
                       ART Elective                       335                             School of
                                                          ART 311 or ART 315              Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                                                  Art Program        83   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Photography	Emphasis
                                                                                    Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Fine Arts major .
ART       101        Beginning Drawing, LE                                    2
ART       103        Beginning Painting, LE                                   2
ART       110        Survey of Art, LE                                        3
ART       148        Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                              3
ART       180        Photography, LE                                          3

                                                                                    Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                   8
        Fine Arts majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign
        language .
II.     Lower	Division	Art	Courses                                                     16
        These courses should be completed before or during the fourth
        semester (spring of sophomore year), during which students submit
        their portfolios for acceptance into the BFA program .
        ART        101   Beginning Drawing, LE                               2
        ART        103   Beginning Painting, LE                              2
        ART        110   Survey of Art, LE                                   3
        ART        148   Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                         3
        ART        180   Photography, LE                                     3
        ART        209   Composition and Design                              3
III.    Upper	Division	Studio	Art	Courses                                              18
        ART       320 Digital Imaging                                       3
        ART       321 Digital Media Survey                                  3
                        (offered once every other year)
        ART       379 Intermediate Photography                              3
        ART       380 Advanced Photography                                  3
        ART       383 Color Photography                                     3
                        (offered once every other year)
        ART       475 Studio Seminar                                        3
        (This course should be taken during spring semester of student’s last
        year .)
IV.     Art	History	Courses                                                            12
        ART        310 Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance             4
        ART        311 Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art                4
        ART        318 History of Photography                                4
V.      Elective	Art	Courses                                                           14
        Additional hours of ART coursework                                  14

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	BACHELOR	OF	FINE	ARTS	
                                                                                       68
WITH	PHOTOGRAPHY	EMPHASIS



84         Art Program
                                                                                                    About
                                                                                                    Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for BFA with
Photography Emphasis                                                                                Programs of
                                                                                                    Instruction
                      Fall	Semester                        Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year         ART 180 or ART 110                   ART 180 or ART 110
                                                                                                    Admission to
                      ART 101, ART 103, or ART             ART 101, ART 103, or ART                 the College
                      148                                  148
                      Language I                           Language II
Sophomore	Year ART 320                                     ART 379                                  Financial Aid

                      ART 101, ART 103, ART 148            ART 101, ART 103, ART 148
                      or ART 209                           or ART 209
                                                                                                    Expenses
Junior	Year           ART 310 and ART 318,                 ART 321 or ART 383
                      or ART Elective (take one or         ART 311 or ART Elective
                      two)                                 ART Elective
                                                                                                    Degree
                      ART Electives (take two)                                                      Reqments.

Senior	Year           ART 380                              ART 475
                                                           ART 321 or ART 383
                      ART 310 and ART 318,                                                          Academic
                                                           ART 311 or ART Elective                  Policies &
                      or ART Elective (take one or                                                  Procedures
                      two)
                      ART Elective                                                                  Grading and
                                                                                                    Academic
                                                                                                    Standards

Studio	Arts	Emphasis
                                                                                  Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses                                                                           School of
                                                                                  Hours             Arts &
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Fine Arts major .        Sciences

ART        101        Beginning Drawing, LE                                   2
ART        103        Beginning Painting, LE                                  2
ART        110        Survey of Art, LE                                       3
ART        148        Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                             3                     Gore School
ART        180        Photography, LE                                         3                     of Business




                                                                                                    School of
                                                                                                    Education




                                                                                                    School of
                                                                                                    Nursing
                                                                                                    and Health
                                                                                                    Sciences




                                                                    Art Program                85   Course
                                                                                                    Descriptions
                                                                               Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                               Hours
I.     Foreign	Language	Requirement                                              8
       Fine Arts majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign
       language .
II.    Lower	Division	Art	Courses                                               16
       These courses should be completed before or during the fourth
       semester (spring of sophomore year), during which students submit
       their portfolios for acceptance into the BFA program .
       ART       101   Beginning Drawing, LE                               2
       ART       103   Beginning Painting, LE                              2
       ART       110   Survey of Art, LE                                   3
       ART       148   Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                         3
       ART       180   Photography, LE                                     3
       ART       209   Composition and Design                              3
III.   Studio	Art	Courses                                                       23
       ART       202 Intermediate Drawing                                  2
       ART       301 Intermediate Pottery                                  3
       ART       302 Intermediate Painting                                 3
       ART       320 Digital Imaging                                       3
       ART       335 Ceramic Sculpture                                     3
                     (offered once every other year)
       ART       340 Printmaking                                           3
                     (offered once every other year)
       ART       379 Intermediate Photography                              3
       ART       390 Collage and Assemblage                                3
IV.    Art	History	Courses                                                      12
       ART      310 Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance              4
       ART      311 Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art                 4
       Additional Art History Course                                       4
V.     Elective	Art	Courses                                                      9
       Additional hours of ART coursework                                  9

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	BACHELOR	OF	FINE	ARTS	
                                                                                68
WITH	STUDIO	ARTS	EMPHASIS




86       Art Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for BFA with
Studio Arts Emphasis                                                                      Programs of
                                                                                          Instruction
                      Fall	Semester                    Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year        ART 101, ART 103, ART            ART 101, ART 103, ART
                                                                                          Admission to
                      110, ART 148, or ART 180         110, ART 148, or ART 180           the College
                      (take two)                       (take two)
                      Language I                       Language II
                                                                                          Financial Aid
 Sophomore	Year       ART 101, ART 103, ART            ART 101, ART 103, ART
                      110, ART 148, ART 180,           110, ART 148, ART 180,
                      ART 209 (take two)               ART 209 (take two)
                                                                                          Expenses
                      ART 301, ART 302, ART            ART 202, ART 320, ART
                      320, or ART 390                  335, ART 340, or ART 379
 Junior	Year          ART 301, ART 302, ART            ART 202, ART 320, ART
                                                                                          Degree
                      320, ART 390 (take two)          335, ART 340, ART 379 (take        Reqments.
                                                       two)
                      ART 310, ART 312,ART 318
                      or ART Elective (take one or     ART 311, ART 315 or ART            Academic
                      two)                             Elective                           Policies &
                                                                                          Procedures
                      ART Elective                     ART Elective
 Senior	Year          ART 301, ART 302, ART            ART 475                            Grading and
                                                                                          Academic
                      320, or ART 390                  ART 202, ART 320, ART              Standards

                      ART 310, ART 312,ART 318         335, ART 340, or ART 379
                      or ART Elective (take one or     ART 311, ART 315 or ART
                      two)                                                                School of
                                                       Elective                           Arts &
                      ART Elective                                                        Sciences


Students may elect to complete a Bachelor of Fine Arts degree that recognizes
a double area of emphasis . The portfolio submitted for acceptance into the BFA
program should include 8–12 examples of artwork that the student has produced
while at Westminster College and should reflect both of the applicant’s intended          Gore School
                                                                                          of Business
areas of emphasis . In addition to the other requirements of the BFA, the candidate
must take all of the courses listed in section III, Upper Division Studio Art Courses,
for both of the chosen areas of emphasis . ART 475, Studio Seminar, should only
be taken once . The Elective Art Courses requirement, section V, are fulfilled by the
second emphasis . The candidate must also take all Art History courses required in        School of
section IV by each area of emphasis . Only areas of emphasis in Painting/Drawing,         Education
Pottery and Photography may be combined . The BFA with an emphasis in Studio
Arts is not eligible to be combined for this option .

                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                                               Art Program           87   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Academic Major for Bachelor of Arts Degree
                                                                                      Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                      Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Art major .
ART        101        Beginning Drawing, LE                                       2
ART        103        Beginning Painting, LE                                      2
ART        110        Survey of Art, LE                                           3
ART        148        Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                                 3
ART        180        Photography, LE                                             3

                                                                                      Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                      Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                     8
        Art majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Art	Courses                                                       16
        ART        101   Beginning Drawing, LE                                2
        ART        103   Beginning Painting, LE                               2
        ART        110   Survey of Art, LE                                    3
        ART        148   Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                          3
        ART        180   Photography, LE                                      3
        ART        209   Composition and Design                               3
III.    Upper	Division	Art	Courses                                                       15
        ART        310 Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance              4
        ART        311 Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art                 4
        ART        475 Studio Seminar                                         3
        One additional Art History course                                     4
        (ART 312, History of Contemporary Art; ART 315, History of
        Pottery; or ART 318, History of Photography)
IV.     Electives                                                                        18
        Additional hours of ART coursework                                   18

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                       57




88         Art Program
                                                                                                   About
                                                                                                   Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Art Major
                      Fall	Semester                        Spring	Semester                         Programs of
                                                                                                   Instruction
Freshman	Year         ART 101, ART 103, ART 110, ART 101, ART 103, ART 110,
                      ART 148, or ART 180 (take  ART 148, or ART 180 (take
                      two)                       two)                                              Admission to
                                                                                                   the College
                      Language I                           Language II
Sophomore	Year ART 101, ART 103, ART                       ART 101, ART 103, ART
               110, ART 148, ART 180, or                   110, ART 148, ART 180, or               Financial Aid
               ART 209                                     ART 209
                      ART Elective                         ART Elective
Junior	Year           ART 310, ART 312, ART                ART 311, ART 315, or ART                Expenses
                      318, or ART Elective (take           Elective
                      one or two)                          ART Elective
                      ART Elective                                                                 Degree
                                                                                                   Reqments.
Senior	Year           ART 310, ART 312, ART                ART 475
                      318, or ART Elective (take           ART 311, ART 315, or ART                Academic
                      one or two)                          Elective                                Policies &
                                                                                                   Procedures
                      ART Elective                         ART Elective
                                                                                                   Grading and
                                                                                                   Academic
Teaching Major                                                                                     Standards

                                                                                    Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
                                                                                                   School of
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Art teaching            Arts &
major .                                                                                            Sciences

ART        101        Beginning Drawing, LE                                     2
ART        103        Beginning Painting, LE                                    2
ART        110        Survey of Art, LE                                         3
ART        148        Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                               3                  Gore School
ART        180        Photography, LE                                           3                  of Business


                                                                                    Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                   8
                                                                                                   School of
        Art Teaching majors must complete eight credit hours in a single                           Education
        foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Art	Courses                                                    16
        ART       101   Beginning Drawing, LE                               2
        ART       103   Beginning Painting, LE                              2                      School of
        ART       110   Survey of Art, LE                                   3                      Nursing
                                                                                                   and Health
        ART       148   Fundamentals of Pottery, LE                         3                      Sciences
        ART       180   Photography, LE                                     3
        ART       209   Composition and Design                              3


                                                                   Art Program                89   Course
                                                                                                   Descriptions
III.   Upper	Division	Art	Courses                                         14
       ART      310   Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance      4
       ART      311   Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art         4
       ART      475   Studio Seminar                                 3
       EDUC     381   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Art       3
IV.    Electives                                                          17
       Additional hours of ART coursework                           17

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MAJOR                                        55


Academic Minor
                                                                         Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                         Hours
I.     Required	Courses                                                   12
       ART      101 Beginning Drawing, LE                            2
       ART      110 Survey of Art, LE                                3
       ART      209 Composition and Design                           3
       ART      310 Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance (4)
       or
       ART      311 Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art (4)       4
II.    Electives                                                          10
       Additional hours of ART coursework                           10

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                        22


Teaching Minor
                                                                         Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                         Hours
I.     Required	Courses                                                   15
       ART      101 Beginning Drawing, LE                            2
       ART      110 Survey of Art, LE                                3
       ART      209 Composition and Design                           3
       ART      310 Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance (4)
       or
       ART      311 Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art (4)       4
       EDUC     381 Methods of Teaching Secondary School Art         3
II.    Electives                                                           7
       Additional hours of ART coursework                            7

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                        22

90       Art Program
                                                                                                    About
                                                                                                    Westminster

Arts	Administration	Program	(ARTAD)
Faculty: Nina Vought (chair), Carolyn Connell, Helen Hodgson, Stephen Hurlbut,                      Programs of
                                                                                                    Instruction
Kirk Wessel, Vicki Whiting


Program Goals                                                                                       Admission to
                                                                                                    the College

     •    To give students the background needed to enhance their appreciation of
          the arts .
                                                                                                    Financial Aid
     •    To give students a basic background in business principles and principles
          specifically for non-profits .
     •    To enhance students’ oral and written communication skills .                              Expenses

     •    To give students some practical experience working for an arts
          organization in the community .
                                                                                                    Degree
                                                                                                    Reqments.
     •    To prepare students for entry-level jobs in the field of arts management
          and administration .
                                                                                                    Academic
     •    To give students the necessary academic background that, coupled with                     Policies &
          sufficient field experience, will prepare them for graduate study in the field            Procedures
          of arts administration .
                                                                                                    Grading and
                                                                                                    Academic
Objectives                                                                                          Standards

The Arts Administration Program offers a major in Arts Administration leading to
a Bachelor of Arts degree . The curriculum is designed to prepare a student for a
productive career as a manager or administrator of an arts organization .                           School of
                                                                                                    Arts &
                                                                                                    Sciences


Program Requirements
Students must maintain a minimum cumulative 2 .5 GPA in courses required for the
major . Prerequisite courses must be satisfied with a grade of C- or better .
                                                                                                    Gore School
                                                                                                    of Business
                                                                                   Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                   Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Arts Administra-
 tion major or are prerequisite to required coursework within the major .
                                                                                                    School of
 ECON       105        Introduction to Economics as a Social Science          4                     Education
 or
 ECON       253        Elementary Macroeconomics                              4
 MATH       141        College Algebra                                        4
                                                                                                    School of
                                                                                                    Nursing
                                                                                                    and Health
                                                                                                    Sciences




                                                 Arts Administration Program                   91   Course
                                                                                                    Descriptions
                                                                               Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                               Hours
I.     Foreign	Language	Requirement                                              8
       Arts Administration majors must complete eight credit hours in a
       single foreign language .
II.    Lower	Division	Courses                                                   16
       ACCT 213 Accounting Principles                                      4
       COMM 201 Principles of Editing                                      4
       ECON      105 Introduction to Economics as a Social Science (4)
       or
       ECON      253 Elementary Macroeconomics (4)                         4
       MATH      141 College Algebra                                       4
III.   Upper	Division	Courses                                                   33
       ARTAD     310   Professional Writing                                4
       COMM      326   Intro to Web Writing and Design                     4
       COMM      336   Public Relations                                    3
       MGMT      305   Principles of Management                            4
       MGMT      325   Business and Employment Law                         4
       MGMT      430   The Nonprofit Organization                          4
       THTR      312   Events Management                                   2

       Choose two of the following courses:                                8

       ACCT 374        Managerial and Cost Accounting (4)
       COMM 338        Principles of Advertising (4)
       MGMT/PSYC       433 Organizational Behavior (4)
       MKTG 300        Principles of Marketing (4)
V.     Fields	of	Concentration                                                 20–22
       At least 8 hours of a concentration must be taken in residence at
       Westminster . Students choose from among the following fields of
       concentration:
       A)		Theatre:	 	                                             21–22
            THTR 127       Stagecraft (2)
            THTR 129       Costumes and Make-up (2)
            THTR 180       Acting I (2)
            THTR 320       Stage Management (3)
            THTR 358       History of Theatre and Dramatic Literature I (3)
            THTR 359       History of Theatre and Dramatic Literature II (3)
            THTR 370       Directing (3)
            THTR 440       Internship with a local theatre (3–4)
       Students may choose to complete a minor in Theatre by completing
       additional degree requirements described on page 205 .




92       Arts Administration Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

    B)		Music:	    	                                       21
         Piano Proficiency * (0)
                                                                                          Programs of
         MUSC 151 Music Theory I (4)                                                      Instruction
         MUSC 152 Music Theory II (4)
         MUSC 351 History of Western Art Music I (4)
         MUSC 352 History of Western Art Music II (4)
                                                                                          Admission to
         Performing Ensemble (2):                                                         the College
            MUSC 115/315 Griffin Chorus (1–3)
            MUSC 125/325 Westminster Jazz Ensemble (1–3)
            MUSC 135/335 Westminster Chamber Orchestra (1–3)
            MUSC 145/345 Westminster Chamber Singers (1–4)                                Financial Aid
         MUSC 440 Internship (3)
    * Student must pass piano proficiency exam or take MUSC 121
    (Class Piano) .                                                                       Expenses
    Students may choose to complete a minor in Music by completing
    additional degree requirements described on page 158 .
    C)		Art:                                                20–21                         Degree
                                                                                          Reqments.
         ART     110 Survey of Art, LE (3)
         ART     310 Art History: Emergence to the Renaissance (4)
         ART     311 Art History: Renaissance to Modern Art (4)                           Academic
         ART     440 Internship (3–4)                                                     Policies &
         Additional credits in ART studio coursework (6)                                  Procedures

    Students may choose to complete a minor in Art by completing ad-
    ditional degree requirements described on page 90 .                                   Grading and
                                                                                          Academic
    D)		Contractual	Field	of	Concentration:		                        20–22                Standards

         Students may choose to pursue an individualized field of
         concentration consisting of 20–22 credit hours . A contractual
         field of study must relate to a career or educational objective .                School of
         The program director must approve each student’s plan for a                      Arts &
                                                                                          Sciences
         contractual field of concentration . Coursework must follow
         the pattern of Art, Theatre, or Music Field of Concentration
         Emphases . This approval is needed two semesters before
         graduation .
                                                                                          Gore School
                                                                                          of Business

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	MAJOR                                                    77–79



                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Education




                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                             Arts Administration Program             93   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Biology	Program	(BIOL)
Faculty: Lawrence Anderson, Brian Avery, Christine Clay, Bonnie Baxter,
Judy Rogers


Program Goals
     •    To develop an understanding of the scientific process and critical thinking
          and problem solving skills .
     •    To enhance communication and information literacy skills .
     •    To promote leadership, collaboration and teamwork .
     •    To encourage reflective capacities .
     •    To teach content knowledge of the various biology subdisciplines .


Objectives
The Biology program offers a Bachelor of Science degree with a breadth of
coursework and a focus on laboratory learning ranging from molecular to organismal
topics . Undergraduate research is prominent in our program and is offered to
students to learn first-hand the process of science . Presentation of research results
at national meetings is encouraged . Students receive degree credit for research
and internships . Recent biology graduates have been accepted to professional and
graduate schools (at a rate of 50–100% each year), worked as laboratory researchers,
educators, and biotechnologists .


Program Requirements
The program is designed to allow lateral shifting to other science majors if the
student so desires . Students must maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in biology courses
required for the biology major . No more than half of the biology courses required
for a major or minor are accepted by transfer . Please note that 300- and 400-level
courses are designed for juniors and seniors .
Students choosing a double major or minor within the science program may
not apply electives to more than one major or minor . Only classes listed under
“required” courses that coincide with both majors/minors may be applied to both .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.


Academic Major
Students in the major must complete courses in general biology, genetics, evolution
and the senior seminar . The biology major also requires that students complete an
additional 20 hours of biology credits (at least 16 hours must be in the 300/400
level) . The major includes one year of college physics, one year of general
chemistry, one year of organic chemistry and at least one semester of calculus .

94         Biology Program
                                                                                                About
                                                                                                Westminster

                                                                                 Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                 Hours
                                                                                                Programs of
The Life Sciences and the Physical Sciences LE requirements are fulfilled by meeting major      Instruction
requirements .

                                                                                 Credit	        Admission to
Requirement	Description                                                                         the College
                                                                                 Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                8
        Biology majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign                     Financial Aid
        language .
II.     Lower	Division	Biology	Courses                                              8
        BIOL      105 Principles of Biology I                               4                   Expenses
        BIOL      106 Principles of Biology II                              4
III.    Upper	Division	Biology	Courses                                             26
        BIOL      331 Genetics and Lab                                      4                   Degree
        BIOL      332 Evolution                                             4                   Reqments.

        BIOL      420 Senior Seminar                                        2
        BIOL      Upper division Biology electives                         16
                                                                                                Academic
IV.     Electives                                                                   4           Policies &
                                                                                                Procedures
        BIOL      Choose 4 hours of biology electives,
                  numbered 200 or above                                     4
                                                                                                Grading and
V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                       28           Academic
                                                                                                Standards
        CHEM      111   Principles of Chemistry I and Lab                   4
        CHEM      112   Principles of Chemistry II and Lab                  4
        CHEM      303   Organic Chemistry I and Lab                         4
                                                                                                School of
        CHEM      304   Organic Chemistry II and Lab                        4                   Arts &
        MATH      201B Calculus for Life Sciences (4)                                           Sciences

        or
        MATH      202 Calculus II (4)                                       4

        Students must take one first-level (I) and one second-level (II)
        Physics course:                                                                         Gore School
                                                                                                of Business
        PHYS      151 Principles of Physics I and Lab (4)
        or
        PHYS      211 Physics for Scientists and Engineers I and Lab (4) 4
        AND
                                                                                                School of
        PHYS      152 Principles of Physics II and Lab (4)                                      Education
        or
        PHYS      212 Physics for Scientists and Engineers II and Lab (4) 4

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                 74
                                                                                                School of
                                                                                                Nursing
                                                                                                and Health
                                                                                                Sciences




                                                               Biology Program             95   Course
                                                                                                Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for Biology
                    Fall	and	Spring	Semesters
 Freshman	Year      BIOL 105/106 Principles of Biology I and II                  8
                    CHEM 111/112 Principles of Chemistry I and II                8
                    MATH 201B         Calculus for Life Sciences                 4
                    (and prerequisites if necessary)
                    LE Courses
 Sophomore	Year BIOL 331               Genetics and Lab                          4
                BIOL 332               Evolution                                 4
                BIOL                   Biology elective                        0–4
                    *PHYS 151/152 Principles of Physics I and II            8
                    or
                    PHYS 211/212 Physics of Scientists and Engineers I & II 8
                    LE Courses
 Junior	Year        *CHEM 303/304 Organic Chemistry I and II                     8
                    BIOL          Biology Electives                              8
 Senior	Year        BIOL 420           Senior Seminar                         2
                    BIOL               Biology Electives                   8–12
*Alternatively, a student could take the CHEM 303/304 sequence his or her
sophomore year and PHYS 151/152 (or 211/212) sequence his or her junior year .


Academic Minor
                                                                        Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                        Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                   8
        BIOL     105 Principles of Biology I and Lab              4
        BIOL     106 Principles of Biology II and Lab             4
 II.    Electives                                                         16
        BIOL coursework numbered at the 200-, 300- or 400-level

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                       24




96        Biology Program
                                                                                               About
                                                                                               Westminster

Teaching Major
                                                                                Credit	        Programs of
Liberal	Education	Courses                                                                      Instruction
                                                                                Hours
The Life Sciences and the Physical Sciences LE requirements are fulfilled by meeting major
requirements .
                                                                                               Admission to
                                                                                               the College
                                                                                 Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                 Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                8          Financial Aid

        Biology Teaching majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
        foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Biology	Courses                                             20          Expenses

        BIOL      103 Human Anatomy (4)
        or
        BIOL      301 Comparative Anatomy (4)                             4                    Degree
                                                                                               Reqments.
        BIOL      104 Human Physiology (4)
        or
        BIOL      307 Comparative Physiology (4)                          4                    Academic
                                                                                               Policies &
        BIOL      105 Principles of Biology I                             4                    Procedures
        BIOL      106 Principles of Biology II                            4
        BIOL      221 Invertebrate Zoology                                4
                                                                                               Grading and
III.    Upper	Division	Biology	Courses                                             23          Academic
                                                                                               Standards
        BIOL      303 Microbiology                                        4
        BIOL      310 Botany                                              4
        BIOL      331 Genetics and Lab                                    4
        BIOL      Additional upper division biology coursework            8                    School of
                                                                                               Arts &
        EDUC      382 Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science        3                    Sciences
IV.     Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                       12
        CHEM      111 Principles of Chemistry I                           4
        CHEM      112 Principles of Chemistry II                          4
        PHYS      104 Exploration in Science (4)                                               Gore School
        or                                                                                     of Business
        PHYS      151 Principles of Physics I (4)                         4

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MAJOR                                                 63
                                                                                               School of
                                                                                               Education




                                                                                               School of
                                                                                               Nursing
                                                                                               and Health
                                                                                               Sciences




                                                            Biology Program               97   Course
                                                                                               Descriptions
Teaching Minor/Biology Teaching Endorsement
                                                                   Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                   Hours
I.   Required	Courses                                               27
     BIOL   105 Principles of Biology I and Lab                4
     BIOL   106 Principles of Biology II and Lab               4
     BIOL   331 Genetics and Lab                               4
     BIOL   221 Invertebrate Zoology and Lab (4)
     or
     BIOL   301 Comparative Anatomy and Lab (4)                4
     BIOL   210 Environmental Biology and Lab (4)
     or
     BIOL   404 Ecology (4)                                    4
     BIOL   303 Microbiology (4)
     or
     BIOL   405 Cell Biology (4)                               4
     EDUC   382 Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science   3

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                  27




98     Biology Program
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Chemistry	Program	(CHEM)
Faculty: William Deutschman, Paul Hooker (Chair), Robyn Hyde, Tricia Shepherd              Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction



Program Goals                                                                              Admission to
                                                                                           the College
     •    Content: Students will master basic chemical concepts and have
          knowledge of advanced chemical principles across a broad spectrum of
          chemistry disciplines .
                                                                                           Financial Aid
     •    Laboratory: Students, while working within a cooperative laboratory
          environment, will gain experience with modern lab methodologies,
          techniques and procedures and will advance their critical thinking and
                                                                                           Expenses
          problem solving skills .
     •    Graduate/Professional School Preparation: Students will be prepared
          for admittance and success in graduate school, professional school, and          Degree
          nursing programs .                                                               Reqments.


     •    Communication: Students will be able to effectively communicate
                                                                                           Academic
          chemistry-related concepts and experimental results and conclusions in           Policies &
          written, visual, and oral formats to scientists and non-scientists .             Procedures

     •    Leadership and Civic Responsibility: Students will have the opportunity
                                                                                           Grading and
          to develop their leadership skills, a national perspective on chemistry          Academic
          issues, and their civic responsibilities .                                       Standards



Objectives
                                                                                           School of
The Chemistry Program offers an academic major and a teaching major leading                Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
to the Bachelor of Science Degree . In addition, the program offers an academic
minor and a teaching minor in chemistry . The program provides (1) preparation
for a professional career or graduate study in chemistry; (2) an understanding of
basic chemistry concepts and experience in laboratory operations for those planning
careers in related fields; (3) pre-professional study for those preparing for careers in   Gore School
medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, and nursing; and (4) for those who wish to       of Business

teach at the secondary level .


Program Requirements
                                                                                           School of
Students must maintain a cumulative 2 .3 GPA or better in courses required in the          Education
academic and teaching majors . Students choosing a double major or minor within
the science program may not apply electives to more than one major or minor . Only
classes listed under “required courses” that coincide between both majors/minors
may be applied to both .
                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Nursing
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.                          and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                        Chemistry Program             99   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Academic Major
To fulfill the requirements for a major in Chemistry, students must complete the
following:

                                                                                     Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                     Hours
 The Physical Sciences LE requirement is fulfilled by meeting major requirements .

                                                                                     Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
         Chemistry majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign
         language .
 II.     Lower	Division	Chemistry	Courses                                              8
         CHEM      111 Principles of Chemistry I and Lab                     4
         CHEM      112 Principles of Chemistry II and Lab                    4
 III.    Upper	Division	Chemistry	Courses                                              24
         CHEM      303   Organic Chemistry I and Lab                         4
         CHEM      304   Organic Chemistry II and Lab                        4
         CHEM      306   Quantitative Analysis and Lab                       4
         CHEM      320   Inorganic Chemistry and Lab                         4
         CHEM      421   Physical Chemistry I and Lab                        4
         CHEM      422   Physical Chemistry II and Lab                       4
 IV.     Electives                                                                   10–12
         Students must take two of the following three courses:            7–8
         CHEM 307 Instrumental Analysis and Lab (4)
         CHEM 350 Biochemistry and Lab (4)
         CHEM 370 Scientific Computing (3)

         Students must choose an additional 3–4 credit hours of coursework
         from the following:                                            3–4
         CHEM 300 Special Topics (2–4)
         CHEM 307 Instrumental Analysis and Lab (4)
         CHEM 350 Biochemistry and Lab (4)
         CHEM 370 Scientific Computing (3)
         CHEM 400 Advanced Topics in Chemistry (1–4)
         CHEM 401 Directed Studies (1–4)
         CHEM 430 Undergraduate Research (1–4)
         CHEM 440 Internship (1–2)
 V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                          20
         MATH      201   Calculus I                                          4
         MATH      202   Calculus II                                         4
         PHYS      211   Physics for Scientists and Engineers I and Lab      4
         PHYS      212   Physics for Scientists and Engineers II and Lab     4
         PHYS      309   Mathematical Methods of Physics                     4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                  70–72

100          Chemistry Program
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Chemistry
                                                                                       Programs of
                   Fall	Semester                        Spring	Semester                Instruction

Freshman	Year      CHEM 111                             CHEM 112
Sophomore	Year CHEM 303                                 CHEM 304                       Admission to
               PHYS 211                                 PHYS 212                       the College

               MATH 201                                 MATH 202
Junior	Year        CHEM 306                             PHYS 309
                                                                                       Financial Aid
                   CHEM Elective                        CHEM 320
Senior	Year        CHEM 421                             CHEM 422
                   CHEM Elective                        CHEM Elective
                                                                                       Expenses


Academic Minor
                                                                           Credit	     Degree
Requirement	Description                                                                Reqments.
                                                                           Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                      16
                                                                                       Academic
      CHEM      111   Principles of Chemistry I and Lab             4                  Policies &
      CHEM      112   Principles of Chemistry II and Lab            4                  Procedures
      CHEM      303   Organic Chemistry I and Lab                   4
      CHEM      304   Organic Chemistry II and Lab                  4                  Grading and
II.   Electives                                                              8         Academic
                                                                                       Standards
      Choose four hours from the following:                         4
      CHEM 300 Special Topics (2–4)
      CHEM 306 Quantitative Analysis and Lab (4)
                                                                                       School of
      CHEM 307 Instrumental Analysis and Lab (4)                                       Arts &
      CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry and Lab (4)                                         Sciences
      CHEM 350 Biochemistry and Lab (4)
      CHEM 370 Scientific Computing (3)
      CHEM 401 Directed Studies (1–4)
      CHEM 421 Physical Chemistry I and Lab (4)
      CHEM 422 Physical Chemistry II and Lab (4)                                       Gore School
      CHEM 430 Undergraduate Research (1–4)                                            of Business
      CHEM 440 Internship (1–4)

      Choose at least four additional hours from the following:     4
      CHEM 306 Quantitative Analysis and Lab (4)
      CHEM 307 Instrumental Analysis and Lab (4)
                                                                                       School of
      CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry and Lab (4)                                         Education
      CHEM 350 Biochemistry and Lab (4)
      CHEM 421 Physical Chemistry I and Lab (4)
      CHEM 422 Physical Chemistry II and Lab (4)

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                          24         School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                       Chemistry Program         101   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Teaching Major
                                                                                    Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
The Physical Sciences LE requirement is fulfilled by meeting major requirements .

                                                                                    Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
        Chemistry Teaching majors must complete eight credit hours in a
        single foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Chemistry	Courses                                              8
        CHEM      111 Principles of Chemistry I and Lab                    4
        CHEM      112 Principles of Chemistry II and Lab                   4
III.    Upper	Division	Chemistry	Courses                                              15
        CHEM      303   Organic Chemistry I and Lab                        4
        CHEM      304   Organic Chemistry II and Lab                       4
        CHEM      306   Quantitative Analysis and Lab                      4
        EDUC      382   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science       3
IV.     Electives                                                                   13–16
        Complete four additional courses selected from:
        CHEM 307 Instrumental Analysis and Lab                            4
        CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry and Lab                              4
        CHEM 350 Biochemistry and Lab                                     4
        CHEM 400 Advanced Topics in Chemistry                           1–4
        CHEM 421 Physical Chemistry I and Lab                             4
        CHEM 422 Physical Chemistry II and Lab                            4
V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                          16
        MATH      201   Calculus I                                         4
        MATH      202   Calculus II                                        4
        PHYS      151   Principles of Physics I and Lab                    4
        PHYS      152   Principles of Physics II and Lab                   4

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MAJOR                                                  60–63




102         Chemistry Program
                                                                                   About
                                                                                   Westminster

Teaching Minor
                                                                       Credit	     Programs of
Requirement	Description                                                            Instruction
                                                                       Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                  19
      CHEM    111   Principles of Chemistry I and Lab              4               Admission to
      CHEM    112   Principles of Chemistry II and Lab             4               the College
      EDUC    382   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science   3
      MATH    201   Calculus I                                     4
      MATH    202   Calculus II                                    4               Financial Aid
II.   Electives                                                        9–12
      Choose three additional courses selected from:           9–12
      CHEM 303 Organic Chemistry I and Lab (4)                                     Expenses
      CHEM 304 Organic Chemistry II and Lab (4)
      CHEM 306 Quantitative Analysis and Lab (4)
      CHEM 307 Instrumental Analysis and Lab (4)
      CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry and Lab (4)                                     Degree
                                                                                   Reqments.
      CHEM 350 Biochemistry and Lab (4)
      CHEM 400 Advanced Topics in Chemistry (1–4)
      CHEM 421 Physical Chemistry I and Lab (4)
                                                                                   Academic
      CHEM 422 Physical Chemistry II and Lab (4)                                   Policies &
                                                                                   Procedures

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                     28–31
                                                                                   Grading and
                                                                                   Academic
                                                                                   Standards




                                                                                   School of
                                                                                   Arts &
                                                                                   Sciences




                                                                                   Gore School
                                                                                   of Business




                                                                                   School of
                                                                                   Education




                                                                                   School of
                                                                                   Nursing
                                                                                   and Health
                                                                                   Sciences




                                                  Chemistry Program          103   Course
                                                                                   Descriptions
Communication	Program	(COMM)
Faculty: Fred Fogo, Scott Gust, James Hedges, Helen Hodgson (Chair), Christine
Seifert, Rulon Wood, Kim Zarkin


Program Goals
      •   To develop writing and editing skills applicable to various communication
          professions .
      •   To learn basic layout and design principles and apply those principles to
          the production of quality communication pieces for print and electronic
          media, using a broad range of industry-standard software applications .
      •   To learn to effectively present skills, interests, accomplishments, and
          abilities to prospective employers or clients .


Objectives
The Communication Program offers an academic major leading to a Bachelor of
Arts degree, as well as an academic minor . The Communication Program teaches
students theoretical principles and practical skills in the context of humanistic
inquiry .
Working with electronic and traditional media, students acquire skills needed for
careers in corporate and government communication, public affairs, advertising,
public relations, technical writing, and journalism, as well as for graduate studies .
By selecting courses across the entire communication curriculum, students can
develop a program that has breadth, while students who are interested in a more
focused major may wish to choose classes from one of the suggested concentrations
that follow .


Program Requirements
Students must maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in all courses required for the
Communication major .
For course prerequisites, please refer to the course descriptions .


Academic Major
                                                                               Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                               Hours
 There are no LE requirements included as part of the Communication major; however,
 ART 180 is a prerequisite to COMM 320 .




104          Communication Program
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

                                                                           Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                           Hours
                                                                                       Programs of
I.     Foreign	Language	Requirement                                          8         Instruction

       Communication majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
       foreign language .
                                                                                       Admission to
II.    Lower	Division	Communication	Courses                                 12         the College

       COMM 201 Principles of Editing                                  4
       COMM 203 Writing for the Mass Media                             4
       COMM 240 Introduction to the Mass Media                         4               Financial Aid

III.   Upper	Division	Communication	Courses                                27–29
       COMM 302 College Publications: Forum                          2–4
       COMM 306 Principles of Layout and Design                        4               Expenses
       COMM 307 Electronic Design                                      4
       COMM 310 Professional Writing                                   4
       COMM 320 Digital Imaging                                        3
       COMM 350 Business and Professional Communication                3               Degree
                                                                                       Reqments.
       COMM 440 Internship*                                            2
       COMM 490 Portfolio Workshop                                     1
       *At least two internships are strongly recommended .                            Academic
       And	one	of	the	following	courses:	                              4               Policies &
                                                                                       Procedures
       COMM 405 Advanced Writing and Research (4)
       COMM 410 Technical Writing (4)
       COMM 425 Communication Law and Ethics (4)                                       Grading and
                                                                                       Academic
IV.    Electives                                                           8–10        Standards

       Choose 8–10 credit hours from the following:                 8–10
       ART      380   Advanced Photography (3)
                                                                                       School of
       COMM     300   Selected Topics in Communication (1–4)
                                                                                       Arts &
       COMM     301   Community News Writing (4)                                       Sciences
       COMM     302   College Publications: Forum (2)
       COMM     305   Forum Photo Staff (1)
       COMM     321   Digital Media Survey (3)
       COMM     324   Elec Communication in the Global Community (3)
       COMM     326   Introduction to Web Writing and Design (4)                       Gore School
       COMM     327   Web Design and Development (4)                                   of Business
       COMM     336   Public Relations Principles (3)
       COMM     337   Public Relations Writing and Campaign Planning (3)
       COMM     338   Principles of Advertising (4)
       COMM     340   Communication Theory and Persuasion (3)
       COMM     360   Race, Gender, Class, and the Media (3)
                                                                                       School of
       COMM     401   Directed Studies (1–4)                                           Education
       COMM     405   Advanced Writing and Research (4)
       COMM     410   Technical Writing (4)
       COMM     425   Communication Law and Ethics (4)
       COMM     440   Internship (2–4)
       ENGL     326   College Publications: Ellipsis (1)                               School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                          57         Sciences




                                               Communication Program             105   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for Communication
                      Fall	Semester                        Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year        COMM 201                             ART 180
                                                           COMM 203
 Sophomore	Year COMM 240                                   COMM 302*
                                                           COMM 310
 Junior	Year          COMM 306                             COMM 307
                      COMM 320                             COMM 440**
                      COMM Elective                        COMM Elective
 Senior	Year          COMM 350                             COMM 405/425***
                      COMM 410***                          COMM 440**
                      COMM 440**                           COMM 490
                      COMM Elective                        COMM Elective
*Students interested in journalism may repeat the Forum for elective credit .
**Students are required to do one two-credit internship; they are encouraged to do
two or three if possible .
***Select one of these three courses .


Academic Minor
                                                                             Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                             Hours
 I.      Courses                                                                24
         COMM      201   Principles of Editing                           4
         COMM      203   Writing for the Mass Media                      4
         COMM      240   Introduction to the Mass Media                  4
         COMM      306   Principles of Layout and Design                 4
         COMM      310   Professional Writing                            4
         Plus one additional upper division course from the following:   4
         COMM 307 Electronic Design (4)
         COMM 405 Advanced Writing and Research (4)
         COMM 410 Technical Writing (4)

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                             24




106          Communication Program
                                                                                   About
                                                                                   Westminster

Suggested Concentrations
Multimedia                                                                         Programs of
                                                                                   Instruction
Take this upper division course:
COMM 425            Communication Law and Ethics                         4         Admission to
                                                                                   the College
Choose additional credit hours from these electives:
COMM      321       Digital Media Survey                                 3
COMM      324       Electronic Communication in the Global Community     3         Financial Aid
COMM      326       Introduction to Web Writing and Design               4
COMM      327       Web Design and Development                           4
COMM      440       Internship                                         2–4
                                                                                   Expenses
ART       380       Advanced Photography                                 3


Public	Relations                                                                   Degree
Take this upper division course:                                                   Reqments.

COMM 425            Communication Law and Ethics                         4
                                                                                   Academic
Take these electives:                                                              Policies &
                                                                                   Procedures
COMM 336            Public Relations Principles                          3
COMM 337            Public Relations Writing and Campaign Planning       3
                                                                                   Grading and
Choose from these electives, depending on your individual interests:               Academic
                                                                                   Standards
COMM      326       Introduction to Web Writing and Design               4
COMM      327       Web Design and Development                           4
COMM      338       Principles of Advertising                            4         School of
COMM      340       Communication Theory and Persuasion                  3         Arts &
                                                                                   Sciences
COMM      360       Race, Gender, Class, and the Media                   3
COMM      440       Internship                                         2–4
Professional	Writing
Take this upper division course:                                                   Gore School
                                                                                   of Business
COMM 410            Technical Writing                                    4

Choose additional credit hours from these electives:
COMM      324       Electronic Communication in the Global Community     3
COMM      326       Introduction to Web Writing and Design               4         School of
COMM      340       Communication Theory and Persuasion                  3         Education

COMM      440       Internship                                         2–4


                                                                                   School of
                                                                                   Nursing
                                                                                   and Health
                                                                                   Sciences




                                               Communication Program         107   Course
                                                                                   Descriptions
Computer	Information	Systems	(CIS)
Faculty: Dan Byrne, Greg Gagne, Helen Hu, Alysse Morton


Program Goals
      •   To understand the components of a contemporary computer system .
      •   To provide a background in software development and project
          management .
      •   To develop an understanding of a basic business environment .
      •   To understand concepts and processes for achieving organizational goals
          with information technology .


Objectives
Computer Information Systems is a study of the concepts, principles, and processes
for two broad areas of activity within an organization: (1) acquisition, deployment,
and management of information technology resources and services (the information
systems function) and (2) development, operation, and evolution of infrastructure
and systems for use in an organization .
Information Systems professionals must have sound technical knowledge of
computers, communications, software, but they must also understand how
organizations and how they function . Thus, the Computer Information Systems
major provides a combination of technical computer science coursework as well
as several business courses . Such coursework emphasizes information technology
and implementation, organization functions, and concepts and processes of
organizational management .


Program Requirements
Students must maintain an overall 2 .5 GPA in courses required for the academic
major .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.

Academic Major
                                                                                   Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                   Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Computer
 Information Systems major or are prerequisite to required coursework within the major .

 ECON       253        Elementary Macroeconomics                             4
 MATH       141        College Algebra                                       4
 PHIL       206        Introduction to Ethics                                3



108          Computer Information Systems
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

                                                                             Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                             Hours
                                                                                         Programs of
 I.     Foreign	Language	Requirement                                           8         Instruction

        Computer Information Systems majors must complete eight credit
        hours in a single foreign language .
                                                                                         Admission to
 II.    Lower	Division	Computer	Science	Courses                               12         the College

        CMPT     201 Introduction to Computer Science                    4
        CMPT     202 Introduction to Data Structures                     4
        CMPT     260 Computer System Fundamentals                        4               Financial Aid

 III.   Upper	Division	Computer	Science	Courses                               18
        CMPT     307   Database Systems                                  4
        CMPT     322   Software Engineering                              4               Expenses
        CMPT     375   E-Commerce                                        4
        CMPT     390   Senior Capstone Project                           2
        Student must complete 4 hours selected from:                     4
                                                                                         Degree
        CMPT 335 Computer Security (4)                                                   Reqments.
        CMPT 352 Computer Networks (4)
        CMPT 440 Internship (4)
                                                                                         Academic
 IV.    Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                  28         Policies &
                                                                                         Procedures
        MATH     150   Elementary Statistics                             4
        ACCT     213   Accounting Principles                             4
        ECON     263   Elementary Microeconomics                         4               Grading and
        FINC     300   Business Finance                                  4               Academic
                                                                                         Standards
        IRM      200   Principles of Information Resource Management     4
        MGMT     305   Principles of Management                          4
        MKTG     300   Principles of Marketing                           4
                                                                                         School of
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                           66         Arts &
                                                                                         Sciences



Recommended Plan of Study for CIS
                     Fall	Semester                      Spring	Semester
                                                                                         Gore School
 Freshman	Year       ECON 253                           ECON 263                         of Business
                     MATH 141                           MATH 150
 Sophomore	Year ACCT 213                                CMPT 202
                     CMPT 201                           FINC 300
                     MKTG 300                           IRM 200
                     PHIL 206                           MGMT 305                         School of
                                                                                         Education
 Junior	Year         CMPT 251/260                       CMPT 375 *
                     CMPT 322 *                         CMPT Elective **
                     CMPT 307 *
                     CMPT Elective **
 Senior	Year         CMPT 322 *                         CMPT 390                         School of
                                                                                         Nursing
                     CMPT 307 *                         CMPT Elective **                 and Health
                     CMPT Elective **                                                    Sciences

* Depending on which year the course is offered .
** Must complete one elective from CMPT 335, 352, or 440 .

                                          Computer Information Systems             109   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Computer	Science	Program	(CMPT)
Faculty: Dan Byrne, Greg Gagne, Helen Hu


Program Goals
      •   To attain a system-level understanding of the computer .
      •   To understand the concepts and techniques of object-oriented software
          design .
      •   To acquire significant project experience working both individually and in
          a group setting .
      •   To develop effective problem solving skills .


Objectives
The Computer Science Program offers an academic major leading to the Bachelor of
Science degree, as well as an academic minor and a teaching minor . The curriculum
in computer science is designed to meet the needs of students whose ultimate
objective is to pursue a career in the field or to go on to postgraduate study . The
program also serves students who wish to learn to use the computer as a tool .


Program Requirements
Students must maintain an overall 2 .5 GPA in courses required for the academic
major, the academic minor, and the teaching minor . A 2 .8 GPA in CMPT 201, CMPT
202 and MATH 201 is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper division courses .
Computer Science major and minor requirements must be satisfied with a grade
of C- or better . No more than four (4) credit hours from May term courses may be
applied to the elective upper division computer science requirement for the academic
major . A student enrolled in a Computer Science course without the specified
prerequisites may be withdrawn from the course by the instructor .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.




110         Computer Science Program
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster

Academic Major
                                                                                Credit	      Programs of
Liberal	Education	Courses                                                                    Instruction
                                                                                Hours
There are no LE requirements included as part of the Computer Science major .
                                                                                             Admission to
                                                                                Credit	      the College
Requirement	Description
                                                                                Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                              8
                                                                                             Financial Aid
        Computer Science majors must complete eight credit hours in a
        single foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Computer	Science	Courses                                   12
                                                                                             Expenses
        CMPT      201 Introduction to Computer Science                    4
        CMPT      202 Introduction to Data Structures                     4
        CMPT      251 Computer Systems and Programming                    4
                                                                                             Degree
III.    Upper	Division	Computer	Science	Courses                                   26         Reqments.
        CMPT      306   Algorithms and Data Structures                    4
        CMPT      307   Database Systems                                  4
        CMPT      322   Software Engineering                              4                  Academic
                                                                                             Policies &
        CMPT      328   Computer Architecture                             4                  Procedures
        CMPT      351   Operating Systems                                 4
        CMPT      352   Computer Networks                                 4
                                                                                             Grading and
        CMPT      390   Senior Capstone Project                           2                  Academic
IV.     Electives                                                                 12         Standards

        Students must take an additional twelve hours of upper division
        computer science coursework from the list below .                 12
                                                                                             School of
        CMPT      300   Special Topics (1–4)                                                 Arts &
        CMPT      301   Artificial Intelligence (4)                                          Sciences
        CMPT      335   Computer Security (4)
        CMPT      355   Compilers (4)
        CMPT      360   Computer Graphics (4)
        CMPT      375   E-Commerce (4)
        CMPT      387   Undergraduate Teaching (1)                                           Gore School
        CMPT      401   Directed Studies (1–4)                                               of Business

        CMPT      440   Internship (1–4)
        Students may apply at most four (4) credit hours from May term
        courses toward the upper division elective requirement .
V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                      8          School of
        MATH      201 Calculus I                                          4                  Education

        MATH      210 Discrete Mathematics                                4

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                66
                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Nursing
                                                                                             and Health
                                                                                             Sciences




                                                Computer Science Program               111   Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for Computer Science
                    Fall	Semester                       Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year      CMPT 201                            CMPT 202
                    MATH 201                            MATH 210
 Sophomore	Year CMPT 251                                CMPT 328 *
                CMPT 306                                CMPT Elective **
 Junior	Year        CMPT 322 *                          CMPT 328 *
                    CMPT 307 *                          CMPT 351 *
                    CMPT Elective **                    CMPT 352 *
                                                        CMPT Elective **
 Senior	Year        CMPT 322 *                          CMPT 351 *
                    CMPT 307 *                          CMPT 352 *
                    CMPT Elective **                    CMPT 390
                                                        CMPT Elective **
* Depending on which year the course is offered .
** Must complete three electives from CMPT 300, 301, 335, 355, 360, 401, 440 .

Academic Minor
                                                                              Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                              Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                       20
        CMPT     201   Introduction to Computer Science                   4
        CMPT     202   Introduction to Data Structures                    4
        CMPT     251   Computer Systems and Programming                   4
        MATH     201   Calculus I                                         4
        MATH     210   Discrete Mathematics                               4
 II.    Electives                                                               4
        Additional upper division computer science coursework             4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                            24


Teaching Minor
                                                                              Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                              Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                       26
        CMPT     201   Introduction to Computer Science                   4
        CMPT     202   Introduction to Data Structures                    4
        CMPT     251   Computer Systems and Programming                   4
        CMPT     306   Algorithms and Data Structures                     4
        EDUC     383   Meth . of Teaching Sec . School Computer Science   2
        MATH     201   Calculus I                                         4
        MATH     210   Discrete Mathematics                               4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                            26

112        Computer Science Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Earth	Systems	Science	(ESS)
The Earth Systems Science Program consists of several courses in geography,               Programs of
                                                                                          Instruction
geology, and physical/earth systems science . The primary focus is on gaining an
understanding of earth systems and global change processes in an integrative and
interdisciplinary manner—physical/natural and human/cultural dimensions . (See the        Admission to
Course Descriptions section of this catalog .)                                            the College




3–2	Engineering	Program                                                                   Financial Aid




Objectives                                                                                Expenses
Westminster offers a 3-2 Engineering Program in conjunction with the University of
Southern California, in Los Angeles, California (USC), and Washington University
in St . Louis, Missouri . Students who successfully complete the requirements for this    Degree
program will earn two degrees:                                                            Reqments.


     •    A Bachelor of Science or Arts with a major either in Biology, Chemistry,
                                                                                          Academic
          Computer Science, Physics, and Mathematics . (Students may pursue other         Policies &
          majors, but it may take them longer than 5 years to complete the two            Procedures
          degrees .)
                                                                                          Grading and
     •    A Bachelor of Science in an engineering discipline from either Washington       Academic
          University or USC .                                                             Standards

The 3–2 program is perfect for the student who wants to enhance and broaden their
undergraduate education as a prelude to the focused work of engineering school . In
all their pre-engineering classes, students receive the benefits of Westminster’s small   School of
                                                                                          Arts &
class sizes and tradition of teaching excellence . Westminster’s math and science         Sciences
programs offer “learning communities” that couple courses like math and biology
and utilize group-based, hands-on learning . Moreover, students often develop close
nurturing relationships with faculty and their peers at Westminster that might not
happen at a larger school .
                                                                                          Gore School
Under the 3–2 program, a student attends Westminster College for approximately            of Business

three years and then transfers to either the University of Southern California
(USC) or Washington University for an additional two years of study in the
selected engineering discipline . (1) As Westminster freshman, students must meet
entrance requirements for USC or Washington University . (2) The 3–2 program
                                                                                          School of
advisor at Westminster College must recommend them . (To be considered for this           Education
recommendation a students must satisfy all the program requirements listed below,
maintain a cumulative grade point average of 3 .00, and maintain a 3 .00 average
in the major courses .) (3) Students must complete at least four semesters of full-
time study at Westminster before transferring to the engineering school .
                                                                                          School of
(4) Students must have completed 12 upper division credits in their major prior to        Nursing
transfer . Students who complete the 3–2 program by transferring to either USC or         and Health
                                                                                          Sciences
Washington University automatically have the Westminster residency requirement
waived . (Westminster requires that the last 36 hours of course work be completed at
Westminster .)
                    Earth Systems Science and 3-2 Engineering Program              113    Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Fields	of	engineering	offered	by	the	University	of	Southern	
California	and	Washington	University:	
University	of	Southern	California	                     Washington	University
Aerospace/Mechanical                                   Biomedical
Astronautics/Space Technology                          Chemical
Biomedical                                             Civil
Chemical/Materials Science                             Computer Science
Civil/Environmental                                    Computer Engineering
Computer Science                                       Electrical
Electrical                                             Mechanical
Industrial and Systems Engineering                     System Science & Engineering
After successful completion of both portions of the program the student is awarded
degrees from both institutions .


Sample Student Timetable
In order for the student to complete the dual degree program in five years, it is
important to follow closely the timetable set up by the advisor . The following is
a sample timetable for a student majoring in Physics at Westminster and desiring
a dual degree in Electrical Engineering . A particular student’s course schedule
will depend upon their prior coursework, their major at Westminster, the desired
engineering discipline, and the specific requirements of the engineering school .1

                         Fall	Semester                        Spring	Semester
 Year	1,	Freshman        MATH 201 Calculus I                  MATH 202 Calculus II
 See the 3/2 advisor2    CHEM 111 Principles of               CHEM 112 Principles of
                                      Chemistry I and Lab                  Chemistry II and
                         Other required LE courses3                        Lab
                                                              Other required LE courses
 Year	2,	Sophomore MATH 203 Multivar . Calculus               MATH 204 Linear Alg . &
 Review program with     PHYS 211     Phys for Scientists &                Different’l Equations
 advisor                              Engineers I and Lab     PHYS 309 Mathematical
                         Other required LE courses                         Methods of Physics
                                                              PHYS 212 Phys for Scientists &
                                                                           Engineers II and Lab
                                                              Other required LE courses
 Year	3,	Junior          PHYS 305 Principles of Optics        PHYS 431   Principles of
 Review program with     PHYS 3114 Analytic Mechanics                    Electrodynamics
 advisor                 PHYS 3705 Scientific Computing       Remaining LE courses
                         Other required LE courses
 At the end of Fall
 semester, apply to
 desired engineering
 school.
 Meet with 3/2 advisor
 and request letter of
 recommendation.



114          3-2 Engineering Program
                                                                                                        About
                                                                                                        Westminster

    Year	4                  Summer after completing Year 4: Send copy of transcripts from
    First year at           engineering school to Registrar’s Office at Westminster .
                                                                                                        Programs of
    Engineering school                                                                                  Instruction
    Year	5                  Student applies for graduation       After spring semester, student
    Second year at          from both Westminster and the        receives degrees from the
    Engineering school      engineering school in the spring .   engineering school and from            Admission to
                                                                 Westminster College .                  the College

1
 Some engineering disciplines require specific pre-engineering classes . These can be taken at
the engineering school .
                                                                                                        Financial Aid
2
 The current 3/2 advisor is Dr . Peter Conwell, Assistant Professor of Physics .
3
 Westminster College requires all freshmen to enroll in one learning community . These are
classes linked with a common theme . Typically at least one of these courses will satisfy a
                                                                                                        Expenses
liberal education requirement .
4
 Typically taught every other year
5
 Taught every other year
                                                                                                        Degree
                                                                                                        Reqments.
Financial Aid
Merit-based and need-based financial aid is available from Westminster College and                      Academic
                                                                                                        Policies &
the engineering schools . However, these programs are not linked . Students receiving                   Procedures
financial aid from Westminster must reapply for financial aid at the engineering
school .
                                                                                                        Grading and
                                                                                                        Academic
                                                                                                        Standards
Program Requirements at Westminster College
Students in this program are encouraged to meet with the program director at
Westminster College during their freshman year to ensure satisfaction of all the                        School of
                                                                                                        Arts &
requirements for their chosen field of engineering during their time at Westminster                     Sciences
College and to learn about the coursework that will be required during their two
years at the university .
Students must complete all their Liberal Education Requirements (see the
“Undergraduate Degree Requirements” section of this catalog) and the following set                      Gore School
of engineering core courses:                                                                            of Business


CHEM         111–112     Principles of Chemistry I and II and Lab
CMPT         201         Introduction to Computer Science
CMPT         401         Directed Studies (FORTRAN, C++, or Java)
ENGL         110         Composition and Research, LE                                                   School of
MATH         201–202     Calculus I and II                                                              Education

MATH         203         Multivariate Calculus
MATH         204         Linear Algebra and Differential Equations
MATH         363         Differential Equations II
PHYS         211–212     Physics for Scientists and Engineers I and II and Lab                          School of
                                                                                                        Nursing
PHYS         301         Introduction to Modern Physics                                                 and Health
                                                                                                        Sciences




                                                         3-2 Engineering Program                  115   Course
                                                                                                        Descriptions
Additional classes that may be required, depending on the field of engineering
chosen, include:
BIOL     221       Invertebrate Zoology and Lab
BIOL     310       General Botany and Lab, LE
CHEM     303–304   Organic Chemistry I and II and Lab
CHEM     306       Quantitative Analysis and Lab
CHEM     350       Biochemistry and Lab
CHEM     421–422   Physical Chemistry I and II and Lab
CMPT     351       Operating Systems
MATH     150       Elementary Statistics
MATH     310       Probability and Statistics
MATH     311       Linear Algebra II
MATH     362       Numerical Analysis
PHYS     300       Mathematical Methods for Physicists
PHYS     311       Analytical Mechanics
PHYS     410       Quantum Mechanics (Same as CHEM 421)
PHYS     411       Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics and Lab
                   (Same as CHEM 422)




116         3-2 Engineering Program
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

English	Program	(ENGL)
Faculty: Sean Desilets, Georgiana Donavin, Peter Goldman, Susan Gunter, Elree              Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction
Harris, Christopher LeCluyse, Jeffrey McCarthy, Fatima Mujcinovic, Lance
Newman, Natasha Sajé
                                                                                           Admission to
                                                                                           the College
Program Goals
     •    Critical thinking: students shall balance, examine and make informed
          choices among competing ideas .                                                  Financial Aid

     •    Writing: students shall be asked to perform various formal and informal
          writing tasks, culminating in a large research and writing project .
     •    Knowledge of the field: students shall be exposed to the width and breadth       Expenses

          of English literature, and show the ability to make informed connections
          across the field .
                                                                                           Degree
     •    Awareness of other cultures and periods: students shall learn about the art      Reqments.
          and thought of different times and different cultures .
     •    Research: students shall become expert in the practice and benefits of
                                                                                           Academic
          research, as well as informed of the field’s accepted research methods .         Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures
     •    Public speaking and working in groups: students shall be asked to present
          ideas orally, and to work with peers to solve problems and introduce
          concepts .                                                                       Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
                                                                                           Standards

Objectives
The English Program offers an academic major and a secondary teaching major,               School of
both leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree, as well as an academic minor, a               Arts &
secondary teaching minor, and an elementary teaching minor . The English Program           Sciences

provides students with the tools for effective written and oral communication; for
critical reading, analysis, and appreciation of literary works; for the application of
theoretical perspectives to literary texts; and for the understanding of historically
and culturally diverse forms of written expression . The program prepares majors and       Gore School
minors for graduate work in English and other professional fields; for secondary,          of Business
intermediate, and primary school teaching in cooperation with the Education
Program; for communication professions (see Communication Program); for careers
in business, government, law, and nonprofit organizations; and for lifelong learning .
The English program publishes a national literary magazine, Ellipsis, each April .
Editors and staff are students enrolled in ENGL 326 (1 credit) with other students         School of
                                                                                           Education
who wish to work on the magazine .


Program Requirements
                                                                                           School of
Students must maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in courses required for the                      Nursing
majors . Please note that ENGL 098, 110, and 220 do not satisfy major or minor             and Health
                                                                                           Sciences
requirements, except that 220 is a required course for the teaching minor .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.

                                                        English Program              117   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Academic Major
To fulfill the requirements for the academic major in English, students must complete a
minimum of 42 hours in English courses numbered 230 and above, except that a maximum
of four of those hours may be taken as English 200, Special Topics . Students must include
the required courses listed below in their 42-hour total . Within these 42 hours, students must
also complete three or more hours in a course or courses emphasizing cultural diversity
and so marked in the annual schedule of classes; such courses may be used to fulfill other
program requirements . At least two semesters of one foreign language are also required .

                                                                                       Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                       Hours
 There are no LE requirements included as part of the English major .

                                                                                       Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                       Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    8
         English majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign
         language .
 II.     Lower	Division	English	Courses                                                  8
         ENGL       241 British and American Literature to 1660                  4
         ENGL       242 British and American Literature after 1660               4
 III.    Upper	Division	English	Courses                                                  20
         ENGL 311 Introduction to Literary Studies                               4
         Four hours in courses numbered 330–339                                  4
         Four hours in courses numbered 344–349                                  4
         Four hours in courses numbered 351–356                                  4
         ENGL       402 Thesis (4)
         or
         ENGL       403 Senior Seminar (4)                                       4
 IV.     Electives                                                                       14
         Three	or	more	hours	in	advanced	writing,	chosen	from	the		
         following:	    	                                                        3
         ENGL 230 Introduction to Creative Writing (3)
         ENGL 310 Theory and Teaching of Writing (3–4)
         ENGL 320 Creative Writing: Fiction (3)
         ENGL 322 Creative Writing: Poetry (3)
         ENGL 324 Creative Writing: Nonfiction (1–4)
         ENGL 329 Special Topics in Creative Writing (1–4)
         ENGL 371 Advanced Expository Writing (3)
         THTR      321 Creative Writing: Plays (3)
         Additional English coursework numbered 300 and above                   11
         (except that a maximum of four of these hours may be taken
         as English 200 Special Topics)
         At least 3 hours of coursework emphasizing cultural diversity is required .

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                      50

118          English Program
                                                                                                      About
                                                                                                      Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for English
                       Fall	Semester                            Spring	Semester                       Programs of
                                                                                                      Instruction
Freshman	Year          ENGL 110                                 ENGL 220
                       LE requirement                           LE requirement
                       Language I                               Language II
                                                                                                      Admission to
Sophomore	Year LE requirement                                   LE requirement                        the College
                       ENGL 241                                 ENGL 242
                                                                ENGL 311
Junior	Year            LE requirement                           LE requirement                        Financial Aid
                       1 class from ENGL 330–339                ENGL elective
                       1 class from ENGL 344–349                1 class from ENGL 351–356
Senior	Year            LE requirement                           LE requirement
                                                                                                      Expenses
                       ENGL electives (take two)                ENGL elective
                                                 ENGL403 or ENGL402

Academic Major with Creative Writing Emphasis                                                         Degree
                                                                                                      Reqments.
                                                                                         Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                         Hours
                                                                                                      Academic
There are no LE requirements included as part of the English major .                                  Policies &
                                                                                                      Procedures

                                                                                         Credit	
Requirement	Description                                                                               Grading and
                                                                                         Hours        Academic
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                       8          Standards

        English majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	English	Courses                                                     11         School of
                                                                                                      Arts &
        ENGL       230 Introduction to Creative Writing                            3                  Sciences
        ENGL       241 British and American Literature to 1660                     4
        ENGL       242 British and American Literature after 1660                  4
III.    Upper	Division	English	Courses                                                     20
        ENGL 311 Introduction to Literary Studies                                  4
                                                                                                      Gore School
        Four hours in courses numbered 330–339                                     4                  of Business
        Four hours in courses numbered 344–349                                     4
        Four hours in courses numbered 351–356                                     4
        ENGL 402 Creative Thesis                                                   4
IV.     Electives                                                                          11
        ENGL 320 Creative Writing: Fiction (3)                                                        School of
                                                                                                      Education
        ENGL 322 Creative Writing: Poetry (3)
        ENGL 324 Creative Writing: Nonfiction (1–4)
        ENGL 326 College Publications: Ellipsis (1) [Fall]
        ENGL 327 College Publications: Ellipsis (1) [Spring]
         (at least two consecutive semesters, up to eight semesters total)                            School of
        ENGL 329 Special Topics in Creative Writing (1–4)                                             Nursing
                                                                                                      and Health
        THTR        321 Creative Writing: Plays (3)
                                                                                                      Sciences
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR	WITH	
                                                                                           50
CREATIVE	WRITING	EMPHASIS

                                                                  English Program               119   Course
                                                                                                      Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for English with a
Creative Writing Emphasis
                   Fall	Semester                      Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year      ENGL 110                           ENGL 220
                   LE requirement                     ENGL 230
                   Language I                         LE requirement
                   ENGL 326 (if desired)              Language II
                                                      ENGL 327 (if desired)
Sophomore	Year LE requirement                         LE requirement
                   ENGL 241                           ENGL 242
                   ENGL elective (upper division)     ENGL 311
                   ENGL 326 (if desired)              ENGL 327 (if desired)
Junior	Year        LE requirement                     LE requirement
                   1 class from ENGL 330–339          1 class from ENGL 351–356
                   1 class from ENGL 344–349          ENGL elective (upper division)
                   ENGL 326 (if desired)              ENGL 327 (if desired)
Senior	Year        LE requirement                     LE requirement
                   ENGL elective (upper division)     ENGL 402 (Creative Thesis)
                   ENGL 326 (if desired)              ENGL 327 (if desired)


Academic Minor
                                                                              Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                              Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                         12
      ENGL      241 British and American Literature to 1660           4
      ENGL      242 British and American Literature after 1660        4
      ENGL      311 Introduction to Literary Studies                  4
II.   Electives                                                                12
      Additional English coursework numbered 230 and above (a
      maximum of four of these hours may be taken as English 200,
      Special Topics)                                                12

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                             24




120       English Program
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster

Teaching Major
                                                                                 Credit	      Programs of
Liberal	Education	Courses                                                                     Instruction
                                                                                 Hours
There are no LE requirements included as part of the English Teaching major .
                                                                                              Admission to
                                                                                 Credit	      the College
Requirement	Description
                                                                                 Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                               8
                                                                                              Financial Aid
        English Teaching majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
        foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	English	Courses                                             8
                                                                                              Expenses
        ENGL      241 British and American Literature to 1660               4
        ENGL      242 British and American Literature after 1660            4
III.    Upper	Division	English	Courses                                             30
                                                                                              Degree
        EDUC 385 Methods of Teaching Secondary School English               3                 Reqments.
        ENGL 311 Introduction to Literary Studies                           4
        ENGL 331 History and Structure of Language                          4
        Four hours in courses numbered 344–349                              4                 Academic
                                                                                              Policies &
        Four hours in courses numbered 351–356                              4                 Procedures
        ENGL 384 Literature for Young Adults                                3
        ENGL      232 Introduction to Shakespeare (4)                                         Grading and
        or                                                                                    Academic
                                                                                              Standards
        ENGL      346 Shakespeare and the English Renaissance (4)           4
        ENGL      402 Thesis (4)
        or
        ENGL      403 Senior Seminar (4)                                    4                 School of
                                                                                              Arts &
IV.     Electives                                                                  6          Sciences

        Three	hours	in	advanced	writing,	chosen	from	the	following:         3
        ENGL      230   Introduction to Creative Writing (3)
        ENGL      320   Creative Writing: Fiction (3)
        ENGL      322   Creative Writing: Poetry (3)                                          Gore School
        ENGL      324   Creative Writing: Nonfiction (1–4)                                    of Business
        ENGL      329   Special Topics in Creative Writing (1–4)
        ENGL      371   Advanced Expository Writing (3)
        THTR      321   Creative Writing: Plays (3)
        Additional ENGL coursework numbered 200 or above,
        excluding ENGL 220                                                  3                 School of
                                                                                              Education
        Note:	     at least three hours of coursework emphasizing cultural
                   diversity are required; such courses may be used to fulfill
                   other program requirements .
                                                                                              School of
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MAJOR                                                 52         Nursing
                                                                                              and Health
                                                                                              Sciences




                                                             English Program            121   Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
Teaching Minor – Elementary Education
A course emphasizing cultural diversity is recommended for all teaching minors .

                                                                            Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                            Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                     22
        EDUC     385   Methods of Teaching Secondary School English     3
        ENGL     220   Introduction to Literature, LE                   4
        ENGL     241   British and American Literature to 1660          4
        ENGL     242   British and American Literature after 1660       4
        ENGL     331   History and Structure of Language                4
        ENGL     383 Children’s Literature (3)
        or
        ENGL     384 Literature for Young Adults (3)                    3
 II.    Electives                                                            2–4
        Electives numbered 200 or above (see note above)              2–4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                         24–26


Teaching Minor – Secondary Education
A course emphasizing cultural diversity is recommended for all teaching minors .

                                                                            Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                            Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                     26
        EDUC     385   Methods of Teaching Secondary School English     3
        ENGL     220   Introduction to Literature, LE                   4
        ENGL     241   British and American Literature to 1660          4
        ENGL     242   British and American Literature after 1660       4
        ENGL     331   History and Structure of Language                4
        ENGL     383 Children’s Literature (3)
        or
        ENGL     384 Literature for Young Adults (3)                    3
        ENGL     232 Introduction to Shakespeare (4)
        or
        ENGL     346 Shakespeare and the English Renaissance (4)        4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                          26




122         English Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Environmental	Studies	Program	(ENVI)
Faculty: Brian Avery, David Baddley, Bonnie Baxter, Christine Clay, David                 Programs of
                                                                                          Instruction
Goldsmith, Carolyn Jenkins, Jeffrey McCarthy, Bridget Newell, Lance Newman,
Jeff Nichols, Michael A. Popich, Judy Rogers, Gretchen Siegler, Chuck Tripp, John
Watkins, Kimberly Zarkin, Michael Zarkin                                                  Admission to
                                                                                          the College


Program Goals
                                                                                          Financial Aid
     •    To gain knowledge of contemporary environmental issues .
     •    To understand historical developments and backgrounds of today’s
          environmental issues .
                                                                                          Expenses
     •    To develop the ability to approach issues concerning the environment from
          a multi-disciplinary perspective .
                                                                                          Degree
     •    To foster active involvement in contemporary environmental debates,             Reqments.
          controversies, and activities .
     •    To discover information sources about, and appreciation for, outdoor            Academic
          environments and organizations .                                                Policies &
                                                                                          Procedures
     •    To be prepared for graduate or professional programs and for a variety of
          enriching careers .                                                             Grading and
                                                                                          Academic
                                                                                          Standards
Objectives
Environmental Studies is an interdisciplinary program combining the perspectives
of the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences to provide students with         School of
                                                                                          Arts &
multiple perspectives in some of the most challenging and exciting fields of inquiry      Sciences
today: the relationship between humans and the natural world, along with issues of
conservation, preservation, pollution, global warming, rehabilitation, mitigation,
endangered species, international development, and global change . The B . A . or
B . S . degree in Environmental Studies can lead to careers working with business,
                                                                                          Gore School
industry, nonprofit environmental organizations, formal and informal education, and       of Business
federal, state, and local governments, including jobs in national parks and national
forests, in addition to continuing studies in graduate school and in law and medicine .
The minor in Environmental Studies provides a useful multidisciplinary supplement
to studies in other fields .
                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Education
Program Requirements
Environmental Studies majors will select one of four concentrations: The Civic
Environment, Science and Environment, Culture and Environment, or the
Environmental Contract Major . The concentration should be chosen after students          School of
                                                                                          Nursing
have completed 60 hours of undergraduate credit . Students interested in the              and Health
Environmental Studies major or minor should, during their first year, choose a            Sciences
faculty advisor who is a member of the Environmental Studies faculty .


                                         Environmental Studies Program             123    Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Academic Major in Environmental Studies—
Bachelor of Arts Degree
                                                                                    Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Environmental
Studies major or are prerequisite to required coursework within the major .
BIOL       210        Environmental Biology and Lab, LE                         4
Entering first-year students are also encouraged to take the learning communities course
consisting of ENGL 110 and BIOL 210 .

                                                                                    Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                   8
        Environmental Studies majors must complete eight credit hours in a
        single foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Courses                                                         4
        ENVI      101 Introduction to Environmental Studies                 4
III.    Distribution	Courses                                                          11
        All Environmental Studies majors must take at least one distribution
        course in Humanities, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences, chosen
        from the lists below:

        Humanities
        ENGL 357 Literature of the Environment (3)
        HIST    320 Environmental History of the U .S . (3)
        PHIL    307 Environmental Ethics (3)

        Natural	Sciences
        BIOL     106 Principles of Biology II and Lab (4)
        BIOL     210 Environmental Biology and Lab, LE (4)
        ESS      205 Environmental Earth Sciences (4)

        Social	Sciences
        ANTH 311 Human Evolution and Archeology (4)
        ECON 325 Environmental Economics (4)
        PLSC      327 Environmental Politics and Policy (4)




124         Environmental Studies Program
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster

IV.   Electives                                                                    15
      All candidates for the B .A . in Environmental Studies will take at least               Programs of
      15 hours of appropriate electives in consultation with their advi-                      Instruction
      sors . These electives may include special topics courses, May Term
      courses, directed studies courses, and courses chosen from other
      concentrations . You must take at least one of the following courses:                   Admission to
                                                                                              the College
      ART       180   Photography, LE (3)
      COMM      203   Writing for the Mass Media (4)
      COMM      310   Professional Writing (4)
      COMM      336   Public Relations Principles (3)                                         Financial Aid
      COMM      338   Principles of Advertising (4)
      COMM      410   Technical Writing (4)
      EDUC      342   Elementary Science Methods (3)
      EDUC      382   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science (3)                        Expenses
      ENGL      324   Creative Writing: Nonfiction (1–4)
      ENVI      300   Special Topics in Environmental Studies (1–4)
      MATH      150   Elementary Statistics, LE (4)                                           Degree
      PSYC      390   Quantitative Research Methods (4)                                       Reqments.
      SOC       390   Social Research Methods (4)
      SOC       391   Qualitative Research Methods (4)
      SPCH      320   Principles of Argumentation (3)                                         Academic
                                                                                              Policies &
V.    Fields	of	Concentration                                                     13–16       Procedures

      Students each choose from among the following fields of
      concentration:                                                                          Grading and
                                                                                              Academic
      A)		Civic	Environment:                                               16                 Standards

      Students must choose a minimum of four courses from the following,
      of which three must be numbered 300-level or above .
                                                                                              School of
      ANTH      252   Cultural Anthropology, LE (4)                                           Arts &
      ANTH      311   Human Ecology and Archeology (4)                                        Sciences
      ECON      263   Elementary Microeconomics, LE (4)
      ECON      318   Microeconomic Theory (4)
      ECON      325   Environmental Economics (4)
      PLSC      303   Public Administration and Bureaucracy (4)
      PLSC      327   Environmental Politics and Policy (4)                                   Gore School
      PLSC      355   Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties (4)                                 of Business


      B)		Culture	and	Environment:                                         13
      Students must choose a minimum of four courses from the following .
      ANTH      252   Cultural Anthropology, LE (4)
                                                                                              School of
      ENGL      357   Environmental Literature (3)                                            Education
      HIST      320   Environmental History of the U .S . (3)
      HIST      365   Utah and the West (3)
      PHIL      307   Environmental Ethics (3)

      C)		Environmental	Studies	Contract	Major:	                           15                 School of
                                                                                              Nursing
      Students who wish to create their own major must fulfill the require-                   and Health
      ments listed above, and will create a course program in consultation                    Sciences
      with the chair of Environmental Studies .



                                           Environmental Studies Program                125   Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
VI.     Senior	Project                                                                   4
        Students must take a senior capstone course, which can be a senior
        seminar, senior thesis, internship, service-learning project, field re-
        search project, or other course or project . Such courses usually consti-
        tute 4 credit hours . The capstone course must be approved in advance
        by the student’s advisor and the chair of Environmental Studies .
        ENVI      405 Senior Seminar                                          4

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                    55–58


Academic Major in Environmental Studies—
Bachelor of Science Degree
                                                                                      Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                      Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Environmental
Studies major or are prerequisite to required coursework within the major .
BIOL       210        Environmental Biology and Lab, LE                           4
Entering first-year students are also encouraged to take the learning community course
consisting of ENGL 110 and BIOL 210 .



                                                                                      Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                      Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    8
        Environmental Studies majors must complete eight credit hours in a
        single foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Courses                                                          20
        BIOL      105–106      Principles of Biology I and II and Lab   4–4
        CHEM      111–112      Principles of Chemistry I and II and Lab 4–4
        ENVI      101          Introduction to Environmental Studies      4




126         Environmental Studies Program
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster

III.   Distribution	Courses                                                       11
       All Environmental Studies majors must take at least one distribution                  Programs of
       course in Humanities, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences, chosen                   Instruction
       from the lists below:

       Humanities                                                                            Admission to
       ENGL 357 Literature of the Environment (3)                                            the College
       HIST    320 Environmental History of the U .S . (3)
       PHIL    307 Environmental Ethics (3)
                                                                                             Financial Aid
       Natural	Sciences
       BIOL     106 Principles of Biology II and Lab (4)
       BIOL     210 Environmental Biology and Lab, LE (4)
       ESS      205 Environmental Earth Sciences (4)                                         Expenses

       Social	Sciences
       ANTH 311 Human Evolution and Archeology (4)
       ECON 325 Environmental Economics (4)                                                  Degree
                                                                                             Reqments.
       PLSC      327 Environmental Politics and Policy (4)
IV.    Electives                                                                  9
                                                                                             Academic
       All candidates for the B .S . in Environmental Studies will also take at              Policies &
       least 9 hours of appropriate electives in consultation with their advi-               Procedures
       sors . These electives may include special topics courses, May Term
       courses, directed studies courses, and courses chosen from other
                                                                                             Grading and
       concentrations . You must take at least one of the following courses:                 Academic
                                                                                             Standards
       ART       180   Photography, LE (3)
       COMM      203   Writing for the Mass Media (4)
       COMM      310   Professional Writing (4)
       COMM      336   Public Relations Principles (3)                                       School of
       COMM      338   Principles of Advertising (4)                                         Arts &
                                                                                             Sciences
       COMM      410   Technical Writing (4)
       EDUC      342   Elementary Science Methods (3)
       EDUC      382   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science (3)
       ENGL      324   Creative Writing: Nonfiction (1–4)
       ENVI      300   Special Topics in Environmental Studies (1–4)
       MATH      150   Elementary Statistics, LE (4)                                         Gore School
                                                                                             of Business
       PSYC      390   Quantitative Research Methods (4)
       SOC       390   Social Research Methods (4)
       SOC       391   Qualitative Research Methods (4)
       SPCH      205   Business and Professional Communication (2)
       SPCH      320   Principles of Argumentation (3)
                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Education




                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Nursing
                                                                                             and Health
                                                                                             Sciences




                                            Environmental Studies Program              127   Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
V.    Science	and	Environment	Concentration                                       16–17
      Students must choose a minimum of four courses from the following,
      of which three courses must be numbered 300 or above .
      BIOL   210 Environmental Biology and Lab, LE (4)
      BIOL   300 Special Topics (4)
      BIOL   306 Aquatic Biology and Lab (4)
      BIOL   312 Ecology and Lab (4)
      BIOL   313 Astrobiology (4)
      BIOL   321 History of Life on Earth (3)
      BIOL   331 Genetics and Lab (4)
      BIOL   332 Evolution (4)
      BIOL/CHEM 350 Biochemistry and Lab (4)
      CHEM 307 Instrumental Analysis and Lab (4)
      ESS    110 Introduction to Geology, LE (3)
      ESS    205 Environmental Earth Sciences (4)
VI.   Senior	Project                                                                4
      Students must take a senior capstone course, which can be a senior
      seminar, senior thesis, internship, service-learning project, field re-
      search project, or other course or project . Such courses usually consti-
      tute 4 credit hours . The capstone course must be approved in advance
      by the student’s advisor and the Chair of Environmental Studies .
      ENVI      405 Senior Seminar                                          4

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	MAJOR                                                         67–68


Recommended Plan of Study for Environmental
Studies
                    Fall	Semester                         Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year       BIOL 210/ENGL 110 LC                  ANTH 252
                    MATH course                           ENVI 101
                    Any LE course (PHIL 102 is            ENGL 220
                    recommended)                          Any LE course
Sophomore	Year Distribution courses
               Begin concentration courses
               Required meeting with Environmental Studies advisor
Junior	Year         Finish distribution courses
                    Continue concentration courses
                    Take elective courses
                    Consider an internship
Senior	Year         Finish concentration
                    Finish electives
                    Take Senior Seminar




128       Environmental Studies Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Academic Minor
                                                                              Credit	     Programs of
Requirement	Description                                                                   Instruction
                                                                              Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                         15
      ENVI      101 Introduction to Environmental Studies                4                Admission to
                                                                                          the College
      And at least one distribution course in Humanities, Natural Sciences,
      and Social Sciences, chosen from the lists below:                 11
      Humanities
                                                                                          Financial Aid
      ENGL 357 Literature of the Environment (3)
      HIST    320 Environmental History of the U .S . (3)
      PHIL    307 Environmental Ethics (3)
                                                                                          Expenses
      Natural	Sciences
      BIOL     210 Environmental Biology and Lab, LE (4)
      BIOL     312 Ecology and Lab (4)
      ESS      205 Environmental Earth Sciences (4)                                       Degree
                                                                                          Reqments.

      Social	Sciences
      ANTH 311 Human Evolution and Archeology (4)                                         Academic
      ECON 325 Environmental Economics (4)                                                Policies &
      PLSC      327 Environmental Politics and Policy (4)                                 Procedures

II.   Electives                                                                 9
                                                                                          Grading and
      Nine additional hours chosen in consultation with the student’s minor               Academic
      advisor or the chair of the Environmental Studies Program . These                   Standards
      can be chosen in the same manner as the electives for the major as
      described above .
                                                                                          School of
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                             24         Arts &
                                                                                          Sciences




                                                                                          Gore School
                                                                                          of Business




                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Education




                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                         Environmental Studies Program              129   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Film	Studies	(FILM)
Faculty: Richard Badenhausen, Sean Desilets (Chair), Peter Goldman, Jeff Nichols,
Mark Rubinfeld, Colleen Sandor, Gretchen Siegler

Program Goals
       •    Students will understand film as a distinct language as well as a
            combination of languages including images, movements, sounds, and
            words, recognizing their semantics, syntax, and rhetoric .
       •    Students will be prepared to respond to film with active interpretation and
            analysis, rather than being acted upon passively .
       •    Students will understand the way film incorporates other arts and is
            distinct from them; how it influences other arts and is influenced by them .
       •    Students will understand film as an element of culture—how it influences,
            and is influenced by, the culture in which it is made; how film influences
            the ways we view ourselves and others in cultural terms such as race,
            gender, economics, and history; and how film is both an agent and result
            of social change .
       •    Students will understand the uses of film: to document, persuade,
            entertain, represent, and expand our means of representation and ways of
            understanding .
       •    Students will be able to write detailed film critiques, critically evaluating
            the use of formal elements, narrative structure, and the place of films in
            their historical and cultural contexts .


Academic Minor
                                                                                 Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                 Hours
 I.        Required	Courses                                                        12
           FILM      110 Introduction to Film History and Aesthetics       4
           FILM      220 World Cinema                                      4
           FILM      310 Film Theory                                       4
 II.       Elective	Courses                                                        12
           Choose twelve credit hours of FILM special topics courses or
           related electives, as approved by program chair, such as:      12
           FILM      210   History of American Cinema (4)
           FILM      300   Special Topics (1–4)
           SOC       320   Sociology of Popular Culture (4)

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                                24




130            Film Studies Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

French	Program	(FREN)
                                                                                          Programs of
                                                                                          Instruction
Objectives
The French Program offers a minor in French . This program is designed to help
                                                                                          Admission to
students deepen their sensitivity of language in its everyday and artistic forms and to   the College
understand cultures other than their own .
Entering students wishing to continue with a foreign language studied elsewhere are
assigned to appropriate courses on an as-needed basis through placement tests and         Financial Aid
interviews (by appointment with Language Faculty) . Students who have completed
one or two years of high school language study are usually eligible for FREN 111 .
Students who have completed three or more years of high school level language             Expenses
are specifically excluded from FREN 110 and FREN 111 . Therefore, faculty may
initially place an incoming student in a 200-level course, if prior study reached an
intermediate level . Placement does not reduce, however, the total number of hours
                                                                                          Degree
needed for major or minor requirements in foreign language .                              Reqments.



Program Requirements                                                                      Academic
                                                                                          Policies &
A maximum of 12 external hours (transfer, CLEP, Prior Learning, Challenge test, or        Procedures

other external language exams) may be applied toward the minor (see below under
“Additional Requirements and Procedures”) . French 110 is not counted toward the          Grading and
                                                                                          Academic
minor .                                                                                   Standards



Academic Minor*
                                                                                          School of
                                                                             Credit	      Arts &
 Requirement	Description                                                                  Sciences
                                                                             Hours
 I.      Required	Courses                                                      12
         FREN      111 French II                                      4
         FREN      220 French III                                     4
         FREN      221 French IV                                      4                   Gore School
                                                                                          of Business
 II.     Electives                                                              8
         Additional 300- or 400-level courses                         8

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                            20
                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Education
*Students wishing to minor in French are advised that, due to the size and staffing of
the Language Department, many language courses have only one section in a given
semester . Night students wishing to minor in French are asked to note that most
of the language classes are not offered in the evenings and must be taken as day
                                                                                          School of
classes . For further information and advising please see the chair of the Language       Nursing
Department or French faculty .                                                            and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                                         French Program             131   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Teaching Minor*
                                                                            Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                            Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                      15
        EDUC      389 Methods of Teaching Secondary School
                      Foreign Languages                              3
        FREN      111 French II                                      4
        FREN      220 French III                                     4
        FREN      221 French IV                                      4
 II.    Electives                                                              7
        Additional 300- or 400-level courses                         7

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                           22


*Students wishing to minor in French are advised that, due to the size and staffing of
the Language Department, many language courses have only one section in a given
semester . Night students wishing to minor in French are asked to note that most
of the language classes are not offered in the evenings and must be taken as day
classes . For further information and advising please see the chair of the Language
Department or French faculty .


Additional Academic Requirements and
Procedures for the Spanish and French
Programs
Note:     Please consult your individual academic major listings in this catalog for
          any language requirement under their governance .
Native Fluency—Students demonstrating native fluency in a language other than
English may request and receive upon proper documentation a waiver for the foreign
language requirement for the major (see Language Department, START Center, or
Registrar’s Office for proper procedure) . No credit, however, is awarded for this
waiver .
Transfer Credit—Only a maximum of 12 credit hours may be transferred toward
the Spanish or French minor . Transfer credit may apply toward the 16 hours foreign
language required for the International Business degree . Transfer hours beyond the
12-hour minor limit may apply toward total hours for graduation (see the Registrar’s
Office for details) .




132         French Program
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

Examinations
1 .   Internal: the CLEP exam is a national standardized test of listening/reading          Programs of
                                                                                            Instruction
      comprehension in Spanish and/or French . (See START Center for details .)
      Westminster students successfully passing this exam receive up to a maximum
      of 12 semester credit hours equivalent to FREN 110, 111, and 220 .                    Admission to
                                                                                            the College
      	    Note:	 Only partial CLEP credit may be awarded if student has already
           applied transfer or other credit toward the language minor or International
           Business degree . Students should also remember that Spanish/French 110
                                                                                            Financial Aid
           (or the equivalent portion of the CLEP exam) does not apply toward the
           Spanish/French minor . For International Business students, all 12 CLEP
           credits may apply toward the required 16 hours in foreign language .
                                                                                            Expenses
2 .   External: up to 12 credit hours toward the language minor or International
      Business degree may be obtained by successfully passing an accredited
      foreign language exam administered by another institution, e .g ., University
                                                                                            Degree
      of Utah, BYU (contact the individual institution for exam information) . It is        Reqments.
      the student’s responsibility to pre-approve transfer credit with the Registrar’s
      Office . External tests generally cover the equivalent of the first year and one-
      half of the second year of a language .                                               Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
Japanese—First-year Japanese courses are offered at Westminster (see “Japanese”             Procedures

heading in this Catalog for more information) . There is no minor in Japanese .
                                                                                            Grading and
Latin—First-year Latin courses are offered at Westminster (see “Latin” heading in           Academic
this Catalog for more information) . There is no minor in Latin .                           Standards


Other Languages—There is no academic program offered in any foreign language
other than the minor in French and Spanish . Students wishing to obtain college
                                                                                            School of
credit in any other foreign language through transfer, exam, and/or prior learning          Arts &
credit, should consult with Language faculty or the Registrar’s Office for evaluation       Sciences

of such credit as “general” hours toward graduation .
Challenge Examination—students who have an advanced academic ability in
a subject matter may “challenge” a course for credit . (See Catalog listing and/or
Language faculty for details .)                                                             Gore School
                                                                                            of Business

Other Language Waivers/Credit—Advanced Placement (AP) credit: a score of 3 or
higher on the French or Spanish AP exam merits credit as follows:

      •    Eight hours total to be distributed as 4 hours credit for SPAN/FREN 110,
           and 4 hours 100T credit (valid only toward graduation but not toward a           School of
                                                                                            Education
           language minor) .
      •    No other language waiver or credit is available other than those listed
           above .
                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                           French Program             133   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Gender	Studies	(GNDR)
Faculty: Bonnie Baxter, Carolyn Connell, Sean Desilets, Georgiana Donavin,
Susan Gunter, Scott Gust, Elree Harris, Fatima Mujcinovic, Bridget Newell, Jeff
Nichols, Kristjane Nordmeyer, Michael Popich, Cathleen Power, Natasha Sajé,
Gretchen Siegler, Kim Zarkin


Program Goals
      •   To think critically about the historical and current impact of sex and
          gender on societies, individuals, organizations (or institutions), and
          understandings of humanity .
      •   To analyze the ways in which issues such as race, class, ethnicity, culture,
          sexual orientation, etc . intersect with, and complicate understandings of,
          gender .
      •   To become familiar with theories that underlie studies of feminism as well
          as studies of female and male identities .
      •   To integrate the study of gender with various fields of study .
      •   To learn how various disciplines approach the study of gender .


Objectives
The interdisciplinary minor in gender studies provides students with the opportunity
to understand and critically analyze the impact gender has on individuals and
society . Some courses focus exclusively on women or on men, while others focus on
broader issues relevant to both women and men . The minor is based on an inclusive
framework that encourages and supports an emphasis on issues of race, ethnicity,
sexual orientation, class, and culture .
The minor is designed to help students develop a deeper understanding of
themselves and the world in which they live; sharpen critical thinking skills; and
prepare for careers in business, industry, government, and academic settings .


Program Requirements
The minor requires students to complete twenty-four credit hours of Gender Studies
courses, many of which are crosslisted with courses offered in other disciplines
including COMM, ENGL, HIST, MATH, PHIL, PSYC, and SOC . The final
requirement is the senior project or thesis; students who must complete a senior
project or thesis for their major may undertake one thesis or project that will count
for both requirements . Students must maintain a cumulative GPA of 2 .3 in all
Gender Studies courses .
For course prerequisites please refer to the course description .




134          Gender Studies Program
                                                                                  About
                                                                                  Westminster

Academic Minor
                                                                      Credit	     Programs of
Requirement	Description                                                           Instruction
                                                                      Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                  7
      GNDR   100 Introduction to Gender Studies                4                  Admission to
      GNDR   400 Senior Project/Thesis                         3                  the College

II.   Elective	Courses                                                16–17
      GNDR   300   Special Topics (offerings vary)
                                                                                  Financial Aid
      GNDR   319   American Women’s History (3)
      GNDR   335   Psychology of Women (4)
      GNDR   339   Queer Theory (4)
      GNDR   345   Human Sexuality (4)                                            Expenses
      GNDR   350   Gender in Society (4)
      GNDR   360   Race, Gender, Class and the Media (3)
      GNDR   440   Internship (1–4)
                                                                                  Degree
                                                                                  Reqments.
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                    23–24

                                                                                  Academic
                                                                                  Policies &
                                                                                  Procedures


                                                                                  Grading and
                                                                                  Academic
                                                                                  Standards




                                                                                  School of
                                                                                  Arts &
                                                                                  Sciences




                                                                                  Gore School
                                                                                  of Business




                                                                                  School of
                                                                                  Education




                                                                                  School of
                                                                                  Nursing
                                                                                  and Health
                                                                                  Sciences




                                             Gender Studies Program         135   Course
                                                                                  Descriptions
History	Program	(HIST)
Faculty: Susan Cottler, Jeff Nichols


Program Goals
      •   To gain a rigorous and comprehensive examination and digestion of
          historical context and content .
      •   To read great writings of many epochs and cultures and the subsequent
          examinations of these writings with a critical attitude .
      •   To gain a working knowledge of traditional and electronic historical
          methods .
      •   To develop critical thinking skills and awareness of our diverse global
          setting .
      •   To achieve a familiarity with proper written format for the presentation of
          ideas .
      •   To conduct research into historical situations and issues .
      •   To develop the skills of communicating knowledge effectively and
          creatively .
      •   To recognize conflicting historical interpretations .


Objectives
The History Program is committed to a study of the human condition in terms of both
content and methodological analysis . The program promotes a series of objectives: an
examination of historical context and content; the reading of great writings; critical
examination of these writings; and the development of research and writing skills .
Students may elect an academic major or minor, or a teaching major or minor . Each
history student pursues a course of study leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree that
will provide for careers in business, secondary education, and government service,
as well as for preparation for advanced studies in the history profession, law, the
ministry, and library and archival work .


Program Requirements
Enrollment in most history courses, except those designed exclusively for majors and
minors, is open to all students who are enrolled in, or have completed, the history area
Liberal Education requirement, regardless of major field or class standing .
History majors and minors, including teaching majors and minors, are encouraged
to take History 220 (United States History) before taking any other United States
history course . In addition, students are encouraged to take History 112 (Western
Civilization I) History 113 (Western Civilization II), or History 212 (World History
to 1500) before taking any courses in European or World History .

136          History Program
                                                                                                    About
                                                                                                    Westminster
Students	need	to	check	with	their	History	advisor	regarding	offerings	for	
upcoming	semesters.	Upper	division	(300-level)	history	courses	listed	in	the	
catalog	may	not	be	offered	on	a	regular	schedule. No student may register for                       Programs of
                                                                                                    Instruction
HIST 390/490 more than three times unless there are legitimate circumstances
outside of a student’s control preventing successful completion of the first or second
course .                                                                                            Admission to
                                                                                                    the College
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.

Academic Major                                                                                      Financial Aid


                                                                                      Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                      Hours
                                                                                                    Expenses
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the History major .
 HIST       112        Western Civilization, LE                                   3
 or
                                                                                                    Degree
 HIST       212        World History to 1500, LE                                  4                 Reqments.

 HIST       113        Western Civilization, LE                                   3
 HIST       220        United States History, LE                                  3                 Academic
                                                                                                    Policies &
                                                                                                    Procedures

                                                                                      Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                      Hours         Grading and
                                                                                                    Academic
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                   12          Standards

         History majors must complete three semesters of a single foreign
         language or its equivalent .
 II.     Lower	Division	History	Courses                                               9–10          School of
                                                                                                    Arts &
         HIST       112 Western Civilization, LE (3)                                                Sciences
         or
         HIST       212 World History to 1500, LE (4)                      3–4
         HIST       113 Western Civilization, LE                              3
         HIST       220 United States History, LE                             3
                                                                                                    Gore School
 III.    Upper	Division	History	Courses                                                 6           of Business

         HIST       390 Research Seminar in History                           3
         HIST       490 Research Seminar in History                           3
 IV.     Elective	Distribution                                                          27
         Nine upper division hours from United States category                9                     School of
                                                                                                    Education
         Nine upper division hours from European category                     9
         Nine upper division hours from World History category                9
         See page 140 for a listing of categories.
 V.      Electives                                                                     2–3          School of
         Additional HIST coursework                                        2–3                      Nursing
                                                                                                    and Health
                                                                                                    Sciences
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                   56–58


                                                               History Program                137   Course
                                                                                                    Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for History
                      Fall	Semester                     Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year        HIST 112 or HIST 212              HIST 113
                      Language I                        Language II
 Sophomore	Year HIST 220                                HIST 305
                HIST 318                                HIST 312
                Language III
 Junior	Year          HIST 305                          HIST 313
                      HIST 340                          HIST 341
 Senior	Year          HIST 390*                         HIST 490*
                      HIST 381                          HIST 300E
* HIST 390 is offered only in Fall semester and must be taken sequentially with 490,
which is only offered in Spring semester .


Academic Minor
                                                                            Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                            Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                    9–10
        HIST      112 Western Civilization, LE (3)
        or
        HIST      212 World History to 1500, LE (4)                   3–4
        HIST      113 Western Civilization, LE                          3
        HIST      220 United States History, LE                         3
 II.    Electives                                                            12
        Three upper division hours from United States category          3
        Three upper division hours from European category               3
        Three upper division hours from World History category          3

        Students may choose 3 hours from:                              3
        HIST     390 Research Seminar in History (3)
        or
        Upper division History coursework (any category)
        See page 140 for a listing of categories.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                         21–22




138         History Program
                                                                                                    About
                                                                                                    Westminster

Teaching Major
*All Teaching majors and minors must have an advisor in the School of Education .                   Programs of
                                                                                                    Instruction
                                                                        Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                        Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the History major .         Admission to
                                                                                                    the College
 HIST       112        Western Civilization, LE                                   3
 or
 HIST       212        World History to 1500, LE                                  4
                                                                                                    Financial Aid
 HIST       113        Western Civilization, LE                                   3
 HIST       220        United States History, LE                                  3

                                                                                      Credit	       Expenses
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                      Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                   8
                                                                                                    Degree
         History Teaching majors must complete eight semesters hours in a                           Reqments.
         single foreign language .
 II.     Lower	Division	History	Courses                                               9–10          Academic
         HIST       112 Western Civilization, LE (3)                                                Policies &
                                                                                                    Procedures
         or
         HIST       212 World History to 1500, LE (4)                      3–4
                                                                                                    Grading and
         HIST       113 Western Civilization, LE                              3                     Academic
         HIST       220 United States History, LE                             3                     Standards

 III.    Upper	Division	History	Courses                                                 9
         EDUC       386 Methods of Teaching Secondary School
                                                                                                    School of
                        History and Social Science                            3                     Arts &
         HIST       390 Research Seminar in History                           3                     Sciences
         HIST       490 Research Seminar in History                           3
 IV.     Electives                                                                    16–17
         Additional HIST coursework                                        7–8
         Three upper division hours from United States category               3                     Gore School
                                                                                                    of Business
         Three upper division hours from European category                    3
         Three upper division hours from World History category               3
         See page 140 for a listing of categories.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MAJOR                                                   42–44
                                                                                                    School of
                                                                                                    Education

Note:      History teaching majors must complete a teaching minor or second major in some
           other education approved field .

                                                                                                    School of
                                                                                                    Nursing
                                                                                                    and Health
                                                                                                    Sciences




                                                               History Program                139   Course
                                                                                                    Descriptions
Teaching Minor
                                                                        Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                        Hours
I.     Required	Courses                                                 12–13
       EDUC      386 Methods of Teaching Secondary School
                     History and Social Science                   3
       HIST      112 Western Civilization, LE (3)
       or
       HIST      212 World History to 1500, LE (4)              3–4
       HIST      113 Western Civilization, LE                     3
       HIST      220 United States History, LE                    3
II.    Electives                                                          9
       Three upper division hours from United States category     3
       Three upper division hours from European category          3
       Three upper division hours from World History category     3
       See below for a listing of categories.

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                      21–22


History Categories
United	States	History
HIST    300        Special Topics in U .S . History
HIST    313        United States History Since 1945
HIST    314        Exploration Through Early Republic
HIST    315        The Age of Jackson
HIST    316        The Civil War Through 1890
HIST    317        The US as a World Power
HIST    319        American Women’s History
HIST    320        Environmental History of the United States
HIST    365        Utah and the West
European	History
HIST    300        Special Topics in European History
HIST    301        Early Modern Europe
HIST    302        Modern Europe
HIST    305        History of England
HIST    311        Classical History of Greece and Rome
HIST    312        History of the Middle Ages
World	History
HIST    300        Special Topics in World History
HIST    330        Middle Eastern History
HIST    340        Latin American History: Discovery of the Americas
HIST    341        Latin American History: Revolution in the Americas
HIST    343        History of Mexico
HIST    381        History of Russia

140        History Program
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Honors	Program	(HON)
Director: Richard Badenhausen                                                              Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction



Program Description                                                                        Admission to
The Honors Program provides students who are academically and intellectually               the College

prepared with the opportunity to satisfy their college-wide Liberal Education
course requirements in an alternative and unique manner . By completing a 7-course
sequence of interdisciplinary, team-taught Honors courses, students earn an Honors         Financial Aid
certificate while satisfying those requirements . Moreover, by understanding their
historical, scientific, and intellectual heritage, Honors students are prepared to be
articulate and responsible members of society and defenders of their own ideas .           Expenses
Students may also continue their study in the program and receive an Honors degree .


Program Goals                                                                              Degree
                                                                                           Reqments.

     •    Students will develop confidence in their abilities to understand and
          discuss complex ideas and texts, as well as to engage in problem solving         Academic
          and research design .                                                            Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures
     •    Students will strengthen their written and oral communication skills .
                                                                                           Grading and
     •    Students will master an ability to work effectively in groups of diverse         Academic
          people .                                                                         Standards

     •    Students will make connections between disciplines .
     •    Students will learn to apply new knowledge and skills in meaningful              School of
                                                                                           Arts &
          ways that will help them succeed in their professional and personal lives        Sciences
          following college .
     •    Students will enjoy a range of supplemental experiences of an academic
          and social nature with similarly motivated and talented students .
                                                                                           Gore School

Admission Criteria                                                                         of Business


Students expressing a desire to enroll in the Honors Program will be ranked
according to the following criteria: ACT scores, high school GPA, and the quality of
a written statement . The top thirty-five students will be invited to enroll in Honors
courses . If accepted students decline the offer, the invitation process will continue     School of
                                                                                           Education
until a class of thirty-five students is formed . Although a typical incoming Honors
student has had a 3 .80 GPA and a 29 .5 Composite ACT score, the range of scores
is quite broad . Students who fall near or above these standards and who sincerely
wish to be in the program are encouraged to secure an application from the Honors
Program or Westminster’s Admissions Staff . Questions concerning the application           School of
                                                                                           Nursing
process should be directed to the director of the Honors Program .                         and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                         Honors Program              141   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Benefits of Participating in the Honors Program
      •   Academic distinction: the Honors designation on the student’s transcript
          shows graduate schools and employers that he or she has achieved
          academic success in rigorous classes and worked with some of the
          college’s finest teachers and students . The challenging curriculum also
          allows students to grow as thinkers, writers, and speakers .
      •   Small class size: restricted enrollment ensures classes have an intimate,
          seminar-style feel and allows for close student-professor interactions and
          mentoring—an important benefit when students require personal and
          informed letters of recommendation for jobs and graduate school .
      •   Excellent faculty: professors teach Honors classes by choice and are some
          of the college’s most committed and energetic instructors . Two professors
          in every Honors seminar make for a vibrant learning environment .
      •   Enhanced support, advising, and mentoring: Honors students attend an
          early, supplemental day of orientation activities to help ease the transition
          to college life . They also have the Honors director assigned to them as
          an advisor in addition to their major advisor . Finally, incoming Honors
          students are grouped with peer mentors—upper-class Honors students
          with extensive experience in the program—who can help guide them
          during their first year at college .
      •   Interdisciplinary approaches: the interdisciplinary nature of Honors
          seminars brings students and professors from different departments
          together, ensuring an exciting class atmosphere and preparing students
          for the interdisciplinary approach of most top graduate programs and
          professional fields .
      •   Research opportunities: the seminar-style approach to learning, the
          emphasis on writing and research in classes, and the program support of
          outside research allow students to investigate their academic interests
          more fully and create opportunities for the presentation or publishing of
          their work . The program also awards three independent summer research
          grants annually to Honors students .
      •   Sense of community: Honors students take core classes together and
          interact with Honors faculty and students in other academic and social
          events, which helps establish a sense of belonging to the college
          community . The Honors program is housed in Nunemaker Place . Built
          in 1977, this architecturally striking building provides Honors students
          and faculty with a variety of distinctive spaces, including a resource/
          scholarship library, the office of the Honors director, meeting areas,
          reading and study spaces, a lounge in which students socialize, and
          computer work stations . The building also has its own wireless capabilities
          and large-screen presentation facilities . Located next to beautiful
          Emigration Creek, Nunemaker opens out onto a tree-lined patio where
          students and faculty can eat lunch, read, and relax .


142         Honors Program
                                                                                        About
                                                                                        Westminster
    •     Access to supplementary resources: For example, the Honors Program
          listserv; the “Pizza with Profs” and “Profs Pick the Flick” lecture series;
          the Honors Program resource library; the Honors Program newsletter;           Programs of
                                                                                        Instruction
          special enriched learning experiences such as attendance at cultural events
          and other field study; funding to attend and give papers at academic
          conferences; leadership training opportunities like the student Honors        Admission to
          Council; special recognition opportunities like the Honors seminar            the College
          book awards; and opportunities to participate in special meetings with
          distinguished visiting scholars and lecturers .
                                                                                        Financial Aid

Participation in Honors Courses by Non-Honors
Program Students                                                                        Expenses
Since a number of high-achieving, upper-class Westminster College students may
not have applied to the Honors Program as incoming freshmen but may still wish
to participate in some of its classes, any undergraduate in good standing with a        Degree
3 .5 GPA or higher is eligible to enroll in 300 and 400 level Honors seminars . The     Reqments.
Honors Program is an active part of the larger college community and welcomes
the energy, intellect, and diversity that students from different disciplines across
                                                                                        Academic
the campus bring to Honors . Non-Honors Program students enrolling in Honors            Policies &
seminars should check with their program chairs, since these classes will sometimes     Procedures

fulfill certain requirements in a student’s own major . Participation in 200-level
Honors seminars is restricted to students in the Honors Program .                       Grading and
                                                                                        Academic
                                                                                        Standards

Criterion for Remaining in the Honors Program
    1 .   3 .0 GPA overall                                                              School of
                                                                                        Arts &
    2 .   If an Honors student falls below this GPA, a probationary period of two       Sciences

          semesters will be used to allow the student to return to the minimum GPA
          standards for continued participation .


Honors Liberal Education Certificate                                                    Gore School
                                                                                        of Business
Requirements
Students who complete seven courses in the Honors LE sequence will be awarded
a special certificate recognizing this achievement (contingent on Westminster
graduation) . No more than one of these courses may be taken credit/no credit .
                                                                                        School of
                                                                                        Education
A complete description of the equivalencies between LE Honors courses and the
standard LE courses is listed below .

 Liberal	Education	Course	                 Honors	Course	Equivalents
 Category	Requirements                                                                  School of
                                                                                        Nursing
                                                                                        and Health
 Learning Community                        HON 201 Humanities I                         Sciences




                                                        Honors Program           143    Course
                                                                                        Descriptions
Writing and other Communication Skills
Composition and Research                          HON 201–202 Humanities I and II
Information Literacy                              HON 201–202 Humanities I and II
Basic Speech Course                               HON 201, 202, 211, 212, 231
                                                  (4 of 5 required for SPCH credit)


Humanities – Courses with strong emphasis on critical, analytical, and integrative
thinking in historical, literary, and philosophical contexts .
History                                           HON 201–202 Humanities I and II
Literature                                        HON 201–202 Humanities I and II
Philosophy/Religion                               HON 201–202 Humanities I and II


Arts – Courses with strong emphasis on creative and reflective capacities .
Arts Survey                                       HON 212 The Arts in Performance
Creative Arts                                     HON 212 The Arts in Performance


Science/Mathematics – Courses with strong emphasis on critical, analytical, and
integrative thinking in mathematical and scientific contexts .
Mathematics:                     No Honors Course
 MATH 120 Quantitative Reasoning
 MATH 141 College Algebra
 MATH 142 Trigonometry
 MATH 150 Elementary Statistics
 MATH 201 Calculus I
Physical Sciences                                 HON 221 Hist and Phil of Science
Life Sciences                                     HON 222 Science, Power & Diversity


Social Sciences – Courses with strong emphasis on global consciousness, social
responsibility, and ethical awareness in a social science context .
Social Sciences I                                 HON 211 Political Economy of Conflict
Social Science II                                 HON 231 Human Culture & Behavior


Living Arts – Courses with a strong emphasis on real-world, life-enhancing knowledge .
Living Arts                                       HON 201 Humanities I


Diversity – Courses integrate two or more of the following as a major component
throughout the course: class, gender, race, ethnicity, geographic origin, ability, age, sexual
orientation and/or religion .
Diversity                                         HON 222 Science, Power & Diversity

144          Honors Program
                                                                                                  About
                                                                                                  Westminster
Note:	While the Honors seminars satisfy Liberal Education requirements, Honors
seminars do not satisfy major/minor requirements or prerequisites except in the
following cases . Honors students who major or minor in Philosophy after completing               Programs of
                                                                                                  Instruction
HON 201 and HON 202 will have satisfied the PHIL 100 and PHIL 102 requirements
for the Philosophy major and minor . Honors students who major or minor in Political
Science after completing HON 211 will have satisfied the PLSC 101 requirement .                   Admission to
Honors students who complete HON 201 and HON 202 will have satisfied the ENGL                     the College
220 requirement for the minor and/or will have satisfied the ENGL 220 prerequisite
requirement for placement purposes into English classes beyond ENGL 220 .
                                                                                                  Financial Aid

Honors Degree Requirements
Students must maintain a minimum GPA of 3 .00 in all Honors coursework,
including those courses listed below for the Honors degree, and an overall minimum                Expenses
GPA of 3 .25 . In addition, the following requirements must be satisfied in order to be
awarded the Honors Degree (in the major) at graduation:
                                                                                                  Degree
                                                                                      Credit	
 Requirement	Description                                                                          Reqments.
                                                                                      Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  16
                                                                                                  Academic
         Honors Degree students must complete 4 semesters of college-                             Policies &
                                                                                                  Procedures
         level instruction in a single foreign language or the equivalent . The
         requirement can be satisfied by coursework or proof of proficiency .
         For example, an incoming student who begins in Spanish III and                           Grading and
         successfully completes that course and Spanish IV will have satisfied the                Academic
                                                                                                  Standards
         requirement . (May term study abroad trips may not be used to satisfy this
         requirement .)

         For those Honors students who have 12 hours CLEP or proficiency                          School of
         exam credit in a single language, they may satisfy the remaining                         Arts &
         4-hour requirement by taking 4 hours of coursework in a different                        Sciences

         foreign language .

         Students taking coursework in a foreign language in which Westmin-
         ster does not offer 4 semesters may complete the requirement with
         coursework in an additional foreign language .                                           Gore School
                                                                                                  of Business
         All coursework that meets this requirement must be taken for a letter
         grade .
 II.     Lower	Division	Courses                                                        28
         HON       201 Humanities I                                       4
         HON       202 Humanities II                                      4                       School of
                                                                                                  Education
         HON       211 Political Economy of Conflict                      4
         HON       212 The Arts in Performance                            4
         HON       221 History and Philosophy of Science                  4
         HON       222 Science, Power, and Diversity                      4
         HON       231 Human Culture and Behavior                         4                       School of
         To receive an Honors degree, no more than one of these courses may                       Nursing
                                                                                                  and Health
         be taken credit/no credit .                                                              Sciences
 III.    Upper	Division	Courses                                                         6


                                                                Honors Program              145   Course
                                                                                                  Descriptions
         Completion of 6 hours of coursework in Honors 300 or 400 seminars .
         May not be taken credit/no credit .
 IV.     Senior	Project/Thesis                                                    3
         Completion of a senior project in the student’s major for a minimum
         of 3 credit hours . Students whose majors do not accommodate a
         senior project may enroll in HON 402 . The nature of this project will
         be determined in conjunction with the Director of Honors and the
         student’s major advisor . All students completing a thesis or senior
         project for the Honors Degree must fill out the thesis topic approval
         and completion forms, which are available in the Honors office, and
         present their completed work in a public setting such as a regional
         academic conference, Westminster’s undergraduate research fair, or
         some equivalent venue .

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	HONORS	DEGREE                                                53

Students who complete all the necessary coursework and satisfy the requirements for
the Honors Degree, but fall below the minimum Honors Degree GPA requirements,
will be awarded the Honors certificate .
Please contact the Director of the Honors Program for more detailed information
concerning the requirements for the Honors Degree .


Directed Studies in Honors
Students may sometimes wish to satisfy some of their Honors hours by enrolling
in a directed study project under HON 401 . This allows a student to design,
in conjunction with a faculty member, an independent project that adopts an
interdisciplinary approach to materials that are not covered in another Honors class .
Directed study forms are available in the office of the registrar or the individual
college offices . The course should be designed with the same care and thoroughness
as standard Honors courses and the directed study form should, therefore, contain a
comprehensive reading list of primary and secondary sources, a series of questions
the student will address, a clear explanation of assignments, and the method of
assessment .
Generally,	students	wishing	to	apply	directed	study	hours	toward	their	6-
hour	Honors	Degree	requirement	should	not	satisfy	more	than	3	hours	of	
coursework	this	way	during	the	standard	semester	or	more	than	2	hours	of	
coursework	if	done	in	conjunction	with	a	May	term	class	or	trip.	Students	
should	consult	the	Honors	director	for	assistance	in	designing	directed	study	
projects.	




146          Honors Program
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

Justice	Studies	Program	(JUST)
Faculty: Michael Scott, Michael Zarkin (Chair)                                              Programs of
                                                                                            Instruction


Program Goals
                                                                                            Admission to
     •    Critical, analytical, and integrative thinking with respect to:                   the College
          ▫    Evaluating criminal justice policies
          ▫    Understanding fundamentals of legal reasoning
          ▫    Distinguishing between opinion and fact                                      Financial Aid
          ▫    Questioning personal beliefs in light of information
     •    Creative and reflective capacities
          ▫   Understand the types of research employed in criminal justice                 Expenses
          ▫   Design a research project/policy analysis study in the justice field
          ▫   Understand critical issues facing the criminal justice system in the
              next decade                                                                   Degree
          ▫   Understand how issues and changes in one component influence                  Reqments.
              other areas of the criminal justice system
     •    Leadership, collaboration, and teamwork                                           Academic
          ▫   Demonstrate planning, time management, and prioritization of                  Policies &
                                                                                            Procedures
              activities within group projects .
          ▫   Demonstrate adaptability within group settings (including
              recognizing and overcoming deficiencies)                                      Grading and
                                                                                            Academic
     •    Writing and other communication skills                                            Standards

          ▫    Make effective presentations of readings and arguments in class
          ▫    Demonstrate effective listening in personal and group environments
          ▫    Present original findings of research, theory, or policy analysis            School of
                                                                                            Arts &
          ▫    Demonstrate proper use of citation, grammar, and syntax                      Sciences
     •    Global consciousness, social responsibility, and ethical awareness
          ▫   Question personal beliefs in light of information
          ▫   Draw connections between theories of justice and relate them to real
              world issues
                                                                                            Gore School
          ▫   Understand critical differences between American and international            of Business
              criminal justice issues and systems

Program Objectives
The cornerstones of the academic enterprise of justice studies are the capacity for
                                                                                            School of
critical thinking and effective communications . Justice Studies provides students with     Education
skills to effectively practice, think about, and contribute to the work of criminal and
social justice, students must be prepared for challenges of justice at the national and
international levels . The Justice Studies program accordingly locates its curricula
within a broad-based liberal arts education, grounded in the principle that equal
                                                                                            School of
portions of its classes shall focus on American and international criminal justice .        Nursing
Students completing the degree program in Justice Studies will have been introduced         and Health
                                                                                            Sciences
to the core knowledge that describes the field, and will also have been acquainted with
the cultural, social, political, ethical, and psychological contexts from which issues of
justice emerge . Justice Studies is a writing-intensive program at Westminster College .
                                                  Justice Studies Program            147    Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Program Requirements
The Justice Studies program offers a Bachelor of Science in Justice Studies as an
academic major and provides for an academic minor in Justice Studies . The Justice
Studies academic major requires completion of 63 semester hours of credit selected
from Justice Studies’ coursework and related classes in the social sciences and
selected other coursework . Thirty-two of those hours must be in Justice Studies and
related courses numbered 300 or above . Students must maintain a cumulative 2 .5
GPA or better in the academic major and minor .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.


Academic Major
                                                                                       Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                       Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Justice Studies
 major .
 MATH       150      Elementary Statistics                                         4
 PHIL       206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE                                    3

                                                                                       Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                       Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    8
         Justice Studies majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
         foreign language (Spanish recommended) .
 II.     Lower	Division	History	Courses                                                  12
         JUST       101 Introduction to Justice Studies, LE                    4
         JUST       110 Police and Society                                     4
         JUST       230 Corrections                                            4
 III.    Upper	Division	Courses                                                          16
         JUST       301   Criminological Theories                              4
         JUST       350   Criminal Law                                         4
         JUST       440   Internship                                           4
         JUST       470   Senior Thesis                                        4
 IV.     Electives                                                                       16
         Sixteen upper division credit hours from justice studies or justice
         studies-related coursework approved by the justice studies
         faculty . Justice studies related-coursework may be drawn from:
         Anthropology, Communication, Gender Studies, History, Philosophy,
         Political Studies, Psychology, Religious Studies, or Sociology .
 V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                            11
         MATH       150 Elementary Statistics                                  4
         PHIL       206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE                        3
         SOC        390 Social Research Methods                                4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                      63

148          Justice Studies Program
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Justice Studies
                     Fall	Semester                         Spring	Semester                 Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction
 Freshman	Year       JUST 101                              PHIL 206
                     Language I                            Language II
 Sophomore	Year JUST 110                                   JUST 230                        Admission to
                                                                                           the College
                MATH 150                                   JUST Elective
 Junior	Year         JUST 350                              JUST 301
                     JUST Elective                         JUST Elective
                                                                                           Financial Aid
 Senior	Year         JUST 440                              JUST 470
                     SOC 390                               JUST Elective
                                                                                           Expenses

Academic Minor
To fulfill the requirements for an academic minor in Justice Studies, students must
                                                                                           Degree
complete a minimum of 20 semester hours in Justice Studies or related coursework .         Reqments.
Twelve of these hours must be in coursework numbered 300 or above .
                                                                               Credit	
 Requirement	Description                                                                   Academic
                                                                               Hours       Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures
 I.     Required	Courses                                                        12
        JUST      101 Introduction to Justice Studies, LE                  4               Grading and
        JUST      110 Police and Society                                   4               Academic
        JUST      350 Criminal Law                                         4               Standards

 II.    Electives                                                                8
        Additional Justice Studies or related coursework                   8
                                                                                           School of
        (numbered 300 or above)                                                            Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                             20


Justice Studies Related Coursework                                                         Gore School
ANTH     355        Indian Peoples in the United States                                    of Business
COMM     310        Professional Writing
COMM     360        Race, Gender, Class and the Media
PHIL     206        Introduction to Ethics (required for the major)
PLSC     303        Public Administration and Bureaucracy
PLSC     355        Constitutional Law                                                     School of
                                                                                           Education
PSYC     301        Child Development
PSYC     305        Adolescent Development
PSYC     316        Social Psychology
PSYC     362        Abnormal Psychology
SOC      305        Contemporary Issues                                                    School of
                                                                                           Nursing
SOC      350        Gender in Society                                                      and Health
SOC      372        Race, Ethnicity, and Class                                             Sciences




                                                    Justice Studies Program          149   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Language	Program
Faculty: Deyanira Ariza-Velasco (Spanish), Alan Davison (Spanish), Steve Haslam
(French), Joy Woolf (Spanish)
The Language Program consists of academic and teaching minors in French and
Spanish, and one-year course sequences in Japanese and Latin . For course listings
and program requirements, check the individual major/minor sections which are
listed alphabetically .


Japanese (JAPN)
Objectives
The Language Program offers a one-year Japanese course sequence with
occasional second-year offerings . It is designed to give students practical tools for
communicating in written and spoken Japanese and to deepen cultural sensitivity .
While Japanese has great practical advantages for certain fields, most notably
business, it would expand the cultural horizons of any liberal arts student . No minor
is offered in Japanese . Students who have had two or more years of high school
Japanese are excluded from Japanese 110 and 111 .


Latin (LATN)
The Latin Program offers an intensive one-year Latin course sequence . Latin is the
language that has been the most widely used throughout the world’s history, and
it has had tremendous influence on English and other European languages . Latin
offers great practical advantages, especially for students anticipating careers in the
humanities, law, medicine, nursing, and other sciences . No minor is offered in Latin .
Students who have had two or more years of high school Latin are excluded from
Latin 110 and 111 .




150         Language Program
                                                                                        About
                                                                                        Westminster

Mathematics	Program	(MATH)
Faculty: Bill Bynum, Carolyn Connell, Jonas D’Andrea, Liz Herrick, Sean Raleigh,        Programs of
                                                                                        Instruction
Richard Wellman, Janine Wittwer


Program Goals                                                                           Admission to
                                                                                        the College

    1 .   Critical, Analytical, and Integrative Thinking
          a . To become effective problem solvers .
          b . In more advanced courses, to learn to read and construct valid            Financial Aid
               mathematical proofs .
          c . To learn appropriate uses of technology at all levels .
          d . For majors, to achieve competency in the core curriculum of               Expenses
               mathematics sufficient for success in a graduate program .
    2 .   Creative and Reflective Capacities
          a . To gain an understanding of the historical development of
                                                                                        Degree
               mathematics and its role in the history of human civilization .          Reqments.
          b . To gain a greater appreciation of the beauty and power of
               mathematics .
                                                                                        Academic
    3 .   Writing and Other Communication Skills                                        Policies &
          a . To learn how to effectively communicate one’s mathematical ideas,         Procedures
               both in writing and orally .
    4 .   Leadership, Collaboration, and Teamwork                                       Grading and
          a . To offer curricular and co-curricular opportunities for student           Academic
                                                                                        Standards
               leadership and collaboration .
    5 .   Career Planning
          a . To learn about career opportunities in mathematics and related fields .
                                                                                        School of
    6 .   Global Consciousness, Social Responsibility, and Ethical Awareness            Arts &
          a . To engage the community through service learning and other                Sciences
               opportunities .

Objectives
The Mathematics Program offers an academic and a teaching major leading to              Gore School
                                                                                        of Business
a Bachelor of Science degree, as well as an academic and teaching minor . The
curriculum in mathematics at Westminster meets the needs of students preparing
to teach mathematics, students planning on graduate studies, students desiring to
pursue non-teaching degrees in mathematics, students majoring in other academic
disciplines who need a mathematics foundation, and students desiring practice in the
                                                                                        School of
art of logical thinking .                                                               Education



Program Requirements
Students must maintain a minimum cumulative 2 .5 GPA in courses (excluding the          School of
foreign language requirement) required for both the academic major and minor and        Nursing
                                                                                        and Health
the teaching major and minor . Also for the teaching major and minor, each course       Sciences
grade must be at least C . No more than six (6) credit hours from May term courses
may be applied to the elective upper division mathematics requirement for the

                                                  Mathematics Program             151   Course
                                                                                        Descriptions
academic major . Prerequisite courses must be satisfied with a grade of C- or better .
Students enrolled in mathematics courses without the required prerequisites may be
withdrawn by the instructor .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.


Academic Major
                                                                                 Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                 Hours
 The Physical Sciences LE requirement is fulfilled by PHYS 211 but not by AP Physics
 credit .


                                                                                 Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                 Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                              8
         Mathematics majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
         foreign language .
 II.     Lower	Division	Mathematics	Courses                                        16
         MATH      201   Calculus I (if needed)                            (4)
         MATH      202   Calculus II                                         4
         MATH      203   Multivariate Calculus                               4
         MATH      204   Linear Algebra and Differential Equations           4
         MATH      210   Discrete Mathematics                                4
 III.    Upper	Division	Mathematics	Courses                                        11
         MATH      312   Abstract Algebra                                   4
         MATH      321   Advanced Calculus                                  4
         MATH      340   History of Mathematics                             3
         MATH      385   ETS Exam                                           0
 IV.     Electives                                                                 16
         Additional upper division mathematics coursework                  16
         Students may apply at most six credits of May term hours toward the
         upper division elective requirement .
 V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                      8
         CMPT      201 Introduction to Computer Science                     4
         PHYS      211 Physics for Scientists and Engineers and Lab I       4
                       (or 4 or 5 on the AP Physics Exam)

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                59




152          Mathematics Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Mathematics
Listed below is a suggested plan of study for completing the mathematics course           Programs of
requirements . Students should check with their advisors at least once a year as          Instruction

course offerings may change from what is listed . Students must also meet college-
wide requirements for graduation . See the appropriate section of this catalog for
                                                                                          Admission to
details .                                                                                 the College


                       Fall	Semester                       Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year         MATH 201 (if needed)                MATH 202                       Financial Aid
                       CMPT 201                            MATH 210
 Sophomore	Year        MATH 203                            MATH 204
                       PHYS 211                            MATH elective                  Expenses
                                                           (upper division)
 Junior	Year           MATH elective                       MATH 312
                       (upper division)                    MATH elective                  Degree
                                                           (upper division)               Reqments.

 Senior	Year           MATH 321                            MATH 340
                       MATH elective                       MATH 385                       Academic
                                                                                          Policies &
                       (upper division)                                                   Procedures



Academic Minor                                                                            Grading and
                                                                                          Academic
                                                                                          Standards
                                                                              Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                              Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                       19         School of
        MATH     201   Calculus I (if needed)                          (4)                Arts &
                                                                                          Sciences
        MATH     202   Calculus II                                       4
        MATH     203   Multivariate Calculus                             4
        MATH     204   Linear Algebra and Differential Equations         4
        MATH     210   Discrete Mathematics                              4
        MATH     340   History of Mathematics                            3
                                                                                          Gore School
 II.    Electives                                                               7         of Business

        Additional upper division mathematics coursework                 7

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                            26
                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Education




                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                                    Mathematics Program             153   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Teaching Major
                                                                                    Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
There are no LE requirements included as part of the Mathematics teaching major .


                                                                                    Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
        Mathematics Teaching majors must complete eight credit hours in a
        single foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Mathematics	Courses                                            16
        MATH      201   Calculus I (if needed)                           (4)
        MATH      202   Calculus II                                        4
        MATH      203   Multivariate Calculus                              4
        MATH      204   Linear Algebra and Differential Equations          4
        MATH      210   Discrete Mathematics                               4
III.    Upper	Division	Mathematics	Courses                                            22
        EDUC      387   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Math         3
        MATH      310   Probability and Statistics                        4
        MATH      312   Abstract Algebra                                  4
        MATH      314   Foundations of Geometry                           4
        MATH      321   Advanced Calculus                                 4
        MATH      340   History of Mathematics                            3
        MATH      385   ETS Exam                                          0
IV.     Electives                                                                     2
        Additional upper division Mathematics coursework                  2
V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                          4
        CMPT      201 Introduction to Computer Science                    4

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MAJOR                                                    52




154         Mathematics Program
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Teaching Majors
Listed below is a suggested plan of study for completing the mathematics course        Programs of
requirements . Students should check with their advisors at least once a year as       Instruction

course offerings may change from what is listed . Students must also complete school
of education and college-wide requirements for graduation . See the appropriate
                                                                                       Admission to
section of this catalog for details .                                                  the College


                       Fall	Semester                  Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year         MATH 201 (if needed)           MATH 202                         Financial Aid
                       CMPT 201                       MATH 210
 Sophomore	Year        MATH 203                       MATH 204
                       MATH 314 or MATH 310                                            Expenses
 Junior	Year           EDUC 387                       MATH 312
                       MATH 314 or MATH 310           MATH 340
 Senior	Year           MATH 321                       MATH 385                         Degree
                                                                                       Reqments.
                       MATH elective
                       (upper division)
                                                                                       Academic
                                                                                       Policies &

Teaching Minor                                                                         Procedures


                                                                          Credit	      Grading and
 Requirement	Description
                                                                          Hours        Academic
                                                                                       Standards
 I.     Required	Courses                                                    27
        EDUC     387   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Math     3
        MATH     201   Calculus I (if needed)                      (4)                 School of
        MATH     202   Calculus II                                   4                 Arts &
        MATH     204   Linear Algebra and Differential Equations     4                 Sciences
        MATH     210   Discrete Mathematics                          4
        MATH     310   Probability and Statistics                    4
        MATH     312   Abstract Algebra                              4
        MATH     314   Foundations of Geometry                       4
                                                                                       Gore School
                                                                                       of Business
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                         27



                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Education




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                  Mathematics Program            155   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Placement in Mathematics Courses
A member of the mathematics faculty should be consulted for any questions about
placement in mathematics courses .
Proper placement in mathematics is critical, especially for students registering for a
freshman-level mathematics course . Information about placement in the beginning
courses (MATH 095–MATH 141) is contained in the Undergraduate Degree
Requirements section of this catalog . Placement testing through the START Center
may be helpful for proper placement .
Mathematics courses listing MATH 105 as a prerequisite may be satisfied in a
variety of ways as described in the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of
this catalog .
Students receiving scores of 3, 4, or 5 on one of the calculus advanced placement
examinations receive the following Westminster credit:

Exam	               Score	          Credit	Given
Calculus AB         3               MATH 141 plus 4 hours elective credit
                    4–5             MATH 141 and 201
Calculus BC         3               MATH 141 and 201
                    4–5             MATH 201 and 202




156         Mathematics Program
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster

Music	Program	(MUSC)
Faculty: Christopher Quinn (Director), Karlyn Bond (Chair)                                   Programs of
                                                                                             Instruction



Program Goals                                                                                Admission to
                                                                                             the College
     •    Basic aural skills such as sight-singing; interval identification by sound
          alone; and fluency in rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic dictation .
     •    Basic knowledge of music theory, including an understanding—within                 Financial Aid
          the tonal system—of basic harmony, the rules of voice leading and 4-part
          writing, and species counterpoint .
     •    Basic knowledge of the history of Western art music—its styles and forms,          Expenses
          and the basic connections and interactions between Western music and
          Western culture .
                                                                                             Degree
     •    Basic proficiency on a particular musical instrument or voice, and                 Reqments.
          the ability to convey genuine artistry and confidence in both solo and
          ensemble performance .
                                                                                             Academic
     •    In general, a well-rounded education in music and sufficient training to           Policies &
                                                                                             Procedures
          allow students to spend the rest of their lives being not just connoisseurs,
          but also active, accomplished and enthusiastic amateur musicians .
                                                                                             Grading and
                                                                                             Academic

Objectives                                                                                   Standards


The Music Program at Westminster College offers academic and performance
minors to students with musical backgrounds, and opportunities for anyone on                 School of
campus interested in music making . Both music minor tracks—academic and                     Arts &
                                                                                             Sciences
performance—provide a well-rounded and rigorous education in music, an education
designed to prepare students to spend the rest of their lives being informed,
thoughtful, and accomplished amateur musicians . School ensembles—open to
capable and enthusiastic students, minors and non-minors alike—include the Griffin
Chorus, Westminster Jazz Ensemble, Westminster Chamber Orchestra, Westminster                Gore School
Flute Choir, and Westminster Chamber Singers .                                               of Business




Program Requirements
An audition is required for official status as a music minor . Students must choose
                                                                                             School of
a major instrument and audition with that particular instrument (e .g ., piano, voice,       Education
guitar, violin, etc .) . Auditions are held year-round, but those who audition on audition
days posted on the Music Department Web page will automatically be considered
for incoming-freshman music-student scholarships . Call the Music Department at
832–2435 for more information . Students with transfer credits need to complete a
                                                                                             School of
minimum of nine credits of music courses, including two semesters of ensemble                Nursing
credit, at Westminster College in order to fulfill the requirements for a music minor .      and Health
                                                                                             Sciences
A minimum 2 .5 GPA in music courses must be maintained for the music minor .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.

                                                            Music Program              157   Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
Academic Minor
                                                                           Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                           Hours
 I.   Required	Courses                                                       27
      Piano Proficiency*                                            0
      MUSC 151 Music Theory I                                       4
      MUSC 152 Music Theory II                                      4
      MUSC 161 Aural Skills                                         3
      MUSC 351 History of Western Art Music I                       4
      MUSC 352 History of Western Art Music II                      4
      MUSC 191-
                192 Private Instruction**                           2
      Performing Ensembles***                                       6
       MUSC 115/315 Griffin Chorus (1–3)
       MUSC 125/325 Westminster Jazz Ensemble (1–3)
       MUSC 135/335 Westminster Chamber Orchestra (1–3)
       MUSC 145/345 Westminster Chamber Singers (1–4)
       MUSC 300N         Westminster Flute Choir (1–2)

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                          27

Performance Minor
                                                                           Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                           Hours
 I.   Required	Courses                                                       32
      Piano Proficiency*                                            0
      MUSC 151 Music Theory I                                       4
      MUSC 152 Music Theory II                                      4
      MUSC 161 Aural Skills                                         3
      MUSC 351 History of Western Art Music I                       4
      MUSC 352 History of Western Art Music II                      4
      MUSC 191, 192
                291, 292
                391, 392 Private Instruction#                       6
      Performing Ensembles***                                       6
       MUSC 115/315 Griffin Chorus (1–3)
       MUSC 125/325 Westminster Jazz Ensemble (1–3)
       MUSC 135/335 Westminster Chamber Orchestra (1–3)
       MUSC 145/345 Westminster Chamber Singers (1–4)
       MUSC 300N       Westminster Flute Choir (1–2)
      MUSC     420 Senior Recital##                                 1

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	PERFORMANCE	MINOR                                       32

*     Student must pass piano proficiency exam or take MUSC 121 (Class Piano) .
**    Student must enroll for two consecutive semesters on the major instrument .
***   Student must enroll for at least two semesters, consecutive or otherwise .
#     Student must enroll for six consecutive semesters on the major instrument .
##    Must be given during or after the final semester of lessons .

158       Music Program
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Music Minor
                      Fall	Semester                   Spring	Semester                  Programs of
                                                                                       Instruction
 Freshman	Year        Piano Proficiency               MUSC 151
                      MUSC 191                        MUSC 192
                                                                                       Admission to
 Sophomore	Year       MUSC 161                        MUSC 152                         the College
                      MUSC 291                        MUSC 292
                      (performance minors only)       (performance minors only)
 Junior	Year          MUSC 351                        MUSC 352                         Financial Aid
                      MUSC 391                        MUSC 392
                      (performance minors only)       (performance minors only)
 Senior	Year          MUSC 420                                                         Expenses
                      (performance minors only)
Note: Ensemble scheduling is flexible within the four-year plan of study, but the
Department of Music strongly encourages every music minor to participate in a          Degree
                                                                                       Reqments.
music ensemble every possible semester above and beyond the official requirement,
beginning with the first semester of study . Additional ensemble experience contrib-
utes mightily to musical development and collaborative skills .                        Academic
                                                                                       Policies &
                                                                                       Procedures


                                                                                       Grading and
                                                                                       Academic
                                                                                       Standards




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Arts &
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                                                       Gore School
                                                                                       of Business




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Education




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                         Music Program           159   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Interdisciplinary	Program	in	Neuroscience
Faculty: Brian Avery, Peter Conwell, Lesa Ellis, Angela Hicks, Jennifer Simonds


Program Goals
      •   To develop an understanding of the scientific process and to gain critical
          thinking and problem solving skills .
      •   To enhance both oral and written communication and information literacy
          skills .
      •   To promote leadership, collaboration and teamwork .
      •   To encourage reflective capacities .
      •   To teach breadth and depth of knowledge content in the field of
          neuroscience .


Objectives
Neuroscience is the scientific study of normal and abnormal development, structure,
and function of the nervous system . In addition, Neuroscience seeks to better
understand the role of the nervous system in behavior . The Interdisciplinary Program
in Neuroscience offers a Bachelor of Science degree with a breadth of coursework
across Psychology and the Natural Sciences . Undergraduate research is prominent,
and students are encouraged to explore relations between brain and behavior across
multiple levels . The curriculum provides students with an academic and experiential
background for graduate study in the neurosciences and/or employment in a research
setting . The program is designed to offer both breadth of background while allowing
a degree of specialization .


Program Requirements
Students must maintain at least a cumulative 2 .5 GPA in courses required for the
Neuroscience major . Students desiring further specialization are encouraged to
pursue a relevant minor in combination with the major . For example, students
interested in Theoretical Neuroscience may choose a minor in Mathematics,
Physics, or Computer Science . Students interested in Clinical Neuropsychology
are encouraged to pursue a minor in Psychology . Pre-Med are strongly advised
to complete applicable Chemistry and Biology coursework as needed for medical
school acceptance . Consultation with program advisors is crucial in preparing the
best pathway for the individual students . Students choosing a double major or minor
within the science program or psychology may not apply electives to more than one
major or minor . Only classes listed as required classes for both majors/minors may
be applied to both .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.



160         Interdisciplinary Neuroscience Program
                                                                                                About
                                                                                                Westminster

Academic Major
                                                                                 Credit	        Programs of
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                 Hours          Instruction

The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Neuroscience
major .
                                                                                                Admission to
MATH      150        Introduction to Statistics, LE                          4
                                                                                                the College
PSYC      105        Introduction to Psychology, LE                          4

                                                                                  Credit	
Requirement	Description                                                                         Financial Aid
                                                                                  Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                 8
        Neuroscience majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
                                                                                                Expenses
        foreign language .
II.     Required	Core	Courses                                                       32
        BIOL      105 Principles of Biology I and Lab                  4                        Degree
        CHEM      111–112 Principles of Chemistry I and II and Labs 4–4                         Reqments.
        MATH      150 Introduction to Statistics, LE                   4
        MATH      201 or 201B Calculus I or Calculus for Life Sciences 4
        PSYC      105 Introduction to Psychology, LE                   4                        Academic
                                                                                                Policies &
        PSYC      205 Introduction to Brain and Behavior               4                        Procedures
        PSYC      390 Research Methods                                 4
III.    Natural	Science	and	Math	Electives                                          24          Grading and
                                                                                                Academic
        Complete 24 credit hours from the following two groups, including a                     Standards
        minimum of 4 hours from each group . Courses listed as a set must be
        taken as such and hours for both courses will be counted as
        elective hours . Four hours of upper division psychology credit may
        be counted as elective credit with advisor permission . Students                        School of
                                                                                                Arts &
        desiring to take additional hours from a particular group should                        Sciences
        consider an academic minor in the pertinent field . Special topics
        hours limited to 4 .

        Group	1	–	Chemistry,	Physics	and	Mathematics
        CHEM 303/304 Organic Chemistry I and II and Labs                4–4
                                                                                                Gore School
        PHYS 151/152 Principles of Physics I and II and Labs            4–4                     of Business
        or
        PHYS 211/212 Physics for Sci . & Eng . I & II and Labs          4–4
        PHYS 305   Optics and Electronics                                  4
        MATH 202   Calculus II                                             4
        MATH 204   Linear Algebra and Differential Equations               4                    School of
                                                                                                Education
        BIOL/CHEM/PHYS 370 Scientific Computing                            3

        Group	2	–	Biology
        BIOL     301 Comparative Anatomy                                   4
        BIOL     304 Developmental Biology                                 4                    School of
        BIOL     307 Comparative Physiology                                4                    Nursing
        BIOL     331 Genetics and Lab                                      4                    and Health
                                                                                                Sciences
        BIOL     350 Biochemistry                                          4
        BIOL     405 Cell Biology                                          4
        BIOL     300/400 Special Topics in Biology                         2

                                  Interdisciplinary Neuroscience Program                  161   Course
                                                                                                Descriptions
 IV.    Additional	Neuroscience	Electives                                     8
        Neuroscience majors must choose 8 hours of additional neuroscience
        electives chosen from the following courses .

        BIOL     403 Cellular Neuroscience and Lab (4)
        PSYC     406 Physiological Psychology and Lab (4)
        PSYC     408 Cognitive Neuroscience and Lab (4)
 V.     Required	Senior	Coursework                                            6
        BIOL/PSYC 409 Advanced Topics in Neuroscience                   2
        PSYC    470 Senior Project I, II                              2–2

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                          78


Recommended Plan of Study for Neuroscience
                      Fall	Semester                     Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year        PSYC 105                          BIOL 105
                      CHEM 111                          CHEM 112
                      MATH 150 (or 201 or 201B)         MATH 201 or 201B (or 150)
                      Language or LE                    Language or LE
 Sophomore	Year       PSYC 205                          Science/Math Electives (8)
                      Science/Math Electives (8)        Language or LE
 Junior	Year          Science/Math Electives (8)        Science/Math Electives (8)
                      or Neuroscience Elective or       and/or Neuroscience Elective
                      PSYC 390*                         or PSYC 390*
 Senior	Year          PSYC 470 (2)**                     PSYC 470 (2)**
                      Neuroscience Elective              BIOL/PSYC 409 (2)
*PSYC 390 needs to be completed by the end of Junior year and before taking
PSYC 470 (Senior Project)
**PSYC 470 (Senior Project) is taken both semesters Senior year




162         Interdisciplinary Neuroscience Program
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

Paleontology
                                                                                            Programs of
                                                                                            Instruction
Program Goals
      •    Students will appreciate the interrelationship between major events in the       Admission to
           geological and biological past .                                                 the College

      •    Students will gain the methodological skill necessary to scientifically
           study unrepeatable events from the deep past .
                                                                                            Financial Aid
      •    Students will understand the origins and evolution of biological diversity .
      •    Students will hone their critical and analytical thinking skills .
                                                                                            Expenses
      •    Students will improve their ability to communicate complex original ideas .


Objectives                                                                                  Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.
Paleontology is an interdisciplinary academic minor focused on the historical study
of biological diversity . By drawing together courses from both biology and earth
systems science, the paleontology minor is an excellent option either for students          Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
specifically interested in life of the past, or for students interested in how different    Procedures
branches of science approach the same complex problems . The curriculum prepares
students for future work in paleontology, historical geology, or organismal biology,        Grading and
as well as providing a broad background in the natural sciences in general .                Academic
                                                                                            Standards


Program Requirements
                                                                                            School of
An academic minor in paleontology requires the completion of 20 credit hours                Arts &
from the biology and earth systems science programs . Additionally, students must           Sciences
maintain a minimum of a 2 .5 GPA in the required courses .


Academic Minor in Paleontology
                                                                                            Gore School
                                                                                Credit	     of Business
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                Hours
 I.       Required	Courses                                                       21
          BIOL        106   Principles of Biology II                      4
          BIOL/ESS    315   Principles of Paleontology                    4
                                                                                            School of
          BIOL/ESS    321   History of Life on Earth                      3                 Education
          BIOL        332   Evolution                                     4
          ESS         110   Introduction to Geology, LE                   3
          ESS         214   Sedimentology and Stratigraphy                3

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                              21         School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                               Paleontology           163   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Philosophy/Religious	Studies	Program	
(PHIL,	REL)
Faculty: Nicholas D. More, Bridget Newell, Michael A. Popich

Program Goals
      •   To become effective analytical and critical thinkers, and to communicate
          such thinking orally and in writing .
      •   To gain familiarity with philosophical or religious history and its central issues .
      •   To think and write in the form and by the method proper to the discipline
          of Philosophy or Religious Studies, i .e ., rational argumentation in support
          of a significant thesis .
      •   To pursue in depth one field of philosophy, either theoretical or applied .
      •   To produce a substantial piece of original scholarship in Philosophy or
          Religious Studies .
      •   To become more reflective of the human condition, and the effect of
          globalization and diversity; to understand the relevance of philosophical
          thinking to one’s own life and public policies and practices .

Objectives
The Philosophy and Religious Studies Program offers an academic major in
philosophy leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree or a Bachelor of Science degree, as
well as an academic minor . It provides students with the critical and philosophical
thinking skills necessary to examine human systems of value, knowledge, and
belief, and to make rational analyses of ideas fundamental to living thoughtfully
in the world . Philosophy is an excellent choice of study for pre-law students, as
preparation for graduate school in philosophy, as a minor or second major for liberal
arts students preparing for graduate school, and for anyone who would benefit from
a discipline of clear thinking, writing, and problem solving in the pursuit of wisdom .
Religious Studies (available as a minor) is considered open to objective and
scholarly investigation . Students learn to read religious literature intelligently and
within context, and gain perspective on the religious impulse as it is expressed
through the world’s religions . Students majoring in Philosophy who plan to pursue
an M .A . or Ph .D . in the field should plan for graduate school, with the assistance of
the Philosophy/Religious Studies faculty, no later than the second semester of their
junior year . Students intending to pursue a degree in theology are advised to major
in English, History, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, or any broad liberal arts
program, or minor in Religious Studies . The Association of Theological Schools
in the United States and Canada recommends that students have a background in
history, religions of non-western cultures, and a foreign language .
Students majoring or minoring in philosophy with a GPA of 3 .5 overall and in
philosophy coursework may be invited to become members of Phi Sigma Tau, the
international undergraduate Philosophy Honor Society . Westminster College’s Utah
chapter is the oldest in the state .

164          Philosophy/Religious Studies Program
                                                                                                  About
                                                                                                  Westminster

Program Requirements
Students must maintain a minimum cumulative 2 .3 GPA in courses required in the                   Programs of
philosophy major . Students who want to major or minor in Philosophy and who                      Instruction

have HON 201 (Humanities I) and HON 202 (Humanities II) must take PHIL 102
(Critical Thinking, LE) and either PHIL 100/100D (Introduction to Philosophy, LE)
                                                                                                  Admission to
or PHIL 206/206D (Introduction to Ethics, LE) .                                                   the College

For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.

                                                                                                  Financial Aid
Academic Major in Philosophy—Bachelor of Arts
Degree
                                                                                                  Expenses
                                                                                     Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                     Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Philosophy major .
 *See above for notes about how Honors credits apply to this section .                            Degree
                                                                                                  Reqments.
 PHIL       100/100D Introduction to Philosophy, LE                              3
 PHIL       102      Critical Thinking, LE                                       4
 PHIL       206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE                                  3                Academic
                                                                                                  Policies &
                                                                                                  Procedures
                                                                                     Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours        Grading and
                                                                                                  Academic
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8          Standards
         Philosophy majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
         foreign language .
 II.     Lower	Division	Philosophy	Courses                                             18         School of
                                                                                                  Arts &
         PHIL       100/100D Introduction to Philosophy, LE                  3                    Sciences
         PHIL       102 Critical Thinking, LE                                4
         PHIL       201 History of Philosophy I                              4
         PHIL       202 History of Philosophy II                             4
         PHIL       206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE                      3
 III.    Upper	Division	Philosophy	Courses                                             8          Gore School
                                                                                                  of Business
         PHIL       390 Thesis Research Preseminar in
                        Philosophy (Fall only)                               4
         PHIL       490 Research Seminar in Philosophy (Spring only)         4
 IV.     Electives                                                                     14
                                                                                                  School of
         Additional coursework in Philosophy                                14                    Education
 V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                          6
         300-level coursework in History                                     6

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                    54         School of
                                                                                                  Nursing
                                                                                                  and Health
                                                                                                  Sciences




                                     Philosophy/Religious Studies Program                   165   Course
                                                                                                  Descriptions
Academic Major in Philosophy—Bachelor of
Science Degree
For a Bachelor of Science degree in Philosophy, students must fulfill the same
requirements as for the Bachelor of Arts degree, except that students are required to
take eight credit hours of a laboratory science in lieu of the history requirement .

                                                                                     Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                     Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Philosophy major .
 PHIL       100/100D Introduction to Philosophy, LE                              3
 PHIL       102      Critical Thinking, LE                                       4
 PHIL       206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE                                  3

                                                                                     Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
         Philosophy majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
         foreign language .
 II.     Lower	Division	Philosophy	Courses                                             18
         PHIL       100/100D Introduction to Philosophy, LE                  3
         PHIL       102 Critical Thinking, LE                                4
         PHIL       201 History of Philosophy I                              4
         PHIL       202 History of Philosophy II                             4
         PHIL       206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE                      3
 III.    Upper	Division	Philosophy	Courses                                             8
         PHIL       390 Thesis Research Preseminar in
                        Philosophy (Fall only)                               4
         PHIL       490 Research Seminar in Philosophy (Spring only)         4
 IV.     Electives                                                                     14
         Additional coursework in Philosophy                                14
 V.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                          8
         Two semesters of a laboratory science                               8

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                    56




166          Philosophy/Religious Studies Program
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Philosophy
                      Fall	Semester                      Spring	Semester                      Programs of
                                                                                              Instruction
 Freshman	Year*       Language I                         Language II
                      PHIL 100/100D                      PHIL 206/206D
                      PHIL 102 (or in Spring)                                                 Admission to
                                                                                              the College
 Sophomore	Year* PHIL 201 (or in Junior year)            PHIL 202 (or in Junior year)
                      PHIL elective (upper div .)        PHIL elective (upper div .)
                      Science Lab course (BS)            HIST elective (upper div .) (BA)
                                                                                              Financial Aid
 Junior	Year*         PHIL elective (upper div .)        (Or) PHIL elective (upper div .)
                                                         Science Lab course (BS)
                      HIST elective (upper div .) (BA)
 Senior	Year*         PHIL 390                           PHIL 490 Thesis II                   Expenses
                      PHIL elective (upper div .)        (Or) PHIL elective (upper div .)

* It is recommended that students take 2 hours of PHIL 300 during May term for all
four years .                                                                                  Degree
                                                                                              Reqments.
Philosophy majors can take a combination of upper division courses in order to meet
the catalog requirements for 14 (minimum) elective hours in Philosophy for a Bach-
                                                                                              Academic
elor’s degree . For example, in their sophomore and junior years they could take 2 or         Policies &
3 courses as 300-level electives (offered in the Fall and Spring semesters) and then          Procedures

take several 2-credit May Term Philosophy 300 special topics courses .
                                                                                              Grading and
 Or, mutatis mutandis, the student could take several 300-level electives in their            Academic
junior and senior years and several 2-credit Philosophy 300 special topics May Term           Standards

courses over their sophomore, junior and senior years in order to reach the 14-hour
(minimum) electives requirement in Philosophy .
                                                                                              School of
                                                                                              Arts &
                                                                                              Sciences




                                                                                              Gore School
                                                                                              of Business




                                                                                              School of
                                                                                              Education




                                                                                              School of
                                                                                              Nursing
                                                                                              and Health
                                                                                              Sciences




                                   Philosophy/Religious Studies Program                 167   Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
Academic Minor in Philosophy
                                                                               Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                               Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                          18
      PHIL     100/100D Introduction to Philosophy, LE                     3
      PHIL     102 Critical Thinking, LE                                   4
      PHIL     201    History of Philosophy I (4)
      or
      PHIL     202    History of Philosophy II (4)                         4
      PHIL     206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE                         3
      PHIL     390    Thesis Research Preseminar in Philosophy (4)
      or
      PHIL     490    Research Seminar in Philosophy (4)                   4
II.   Electives                                                                  6
      Additional coursework in Philosophy                                  6

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                              24


Academic Minor in Religious Studies
                                                                               Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                               Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                           15
      REL      101   Religions of the World, LE                            3
      REL      311   Philosophy of Religion                                4
      REL      312   The Bible: Jewish & Christian Scriptural Traditions   4
      REL      490   Research Seminar in Religious Studies                 4
II.   Electives                                                                  7
      Additional coursework in Religious Studies                           7

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                               22




168       Philosophy/Religious Studies Program
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Physics	Program	(PHYS)
Faculty: Christopher Cline, Peter Conwell, Tricia Shepherd                                 Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction



Program Goals                                                                              Admission to
                                                                                           the College
     •    Students should develop a good functional understanding of physics,
          including mechanics, electricity & magnetism, quantum physics, statistical
          mechanics, thermodynamics, optics, and relativity .
                                                                                           Financial Aid
     •    Students should develop expert-like problem solving skills .
     •    Students should develop critical thinking and reasoning skills .
                                                                                           Expenses
     •    Students should develop laboratory skills .
     •    Students should develop technology skills .
                                                                                           Degree
     •    Students should improve their communication, interpersonal, and                  Reqments.
          questioning skills .
     •    Students should develop and/or retain student cognitive attitudes and            Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
          beliefs (expectations) that are favorable for learning physics with deep         Procedures
          understanding .
                                                                                           Grading and
Objectives                                                                                 Academic
                                                                                           Standards
The Physics Program offers an academic and a teaching major leading to the
Bachelor of Science Degree . In addition, the program offers an academic and
a teaching minor in physics . A Physical Science composite major is offered for            School of
students seeking a physical science composite endorsement for secondary education .        Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
The program is designed to meet the need of (1) students intending to specialize
in physics and pursue graduate work in physics, engineering, material science,
or biophysics; (2) students preparing for a professional career in science and
engineering; (3) students desiring to broaden their knowledge of the natural world;
and (4) students who wish to teach at the secondary level .                                Gore School
                                                                                           of Business


Program Requirements
Students choosing a double major or minor within the science program may not
apply electives to more than one major or minor . Only classes listed under “required
                                                                                           School of
courses” that coincide between both majors/minors may be applied to both .                 Education

Students must maintain a cumulative 2 .3 GPA or better in courses required in the
academic and teaching majors .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.                          School of
                                                                                           Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                         Physics Program             169   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Academic Major
                                                                                    Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
The Physical Sciences LE requirement is fulfilled by meeting major requirements .

                                                                                    Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
        Physics majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign
        language .
II.     Lower	Division	Physics	Courses                                                8
        PHYS      211 Physics for Scientists and Engineers I and Lab          4
        PHYS      212 Physics for Scientists and Engineers II and Lab         4
III.    Upper	Division	Physics	Courses                                                30
        PHYS      305   Optics                                                4
        PHYS      309   Mathematical Methods of Physics                       4
        PHYS      311   Analytical Mechanics                                  4
        PHYS      370   Scientific Computing                                  3
        PHYS      410   Quantum Mechanics                                     4
        PHYS      411   Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics              4
        PHYS      425   Quantum Physics                                       3
        PHYS      431   Electrodynamics                                       4
IV.     Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                          24
        CHEM      111   Principles of Chemistry I and Lab                     4
        CHEM      112   Principles of Chemistry II and Lab                    4
        MATH      201   Calculus I                                            4
        MATH      202   Calculus II                                           4
        MATH      203   Multivariate Calculus                                 4
        MATH      204   Linear Algebra and Differential Equations             4

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                    70
*Note: MATH 311, 363 and PHYS 301 are highly recommended .




170         Physics Program
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Physics
Listed below is a suggested plan of study for completing the physics requirements .      Programs of
Students should check with their advisors at least once a year as course offerings       Instruction

may change from what is listed . Students must also meet college wide requirements
for graduation . See the appropriate section of this catalog for details .
                                                                                         Admission to
                                                                                         the College
                       Fall	Semester                      Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year         MATH 201 *                         MATH 202 *
                       CHEM 111                           CHEM 112                       Financial Aid
 Sophomore	Year        MATH 203                           MATH 204
                       PHYS 211                           PHYS 212
                                                          PHYS 309                       Expenses
 Junior	Year           PHYS 305                           PHYS 425 **
                       PHYS 370 **
 Senior	Year           PHYS 311 **                        PHYS 411                       Degree
                                                                                         Reqments.
                       PHYS 410                           PHYS 431 **
* Assumes student already has credit for MATH 141 & MATH 142                             Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
** Courses offered every o ther year, so Junior and Senior year may be interchanged .    Procedures



Academic Minor                                                                           Grading and
                                                                                         Academic
                                                                                         Standards
                                                                             Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                             Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                      20         School of
        CHEM     111   Principles of Chemistry I and Lab                 4               Arts &
                                                                                         Sciences
        CHEM     112   Principles of Chemistry II and Lab                4
        PHYS     211   Physics for Scientists and Engineers I and Lab    4
        PHYS     212   Physics for Scientists and Engineers II and Lab   4
        PHYS     305   Optics                                            4
 II.    Electives                                                              4         Gore School
                                                                                         of Business
        Additional coursework in Physics selected from courses
        numbered 300 or above                                            4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                           24
                                                                                         School of
                                                                                         Education




                                                                                         School of
                                                                                         Nursing
                                                                                         and Health
                                                                                         Sciences




                                                           Physics Program         171   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Teaching Major
                                                                                         Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                         Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Physics Teaching
 major:
 PHYS       102         Introduction to the Physical Universe, LE                    3

                                                                                         Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                         Hours
 I.       Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                     8
          Physics Teaching majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
          foreign language .
 II.      Lower	Division	Physics	Courses                                                   11
          PHYS      102 Introduction to the Physical Universe, LE                3
          PHYS      211 Physics for Scientists and Engineers I and Lab           4
          PHYS      212 Physics for Scientists and Engineers II and Lab          4
 III.     Upper	Division	Physics	Courses                                                   22
          PHYS      301   Introduction to Modern Physics                         3
          PHYS      305   Optics                                                 4
          PHYS      309   Mathematical Methods of Physics                        4
          PHYS      311   Analytical Mechanics                                   4
          PHYS      411   Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics               4
          EDUC      382   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science           3
 IV.      Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                             16
          CHEM      111   Principles of Chemistry I and Lab                      4
          CHEM      112   Principles of Chemistry II and Lab                     4
          MATH      201   Calculus I                                             4
          MATH      202   Calculus II                                            4
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MAJOR                                                        57
 *Note: MATH 311, 363 and PHYS 301 are highly recommended .

The following courses are highly recommended: HON 221, 222; MATH 203, 311,
363; PHYS 431 .




172           Physics Program
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

Teaching Minor
                                                                           Credit	     Programs of
Requirement	Description                                                                Instruction
                                                                           Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                      22
      EDUC     382   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science      3               Admission to
      MATH     201   Calculus I                                        4               the College
      MATH     202   Calculus II                                       4
      PHYS     211   Physics for Scientists and Engineers I and Lab    4
      PHYS     212   Physics for Scientists and Engineers II and Lab   4               Financial Aid
      PHYS     301   Introduction to Modern Physics                    3
II.   Electives                                                              8
      Two additional courses selected from:                            8               Expenses
      PHYS     305 Optics (4)
      PHYS     311 Analytical Mechanics (4)
      PHYS     410 Quantum Mechanics (4)
      PHYS     411 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics (4)                        Degree
      PHYS     431 Electrodynamics (4)                                                 Reqments.


TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                          30         Academic
                                                                                       Policies &
                                                                                       Procedures


                                                                                       Grading and
                                                                                       Academic
                                                                                       Standards




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Arts &
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                                                       Gore School
                                                                                       of Business




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Education




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                        Physics Program          173   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Physical Science Composite Major
This is a broader program than either Physics or Chemistry, intended for the
preparation of junior high physical science teachers and physical earth teachers .
Composite teaching majors should choose two of their three courses above 300 from
areas other than Mathematics or Computer Science .

                                                                                     Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                     Hours
 The Physical Sciences LE requirement is fulfilled by meeting major requirements .

                                                                                     Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
         Physical Science Composite majors must complete eight credit hours
         in a single foreign language .
 II.     Lower	Division	Physical	Science	Courses                                       22
         AVIA      303   Meteorology                                        3
         CHEM      111   Principles of Chemistry I and Lab                  4
         CHEM      112   Principles of Chemistry II and Lab                 4
         ESS       110   Introduction to Geology, LE                        3
         PHYS      211   Physics for Scientists and Engineers I and Lab     4
         PHYS      212   Physics for Scientists and Engineers II and Lab    4
 III.    Upper	Division	Physical	Science	Courses                                       14
         CHEM      306   Quantitative Analysis                              4
         EDUC      382   Methods of Teaching Secondary School Science       3
         PHYS      301   Introduction to Modern Physics                     3
         PHYS      305   Optics                                             4
 IV.     Electives                                                                     12
         Three courses numbered 300 or above in Biology, Chemistry,
         Computer Science, Mathematics, or Physics                         12

         or	from the following:
         AVIA      410 Flight Theory (4)
         PHIL      300 Topics in Mathematical Logic (3)
         PHIL      300 Theories of Language (1–4)

         Recommended	courses:
         BIOL   404 Ecology (4)
         HON    221 History and Philosophy of Science (4)
         HON    222 Science, Power and Diversity (4)
         PHYS   102 Introduction to the Physical Universe, LE (3)

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	COMPOSITE	MAJOR                                                   56




174          Physics Program
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster

Political	Science	Program	(PLSC)
Faculty: Charles Tripp (Chair), Michael Zarkin                                               Programs of
                                                                                             Instruction



Political	Studies	(PLSCS)                                                                    Admission to
                                                                                             the College
Program Goals
     •    To develop effective verbal and written communication skills .
                                                                                             Financial Aid
     •    To engage students in critical, analytical, and integrative thinking .
     •    To help students become effective researchers .
                                                                                             Expenses
     •    To improve collaborative problem solving and leadership skills .
     •    To enhance global consciousness, a sense of social responsibility and
          ethical awareness .                                                                Degree
                                                                                             Reqments.

Objectives
                                                                                             Academic
Political Studies offers an interdisciplinary Bachelor of Arts academic major .              Policies &
With political science as its core focus, the major includes relevant courses from           Procedures

a number of disciplines, among them economics, geography, history, languages,
management and philosophy . The curriculum stresses student mastery of a variety of          Grading and
                                                                                             Academic
allied subjects covered within such fields to enhance understanding of the historical,       Standards
philosophical, methodological, environmental, economic, legal, geographic,
linguistic, organizational, international and domestic contexts of politics . The major
prepares students for further study in law or graduate school; to enter public service
                                                                                             School of
careers in government; to work in the private sector, the policy arena, and/or the           Arts &
political/legislative process; or to conduct research .                                      Sciences



Requirements
The Political Studies academic major requires completion of 48 credit hours
                                                                                             Gore School
selected from a common core of required political science courses and one of five            of Business
major emphasis fields consisting of economics, environmental studies, history,
management, and philosophy, all of which are discussed below . Students must
maintain a cumulative 2 .5 GPA in courses required to complete any one of the seven
major emphases . Additional recommended coursework may be taken in a number of
disciplines, depending upon approved student interests . It is strongly recommended          School of
that students take MATH 150 (Elementary Statistics); PSYC/SOC 390 (Research                  Education

Methods); and 16 hours (two full years, four semesters, or equivalent preparation) of
a foreign language, eight of which are required .
Students choosing a double major or minor in any of the fields included within the
                                                                                             School of
political studies major may not apply a course to more than one major or minor .             Nursing
                                                                                             and Health
The courses listed below are required of all political studies majors, regardless of         Sciences
their chosen emphasis .
For	course	prerequisites	please	refer	to	the	course	descriptions.
                                                Political Science Program              175   Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
Academic Major
                                                                                     Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                     Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Political Studies
major .
PLSC       101        Introduction to Political Science, LE                      4
PLSC       121        American National Government, LE                           4
Note: Additional LE courses are required depending on the chosen emphasis .

                                                                                     Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                   8
        Political Studies majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
        foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Political	Science	Courses                                       8
        PLSC       101 Introduction to Political Science, LE                 4
        PLSC       121 American National Government, LE                      4
III.    Upper	Division	Political	Science	Courses                                       20
        PLSC       303 Public Administration and Bureaucracy (4)
        or
        PLSC       348 Congress and the Presidency (4)                       4
        PLSC       306 Comparative Political Systems (4)
        or
        PLSC       414 International Relations (4)                           4
        PLSC       355 Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties                   4
        PLSC       440 Internship in Political Science                       4
        PLSC       490 Research Seminar in Political Studies                 4
IV.     Emphasis                                                                       20
        Students must complete 20 hours of coursework from their chosen
        emphasis . The following are possible emphases: Communication,
        Economics, Environmental Studies, Globalization, History, Manage-
        ment, Philosophy, and Pre-Law . See listing below for classes included
        in an emphasis .

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                     56




176         Political Science Program
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Political Studies
                      Fall	Semester                    Spring	Semester                   Programs of
                                                                                         Instruction
 Freshman	Year        PLSC 121, LE                     PLSC 101, LE
                      Language I                       Language II
                                                                                         Admission to
 Sophomore	Year       PLSC 367                         Four (4) hours in emphasis        the College
                      Four (4) hours in emphasis
 Junior	Year          PLSC 327                         PLSC 355
                      PLSC 303 or PLSC 348             Four (4) hours in emphasis        Financial Aid
                      Four (4) hours in emphasis
 Senior	Year          PLSC 490                         PLSC 440
                      Four (4) hours in emphasis       PLSC 306 or PLSC 414              Expenses


The courses listed below are those from which a student can select the remaining
20 hours needed to complete one of the political studies major emphases .                Degree
                                                                                         Reqments.

Communication Emphasis
COMM     201     Principles of Editing                                      4            Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
COMM     203     Writing for the Mass Media                                 4            Procedures
COMM     240     Introduction to the Mass Media                             4
COMM     306     Principles of Layout and Design                            4            Grading and
*COMM    310     Professional Writing                                       4            Academic
                                                                                         Standards
COMM     326     Introduction to Web Writing and Design                     4
COMM     336     Public Relations Principles                                3
COMM     337     Public Relations Writing and Campaign Planning             3
COMM     338     Principles of Advertising                                  4            School of
                                                                                         Arts &
*COMM    340     Communication Theory and Persuasion                        3            Sciences
COMM     350     Business and Professional Communication                    3

*COMM 201 and/or 203 are prerequisites for these courses

Economics Emphasis                                                                       Gore School
                                                                                         of Business
ECON     105     Introduction to Economics as a Social Science, LE          4
ECON     253     Elementary Macroeconomics, LE                              4
ECON     263     Elementary Microeconomics                                  4
ECON     311     History of Economic Thought                                4
ECON     321     Political Economy                                          4            School of
ECON     325     Environmental Economics                                    4            Education

ECON     418     Economics and the Law                                      4
ECON     420     Labor Relations Economics                                  4
ECON     449     American Economic Development                              4
                                                                                         School of
PHIL     201     History of Philosophy I (4)                                             Nursing
or                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                         Sciences
PHIL     202     History of Philosophy II (4)                               4
*PLSC    367     Contemporary Political Philosophy                          4

                                                Political Science Program          177   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Environmental Studies Emphasis
ANTH    252   Cultural Anthropology, LE                          4
BIOL    210   Environmental Biology and Lab, LE                  4
ECON    325   Environmental Economics                            4
ENGL    357   Environmental Literature                           3
ESS     101   Introduction to Geography                          3
ESS     205   Environmental Earth Sciences                       4
HIST    320   Environmental History of the United States         4
PHIL    307   Environmental Ethics                               3
*PLSC   327   Environmental Politics and Policy                  4

Globalization Emphasis
ANTH    252   Cultural Anthropology, LE                          4
ANTH    355   Indian Peoples in the U .S .                       4
ANTH    366   Political Anthropology                             4
*PLSC   306   Comparative Political Systems                      4
PLSC    414   International Relations                            4
SOC     350   Gender in Society                                  4
SOC     372   Race, Ethnicity, and Class                         4

History Emphasis
ANTH    252   Cultural Anthropology, LE                          4
HIST    113   Western Civilization, LE                           3
HIST    212   World History to 1500, LE                          4
HIST    220   United States History, LE                          3
HIST    301   Early Modern Europe: Renaissance and Reformation
              as Gateways to the Modern Era                      3
HIST    302   Modern Europe: Revolution and Reaction in Modern
              Europe                                             3
HIST    313   United States History Since 1945                   3
HIST    330   Middle Eastern History                             3
HIST    341   Latin American Hist: Revolution in the Americas    3
HIST    343   History of Mexico: The Quest for Stability         3
HIST    381   History of Russia                                  4
*PLSC   367   Contemporary Political Philosophy                  4

Management Emphasis
ACCT    213   Accounting Principles                              4
ECON    253   Elementary Macroeconomics, LE                      4
ECON    263   Elementary Microeconomics                          4
MATH    150   Elementary Statistics, LE                          4
MGMT    305   Principles of Management                           4
MGMT    325   Business and Employment Law                        4
MGMT    433   Organizational Behavior                            4
*PLSC   303   Public Administration and Bureaucracy              4




178       Political Science Program
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster
Philosophy Emphasis
PHIL      100/100D Introduction to Philosophy, LE                             3
                                                                                              Programs of
PHIL      102   Critical Thinking, LE                                         4               Instruction

PHIL      201     History of Philosophy I (4)
or
                                                                                              Admission to
PHIL      202     History of Philosophy II (4)                                4               the College

PHIL      206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE                                 3
PHIL      300   Special Topics in Philosophy                                1–4
PHIL      302   Great Philosophers                                            3               Financial Aid
PHIL      307   Environmental Ethics                                          3
*PLSC     367   Contemporary Political Philosophy                             4
                                                                                              Expenses
Pre-Law Emphasis
COMM      310     Professional Writing                                        4
ECON      418     Economics and the Law                                       4
                                                                                              Degree
ENGL      371     Advanced Expository Writing                                 3               Reqments.
JUST      350     Criminal Law                                                4
MATH      150     Elementary Statistics, LE                                   4
                                                                                              Academic
PHIL      102     Critical Thinking, LE                                       4               Policies &
PHIL      303     Formal Logic                                                3               Procedures
PHIL      312     Applied Ethics                                              4
*PLSC     327     Environmental Politics and Policy                           4               Grading and
PLSC      367     Contemporary Political Philosophy                           4               Academic
                                                                                              Standards
SOC       305     Contemporary Issues                                         4
SOC       372     Race, Ethnicity, and Class                                  4
*Indicates a required class .                                                                 School of
                                                                                              Arts &
                                                                                              Sciences

Political	Science	Minor	(PLSC)
Objectives
Political Science offers an academic minor focused on the study of political                  Gore School
                                                                                              of Business
behavior, organizations, theories, research methodologies, and governmental
institutions . The curriculum prepares students to enter public service, graduate
school, law school, the corporate world, the political campaign process or the
legislative process . The minor stresses understanding and analysis of the American
political system as well as the examination of changing global political conditions .         School of
                                                                                              Education


Program Requirements
Students must maintain a cumulative 2 .5 GPA in courses required for the political science
minor . Students choosing a double major or minor within the Social Science Program may       School of
                                                                                              Nursing
not apply a class to more than one major or minor except in the case of core requirements .   and Health
                                                                                              Sciences
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.



                                                 Political Science Program            179     Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
Academic Minor
                                                                                 Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                 Hours
 I.      Required	Courses                                                          8
         PLSC      101 Introduction to Political Science, LE                4
         PLSC      121 American National Government, LE                     4
 II.     Electives                                                                12
         Eight hours of upper division PLSC coursework                      8
         Four hours of additional political science coursework or
         coursework in a related field approved by political science faculty 4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                               20


Recommended Plan of Study for Political
Science Minor
                        Fall	Semester                       Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year          PLSC 121, LE                        PLSC 101, LE
 Sophomore	Year         Four (4) hours upper-
                        division PLSC coursework
 Junior	Year            Four (4) hours upper-               Four (4) hours upper-
                        division PLSC coursework            division PLSC coursework
 Senior	Year


Pre-Law Emphasis
The term “Pre-Law” does not designate a specific major or preferred undergraduate
program at Westminster College as law schools do not favor one major over another . While
it is possible to prepare for law school while fulfilling the requirements for any academic
major, it is important to take courses that are intellectually demanding and substantive .
Students planning to enter the legal profession should obtain a broad liberal arts
foundation . Law schools today are adopting entrance requirements which emphasize
the ability to think and write clearly and to read and speak the English language
proficiently . Students also need to develop the capacity to think analytically and
creatively as well as to understand human values and institutions .
Most students are best advised to pursue a rigorous program that will be challenging
and demanding as well as interesting . A double major or a major and minor
are recommended . The career plans of some students can affect their choice of
major and minor . Preparation for tax law, for example, would be facilitated by an
accounting background . Students planning to practice in criminal or family law
should concentrate on class work in the social sciences . International law students
should master one or more foreign languages . Those interested in corporate law
could major in business or management .
180          Political Science Program
                                                                                                       About
                                                                                                       Westminster
During the first semester after admission to Westminster, pre-law students are
responsible for requesting from the law school(s) of their choice a list of courses
required for admission so they may plan their programs accordingly with the pre-law                    Programs of
                                                                                                       Instruction
director in the Social Science Program .
Students who intend to apply for admission to law school should consider the
                                                                                                       Admission to
courses listed below to develop skills in areas important for law school success .                     the College


 Education	for	Comprehension	and	Expression	in	Words	
                                                                                                       Financial Aid
 Recommended	Courses	
 The purpose here is to gain both perception and skill in the English language . Language
 is the lawyer’s working tool . In the drafting of legal instruments, students must be able to
                                                                                                       Expenses
 convey meaning clearly and effectively .
 In oral and written advocacy, students must also be capable of communicating ideas con-
 vincingly and concisely . In reception no less than in expression, language is fundamental as
                                                                                                       Degree
 the lawyer’s medium of communication .                                                                Reqments.
 COMM       310         Professional Writing                                     4
 ENGL       230         Introduction to Creative Writing                         3
                                                                                                       Academic
 ENGL       320         Creative Writing: Fiction                                3                     Policies &
 ENGL       371         Advanced Expository Writing                              3                     Procedures
 PSYC       330         Interpersonal Communication Skills, LE                   3
 SPCH       111         Public Presentations, LE                                 3
                                                                                                       Grading and
 SPCH       205         Business and Professional Communication                  2                     Academic
                                                                                                       Standards

 Education	for	Critical	Understanding	of	Human	Institutions	
 and	Values	                                                                                           School of
 Recommended	Courses	                                                                                  Arts &
                                                                                                       Sciences
 The purpose here is to develop insight into, rather than merely provide information about,
 the institutions and values with which man is concerned . Students pursuing a legal career
 encounter all sorts of these institutions under circumstances in which their conduct
 necessarily affects the conduct of others in their value choices .
 MGMT       325         Business and Employment Law                              4                     Gore School
                                                                                                       of Business
 PHIL       206/206D    Introduction to Ethics, LE                               3
 PLSC       121         American National Government, LE                         4
 PLSC       303         Public Administration and Bureaucracy                    4
 PLSC       327         Environmental Politics and Policy                        4
 PLSC       355         Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties                      4
 PSYC       105         Introduction to Psychology, LE                           4                     School of
 PSYC       316         Social Psychology                                        4                     Education
 SOC        105         Introduction to Sociology, LE                            4
 SOC        313         Social Theory                                            4
 SOC        372         Race, Ethnicity, and Class                               4
                                                                                                       School of
                                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                                       Sciences




                                                      Political Science Program                  181   Course
                                                                                                       Descriptions
Education	for	Clear	and	Creative	Thinking
Recommended	Courses	
The purpose here is to develop a power to think clearly, carefully, and independently . A
large part of the work law-trained people are called upon to do calls for problem solving and
sound judgment . This is true regardless of whether they devote their lives to the practice of
law, to governmental administration, or to some other endeavor .
ACCT         213      Accounting Principles                                   4
ACCT         374      Managerial and Cost Accounting                          4
MATH         120      Quantitative Reasoning, LE                              4
MATH         150      Elementary Statistics, LE                               4
PHIL         102      Critical Thinking, LE                                   4
PHIL         303      Formal Logic                                            3
PSYC         390      Research Methods                                        4




182         Political Science Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Pre-Dental	and	Pre-Medical	Programs
The challenges of contemporary society, along with the growth of technology and           Programs of
                                                                                          Instruction
scientific knowledge, have compelled professional schools in medicine and dentistry
to seek candidates with considerable intellectual versatility . Applicants with a broad
liberal arts education and a science emphasis are preferred . In general, professional    Admission to
schools require applicants to have completed coursework in the basic sciences but         the College
not in areas that duplicate medical or dental school courses, and they seriously
encourage study in the social sciences, the humanities, and mathematics . Each
student’s program is designed so that by the end of the junior year he or she will        Financial Aid
have completed the basic requirements for application to professional schools . These
requirements are usually stated as follows:
At least 90 credit hours (three years) of college work in an accredited institution,      Expenses
excluding military science and physical education courses but including 6 hours of
English and one-year courses with laboratory in principles of biology, principles of
chemistry, organic chemistry, and principles of physics . In addition, some schools       Degree
require one year of mathematics and additional coursework in biology .                    Reqments.


Most students accepted to medical or dental schools have majored in one of the
                                                                                          Academic
sciences, frequently in an area of biology or chemistry . Majoring in science provides    Policies &
some advantages because undergraduate degree requirements may coincide with               Procedures
courses required for admission . Intensive preparation in one of the sciences,
therefore, should form a strong foundation for basic professional school courses .        Grading and
While it is understandable that a majority of those who plan to seek careers in the       Academic
                                                                                          Standards
science-oriented field of medicine and dentistry will want to choose such a major
field of study, any major is acceptable as long as the science prerequisites are
fulfilled .
                                                                                          School of
Applicants are strongly urged to confer with their pre-professional advisor               Arts &
                                                                                          Sciences
concerning (1) selection of a college major and specific courses, and (2) the early
preparation for alternate careers in the event that one either decides not to apply to
professional schools or is not admitted .
All premedical and pre-dental students are advised to plan their undergraduate
                                                                                          Gore School
programs with sufficient flexibility to allow career options if desired and/or            of Business
necessary .
Although a few students are admitted to medical school after three years of pre-
professional training, over 95 percent of the students admitted have a bachelor’s
degree . Pre-professional training for dentistry is basically a three-year program,
                                                                                          School of
although 60 to 70 percent of the students being admitted to dental schools have           Education
a bachelor’s degree . It is advisable, therefore, to complete the requirements for
admission to professional schools in conjunction with fulfilling requirements for a
bachelor’s degree . Students must know the specific requirements for admission to
each of the professional schools to which they plan to apply . These requirements are     School of
listed in publications available from the following sources:                              Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
Admission Requirements of the U .S . and Canadian Dental Schools, published by            Sciences

the American Association of Dental Schools, 1625 Massachusetts Avenue, N .W .,
Washington, D .C . 20036–2212 .

                                   Pre-Dental and Pre-Medical Programs              183   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Medical School Admission Requirements, published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, Dept . 66, Washington, D .C . 20055 .
Students ordinarily take the national admissions examinations, the DAT (Dental
Admission Test), or the MCAT (Medical College Admission Test) at the end of the
junior year or the beginning of the senior year . During the senior year, professional
school admission committees review the student applications . Decisions are usually
announced during the spring semester of the senior year .
Both the Dental and Medical Associations provide a centralized application service,
AADSAS or AMCAS, where one application can be submitted to several schools .
The Westminster PreMedical Society and the Career Resource Center provide
additional support and information for pre-health students .
Because of the strong sequential nature of some programs, appropriate course
selections should be made in the first year of study at the college if a sound program
is to be achieved . Consultation and advisement in pre-medicine and pre-dentistry
studies is offered through Westminster’s Biology Program . Early consultation (first
semester of freshman year) is strongly recommended . Freshman students should
begin coursework with BIOL 105–106, MATH 141, and CHEM 111–112 .




184         Pre-Dental and Pre-Medical Programs
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

Psychology	Program	(PSYC)
Faculty: Lesa Ellis, Angela Hicks, Cathleen Power, Paul Presson, Colleen Sandor,         Programs of
                                                                                         Instruction
Jennifer Simonds, Barbara Smith, Janine Wanlass


Program Goals                                                                            Admission to
                                                                                         the College

     •    To become critical thinkers who are logical consumers of information .
     •    To effectively communicate information in writing .                            Financial Aid

     •    To become effective researchers, and to learn how to effectively
          communicate one’s results .
                                                                                         Expenses
     •    To demonstrate an understanding of the field of psychology .


Objectives                                                                               Degree
                                                                                         Reqments.
Psychology is the scientific study of mind and behavior . Psychology offers an
academic major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree, as well as an academic
minor . The psychology curriculum provides students with an academic and                 Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
experiential background for graduate study in psychology and/or employment in            Procedures
social service or research settings and gives the student a breadth of background
while also allowing some specialization . A major or minor in psychology is for          Grading and
students who have a general interest in understanding behavior and its determinants .    Academic
                                                                                         Standards


Program Requirements
                                                                                         School of
Students must maintain at least a cumulative 2 .5 GPA in courses required for the        Arts &
psychology major and minor . To fulfill the requirements for a major in psychology,      Sciences
students must complete a minimum of 45 credit hours of coursework in psychology
and related fields (sociology, anthropology, justice studies, and political science
courses) . In addition, each student must select an area of concentration from
among the following: clinical/counseling, developmental, social/personality, and
                                                                                         Gore School
neurosciences/experimental .                                                             of Business

Students are encouraged to take an internship course in psychology (PSYC 440)
and may apply a maximum of 5 credit hours of internship coursework to the major .
For students considering graduate school, History and Systems of Psychology and
Experimental or Physiological Psychology are highly recommended . Students
                                                                                         School of
choosing a double major or minor within the Social Science Program may not apply         Education
electives to more than one major or minor . Only classes listed as “required classes”
for both majors/minors may be applied to both .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.
                                                                                         School of
                                                                                         Nursing
                                                                                         and Health
                                                                                         Sciences




                                                    Psychology Program             185   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Academic Major
                                                                                    Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Psychology major .
PSYC       105        Introduction to Psychology, LE                            4
MATH       150        Elementary Statistics, LE                                 4

                                                                                    Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
        Psychology majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
        foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Psychology	Courses                                             4
        PSYC      105 Introduction to Psychology, LE                        4
III.    Upper	Division	Psychology	Courses                                             8
        PSYC      390 Research Methods                                     4
        PSYC      470 Senior Project I, II                               2–2
IV.     Concentration	Area                                                            12
        Students must choose an area of concentration and complete 12 hours
        of coursework in that area . See listing below for areas of
        concentration .
V.      Electives                                                                     8
        Four credit hours from a different concentration area               4
        Four credit hours from a different concentration area               4
VI.     Required	Courses	from	Other	Programs                                          13
        MATH 150 Elementary Statistics, LE                                  4
        Nine hours selected from ANTH, JUST, PLSC, PSYC, or SOC             9

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                    53




186         Psychology Program
                                                                                 About
                                                                                 Westminster
Areas	of	Concentration
                                                                                 Programs of
Clinical/Counseling                                                              Instruction
PSYC 307      Child Abuse and Neglect                                  2
PSYC 308      Childhood Psychopathology                                4
PSYC 310      Tests and Measurements                                   4         Admission to
                                                                                 the College
PSYC 352      Personality Theories                                     4
PSYC 362      Abnormal Psychology                                      4
PSYC 363      Exploring Addictions                                     3
                                                                                 Financial Aid
PSYC 405      Methods of Counseling                                    4
PSYC 300      Special Topics (a maximum of 4 hours may be
              taken with departmental consent .)
                                                                                 Expenses
Developmental
PSYC 300Q     Adult Development                                        4
PSYC 301      Child Development                                        4         Degree
PSYC 303      Life Span Development                                    3         Reqments.

PSYC 305      Adolescent Development                                   4
PSYC 308      Childhood Psychopathology                                4         Academic
PSYC 310      Tests and Measurements                                   4         Policies &
                                                                                 Procedures
PSYC 335      Psychology of Women                                      4
PSYC 300      Special Topics (a maximum of 4 hours may be taken
                                                                                 Grading and
              with departmental consent .)                                       Academic
                                                                                 Standards
Social/Personality
PSYC 316      Social Psychology                                        4
PSYC 320      Community Psychology                                     4         School of
PSYC 335      Psychology of Women                                      4         Arts &
                                                                                 Sciences
PSYC 352      Personality Theories                                     4
PSYC 433      Organizational Psychology                                4
PSYC 300      Special Topics (a maximum of 4 hours may be taken
              with departmental consent .)
                                                                                 Gore School
Brain and Behavior                                                               of Business

PSYC 205      Introduction to Brain and Behavior                       4
PSYC 406      Physiological Psychology                                 3
PSYC 407      Physiological Psychology Lab                             1
PSYC 408      Cognitive Neuroscience                                   4
                                                                                 School of
PSYC 409      Advanced Topics in Neuroscience                          2         Education
PSYC 300      Special Topics (a maximum of 4 hours may be taken with
              departmental consent .)

                                                                                 School of
                                                                                 Nursing
                                                                                 and Health
                                                                                 Sciences




                                             Psychology Program            187   Course
                                                                                 Descriptions
Please note that some courses appear under more than one area of concentration;
however, a course may not be applied to more than one area, and the student must
decide in advance which area will receive the credit . For example, if a student elects
Test and Measurements, he or she may decide to apply it to the clinical/counseling
concentration or the developmental concentration, but not both .
Also note that some courses are indicated “as applicable .” Here the concentration
area(s) will be determined by course content . For example, a Special Topics course
on behavioral pharmacology would apply to the neurosciences/experimental
concentration, while one on the effects of early experience in children would apply
to the developmental concentration . As above, a course may apply to more than
one area such as “biological theories of mental illness” or “psychopathology of
childhood,” and the student will have to make a choice .


Recommended Plan of Study for Psychology
                        Fall	Semester                       Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year          PSYC 105                            MATH 150
                        Class from another program          Class from another program
                        Languages I                         Languages II
 Sophomore	Year         Class from another program          PSYC Concentration Course
                                                            Class from another program
 Junior	Year            PSYC Concentration Course           PSYC Concentration Course
                        PSYC 390
 Senior	Year            PSYC Elective                       PSYC Elective
                        PSYC 470                            PSYC 470


Academic Minor
To fulfill the requirements for a minor in psychology, students must complete
a minimum of 20 credit hours in psychology and related fields (sociology,
anthropology, and political science courses) .

                                                                               Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                               Hours
 I.      Required	Courses                                                        12
         MATH      150 Elementary Statistics, LE                         4
         PSYC      105 Introduction to Psychology, LE                    4
         PSYC      390 Research Methods                                  4
 II.     Electives                                                               8
         Additional hours in the minor (six must be upper division)      8

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                              20




188          Psychology Program
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

Social	Science	Program	(SSCI)
Faculty: Kristjane Nordmeyer, Mark Rubinfeld, Gretchen Siegler, Chuck Tripp,             Programs of
                                                                                         Instruction
Michael Zarkin


Program Goals                                                                            Admission to
                                                                                         the College

     •    To improve one’s critical and interdisciplinary thinking in the social
          sciences .
                                                                                         Financial Aid
     •    To become effective researchers and to learn how to communicate one’s
          results .
     •    To become logical synthesizers of information through improved reading,        Expenses
          writing, and presentation skills .
     •    To become effective problem solvers through collaboration and teamwork .
                                                                                         Degree
                                                                                         Reqments.

Objectives
Social Science offers an academic major and a composite teaching major leading           Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
to a Bachelor of Science degree, as well as an academic minor . The curriculum           Procedures
objective of this program is to provide students with a strong interdisciplinary
background supplying the conceptual tools needed to analyze, evaluate, criticize,        Grading and
and comprehend behavioral, social, and cultural patterns . The Social Science majors     Academic
                                                                                         Standards
and minor share coursework from anthropology, economics, geography, political
science, psychology, sociology, and justice studies .

                                                                                         School of
Requirements                                                                             Arts &
                                                                                         Sciences
Students must maintain a cumulative 2 .5 GPA in courses required for the social
science academic major and minor and the composite teaching major . Students
choosing a double major or minor within Social Science may not apply electives
to more than one major or minor . Only classes listed as “required classes” for both
                                                                                         Gore School
majors/minors may be applied to both .                                                   of Business

Students taking the social science academic major have a choice between two tracks:

     •    Track 1: Intend to go on to graduate school immediately after graduation
     •    Track 2: Intend to go into the workforce immediately after graduation          School of
                                                                                         Education


For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.

                                                                                         School of
                                                                                         Nursing
                                                                                         and Health
                                                                                         Sciences




                                                 Social Science Program            189   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Academic Major Liberal Education Courses
                                                                                     Credit	
Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                     Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Social Science
major .
ANTH      160        Introduction to Anthropology, LE                        4
or
ANTH      252        Cultural Anthropology, LE                               4
ECON      105        Introduction to Economics as a Social Science, LE           4
JUST      101        Introduction to Justice Studies, LE                         4
(JUST 101 only required for Track 2)
MATH    150         Elementary Statistics, LE                                    4
(MATH 150 only required for Track 1)
PLSC       101        Introduction to Political Science, LE                      4
or
PLSC       121        American National Government, LE                           4
PSYC       105        Introduction to Psychology, LE                             4
SOC        105        Introduction to Sociology, LE                              4


Academic Major Track 1
                                                                                     Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    8
        Social Science majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
        foreign language .
II.     Lower	Division	Social	Science	&	Related	Courses                                24
        ANTH      160 Introduction to Anthropology, LE (4)
        or
        ANTH      252 Cultural Anthropology, LE (4)                          4
        ECON      105 Intro to Economics as a Social Science, LE             4
        MATH      150 Elementary Statistics, LE                              4
        PLSC      101 Introduction to Political Science, LE (4)
        or
        PLSC      121 American National Government, LE (4)                   4
        PSYC      105 Introduction to Psychology, LE                         4
        SOC       105 Introduction to Sociology, LE                          4




190         Social Science Program
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

III.   Upper	Division	Social	Science	Courses                                  24
       Take one of the following courses (should be taken in the                         Programs of
       junior year):                                                   4                 Instruction

       JUST      301   Criminology Theories (4)
       PLSC      367   Contemporary Political Philosophy (4)
                                                                                         Admission to
       PSYC      352   Personality Theories (4)                                          the College
       SOC       313   Social Theory (4)

       SOC       390 Social Research Methods                           4
       (must be taken in first semester of senior year)                                  Financial Aid

       SSCI      470 Senior Thesis Seminar                             4
       (must be taken in second semester of senior year)
                                                                                         Expenses
       Additional Social Science coursework                            12
         (Of the 12 credits, students must take a minimum of 4 credits
         each in three of the following five fields: ANTH, JUST, PLSC,
         PSYC or SOC . Coursework must be numbered 300 or above .)                       Degree
                                                                                         Reqments.

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                            56
                                                                                         Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
                                                                                         Procedures

Recommended Plan of Study for Track 1 Social
                                                                                         Grading and
Sciences                                                                                 Academic
                                                                                         Standards
                             Fall	Semester                  Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year                                    ANTH 160 or 252
                                                    ECON 105                             School of
                                                                                         Arts &
                                                 PLSC 121 or 101                         Sciences
Sophomore	Year                                      PSYC 105
                                                     SOC 105
                                             Language I and Language II
Junior	Year                  MATH 150                       JUST 301 or PLSC 367 or      Gore School
                                                            PSYC 352 or SOC 313          of Business

Senior	Year                  SOC 390                        SSCI 470



                                                                                         School of
                                                                                         Education




                                                                                         School of
                                                                                         Nursing
                                                                                         and Health
                                                                                         Sciences




                                                     Social Science Program        191   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Academic Major Track 2
                                                                                Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                Hours
I.     Foreign	Language	Requirement                                               8
       Social Science majors must complete eight credit hours in a single
       foreign language .
II.    Lower	Division	Social	Science	&	Related	Courses                           24
       ANTH      160 Introduction to Anthropology, LE (4)
       or
       ANTH      252 Cultural Anthropology, LE (4)                          4
       ECON      105 Intro to Economics as a Social Science, LE             4
       JUST      101 Introduction to Justice Studies, LE                    4
       PLSC      101 Introduction to Political Science, LE (4)
       or
       PLSC      121 American National Government, LE (4)                   4
       PSYC      105 Introduction to Psychology, LE                         4
       SOC       105 Introduction to Sociology, LE                          4
III.   Upper	Division	Social	Science	Courses                                     24
       SSCI       301 Portfolio Workshop                                    1
       (must begin attending workshop in first semester of junior year, but
       register for course in last semester of senior year)
       SSCI      441 Practicum                                              3
       (must be taken in first semester of senior year)
       Additional Social Science coursework                              20
         Take a minimum of 4 credits in each of the following five fields:
         ANTH, JUST, PLSC, PSYC or SOC . Coursework must be num-
         bered 300 or above .

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                               56


Recommended Plan of Study for Track 2 Social
Sciences
                             Fall	Semester                   Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year                                    ANTH 160 or 252
                                                    ECON 105
                                                 PLSC 101 or 121
Sophomore	Year                                      PSYC 105
                                                     SOC 105
                                             Language I and Language II
Junior	Year                  Begin Portfolio                 JUST 101
                             Workshop Attendance
Senior	Year                                                  SSCI 301
                                                             SSCI 441

192        Social Science Program
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

Academic Minor
                                                                                Credit	     Programs of
Requirement	Description                                                                     Instruction
                                                                                Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                           16
      Choose one course from at least four of the following five disciplines:               Admission to
                                                                                            the College
      ANTH      160 Introduction to Anthropology, LE (4)
      or
      ANTH      252 Cultural Anthropology, LE (4)                                           Financial Aid
      JUST      101 Introduction to Justice Studies (4)
      PLSC      101 Introduction to Political Science, LE (4)
      or                                                                                    Expenses
      PLSC      121 American National Government, LE (4)
      PSYC      105 Introduction to Psychology, LE (4)
      SOC       105 Introduction to Sociology, LE (4)                                       Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.
II.   Electives                                                                   8
      Additional Social Science coursework (must be numbered
      300 or above)                                                       8                 Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
                                                                                            Procedures
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                               24
                                                                                            Grading and
                                                                                            Academic
                                                                                            Standards




                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Arts &
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                                                            Gore School
                                                                                            of Business




                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Education




                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                   Social Science Program             193   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Composite Teaching Major
The social science composite teaching major is an interdisciplinary major
consisting of coursework from political science, psychology, economics, sociology,
anthropology, and geography .

                                                                                      Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                      Hours
 Five of the six following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Social
 Science Teaching major .
 ANTH       160        Introduction to Anthropology, LE                           4
 ECON       105        Introduction to Economics as a Social Science, LE          4
 PLSC       121        American National Government, LE                           4
 PSYC       105        Introduction to Psychology, LE                             4
 SOC        105        Introduction to Sociology, LE                              4


                                                                                      Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                      Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    8
         Social Science Teaching majors must complete eight credit hours in a
         single foreign language .
 II.     Lower	Division	Social	Science	Courses                                          20
         Choose five of these six courses:
         ANTH       160   Introduction to Anthropology, LE (4)
         ECON       105   Introduction to Economics as a Social Science, LE (4)
         JUST       101   Introduction to Justice Studies, LE (4)
         PLSC       121   American National Government, LE (4)
         PSYC       105   Introduction to Psychology, LE (4)
         SOC        105   Introduction to Sociology, LE (4)
 III.    Upper	Division	Teaching	Methods	Course                                          3
         EDUC       386 Methods of Teaching Secondary School
                        History and Social Science                            3
 IV.     Electives                                                                      16
         Social Science coursework (from at least four of the five disciplines:
         ANTH, JUST, PSYC, PLSC, SOC . Coursework must be numbered
         300 or above .
 V.      Teaching	Minor	in	History                                                    21–22
         In addition to the Composite Teaching Major, a teaching minor in
         History is required . Specific course selection should be made in
         consultation with the education faculty .
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	COMPOSITE	TEACHING	
                                                                                      68–69
 MAJOR




194           Social Science Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Sociology	Program	(SOC)	
                                                                                          Programs of
Faculty: Kristjane Nordmeyer, Mark Rubinfeld, Gretchen Siegler                            Instruction



Program Goals                                                                             Admission to
                                                                                          the College
     •    To enhance critical, analytical, and integrative thinking skills
     •    To improve writing and other communication skills
                                                                                          Financial Aid
     •    To be able to understand, evaluate, and conduct different types of social
          research
     •    To develop global consciousness, social responsibility, and ethical             Expenses
          awareness
     •    To gain an understanding of the discipline’s concepts, foundations, and
          perspectives                                                                    Degree
                                                                                          Reqments.


Objectives                                                                                Academic
Sociology offers an academic major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree, as well       Policies &
                                                                                          Procedures
as an academic minor . The primary focus of sociology is on the structure of human
society . Students study the social causes and consequences of human behavior and
                                                                                          Grading and
learn to apply sociological principles and concepts to their own lives . Sociology        Academic
explains those events that lead to the strengths or weaknesses of groups and provides     Standards
an understanding of the circumstances that lead to social change . As a science,
sociology strives to train students to evaluate and analyze social phenomena as they
occur in society . Students are encouraged to use their learning and experience in        School of
applied settings such as internships, seminars, and directed studies . Students must      Arts &
                                                                                          Sciences
consult with the appropriate faculty in designing programs to meet specific needs
and interests .


Program Requirements                                                                      Gore School
                                                                                          of Business
Students must maintain a cumulative 2 .5 GPA or better in courses required for the
sociology major and minor . Students choosing a double major or minor within the
Social Science Program may not apply electives to more than one major or minor .
Only classes listed as “required classes” for both majors/minors may be applied to
both . Students may apply courses from related fields (anthropology, justice studies,
                                                                                          School of
political science, psychology) with the consent of the instructor . Students have the     Education
opportunity to take an internship and may apply a maximum of 4 credit hours of
internship coursework to the major . Majors must have completed SOC 390 before
they can take SOC 470 . The prerequisite for SOC 390 is MATH 150 .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.                         School of
                                                                                          Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                                       Sociology Program            195   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Academic Major
                                                                                     Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                     Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Sociology major .
 SOC        105        Introduction to Sociology, LE                             4
 MATH       150        Elementary Statistics, LE                                 4

                                                                                     Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
         Sociology majors must complete eight credit hours in a single foreign
         language .
 II.     Lower	Division	Courses                                                        4
         SOC        105 Introduction to Sociology, LE                        4
 III.    Upper	Division	Sociology	&	Related	Courses                                    30
         SOC       305 Contemporary Issues                                   4
         SOC       313 Social Theory                                         4
         SOC       390 Social Research Methods                               4
         SOC       470 Senior Thesis                                         4
         Fourteen hours of Sociology or related coursework numbered
         300 or above (see above)                                           14
 IV.     Electives                                                                     10
         Ten hours of Sociology or related coursework (see above)           10

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                                    52


Recommended Plan of Study for Sociology
                               Fall	Semester                   Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year                 SOC 105*                        SOC Elective*
 Sophomore	Year                SOC Elective                    SOC Elective
 Junior	Year                   SOC 305                         SOC 313
                               SOC Elective                    SOC Elective
                               MATH 150*
 Senior	Year                   SOC 390                         SOC 470
                               SOC Elective
* SOC 105 may be taken in either Fall or Spring semester freshman year . MATH
150, which is a prerequisite for SOC 390, may be taken at any time prior to taking
SOC 390 . Sociology electives can be distributed in any way that best meet students’
needs as long as students know they have to complete 14 hours (300 or above) and
10 hours (any level) prior to graduation . It is not recommended that students take
300 or above electives their freshman year .

196          Sociology Program
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

Academic Minor in Sociology
                                                                                       Programs of
                                                                           Credit	
Requirement	Description                                                                Instruction
                                                                           Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                       8
      SOC       105 Introduction to Sociology, LE                   4                  Admission to
                                                                                       the College
      SOC       313 Social Theory                                   4
II.   Electives                                                             12
      Eight hours of Sociology or related coursework (see above)                       Financial Aid
      numbered 300 or above                                         8
      Four hours of Sociology or related 200-, 300-, or 400-level
      coursework (see above)                                        4
                                                                                       Expenses
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                          20

                                                                                       Degree
                                                                                       Reqments.



                                                                                       Academic
                                                                                       Policies &
                                                                                       Procedures


                                                                                       Grading and
                                                                                       Academic
                                                                                       Standards




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Arts &
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                                                       Gore School
                                                                                       of Business




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Education




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                       Sociology Program         197   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Spanish	Program	(SPAN)
Faculty: Deyanira Ariza-Velasco (Chair), Alan Davison, Joy Woolf

Program Goals
      •    To achieve proficiency in the “5 C’s” of language learning:
           communication, culture, connections, comparisons, and communities .
      •    1st Year: Students will master the basic structures of grammar in the target
           language, demonstrate a “survival” level of written and oral proficiency,
           and gain a foundation in cultural traditions .
      •    2nd Year: Students will achieve standard proficiency in conversation,
           composition, and the reading of short fiction . They will continue to
           deepen their knowledge of Spanish culture and history .
      •    3rd Year: Students will understand and be understood by native speakers and be
           knowledgeable about the major aspects of Hispanic literature and cultural history .

Objectives
The Spanish Program offers a minor (academic or teaching) in Spanish and an
interdisciplinary major (academic or teaching) in Spanish-Latin American Studies .
Our courses cultivate and deepen a student’s intellectual sensibilities for the
communication potential of a foreign language and its cultural value .
The Language Faculty can advise entering students with prior foreign language
study on proper course placement . Student placement at a 2nd or 3rd year level does
not reduce the total number of hours required for a Spanish minor .
Generally, but subject to advisor and/or instructor recommendation, students who
have studied Spanish for two years at the high school level are excluded from
registering for the first semester Spanish 110 course (Spanish I) .

Program Requirements
A maximum of 12 external hours (transfer, CLEP, Prior Learning . Challenge Exam,
or other external language exams) may be applied toward the minor (see below
under “Additional Requirements and Procedures”) .
Students are advised that, due to the size and staffing of the Language Department,
some Spanish courses have only one section in a given semester . Night students
wishing to major or minor in Spanish should anticipate that some classes are not
offered in the evenings and must be taken during the day . For further information
and advising see the chair of the Language Department or Spanish faculty adviser .

Academic Major in Spanish–Latin American Studies
                                                                                    Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Spanish major .
 HIST       112, 113, 212, or 220 (3–4)

198          Spanish Program
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

                                                                               Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                               Hours
                                                                                            Programs of
I.     Lower	Division	Courses                                                   7–8         Instruction

       SPAN     221 Spanish IV                                             4
       One of the following couses:                                  3–4                    Admission to
       HIST      112 Western Civilization: Ancient World through the                        the College
                       Renaissance (3)
       HIST      113 Western Civilization: Reformation to the Cold War (3)
       HIST      212 World History to 1500 (4)
                                                                                            Financial Aid
       HIST      220 United States History (3)
II.    Upper	Division	Required	Courses                                          34
       SPAN     301 The Spanish Speaking World (4)
       or                                                                                   Expenses

       SPAN     300 Special Topics in Spanish (2, 2)                       4

       SPAN     300   Semester Study Abroad*                           12                   Degree
       SPAN     320   Survey of Peninsular Spanish Culture & Literature 4                   Reqments.
       SPAN     321   Topics in Spanish Literature                      4
       SPAN     330   Survey of Latin American Culture & Literature     4
       SPAN     331   Topics in Latin American Literature               4                   Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
       SPAN     470   Senior Thesis                                     2                   Procedures

       *Semester Study Abroad: 8 credits must be literature and advanced
       grammar or composition classes .                                                     Grading and
                                                                                            Academic
III.   Anthropology/History/Social	Science/Religion		                           6–8         Standards

       Elective	Courses
       ANTH     252 Cultural Anthropology, LE (4)
       HIST     300 Special Topics in History (when relevant,                               School of
                                                                                            Arts &
                    subject to approval) (3–4)                                              Sciences
       HIST     340 Latin American Hist: Discovery of the Americas (3)
       HIST     341 Latin American Hist: Revolution in the Americas (3)
       HIST     343 History of Mexico: The Quest for Stability (3)
       REL      312 The Bible: Jewish & Christian Scriptural Traditions (4)
       SOC      372 Race, Ethnicity, and Class (4)                                          Gore School
IV.    Other	Elective	Courses                                                    4          of Business

       ENGL     356AStudies in American Lit: U .S . Minority Lit (1–4)
       ENGL     361F World Lit in Translation: Magical Realism (1–4)
       ECON     319 International Economics (4)
       FINC     435 International Finance (4)
       MGMT     490 International Management (4)                                            School of
                                                                                            Education
       MKTG     340 International Marketing (4)
       PLSC     306 Comparative Political Systems (4)
       PLSC     414 International Relations (4)

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MAJOR                                             51–54        School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                         Spanish Program              199   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Teaching Major in Spanish–Latin American Studies
                                                                                 Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                 Hours
I.     Lower	Division	Courses                                                     7–8
       SPAN      221 Spanish IV                                            4
       One of the following courses:                                 3–4
       HIST      112 Western Civ: Ancient World through the Renaiss . (3)
       HIST      113 Western Civilization: Reformation to the Cold War (3)
       HIST      212 World History to 1500 (4)
       HIST      220 United States History (3)
II.    Upper	Division	Required	Courses                                            37
       SPAN      301 The Spanish Speaking World (4)                        4
       or
       SPAN      300 Special Topics in Spanish (2, 2)
       SPAN      300 Semester Study Abroad*
                     (in conjunction with student teaching)           12
       SPAN      320 Survey of Peninsular Spanish Culture & Literature 4
       SPAN      321 Topics in Spanish Literature                      4
       SPAN      330 Survey of Latin American Culture & Literature     4
       SPAN      331 Topics in Latin American Literature               4
       SPAN      470 Senior Thesis                                     2
       EDUC      389 Methods of Teaching Sec Sch Foreign Languages 3

       *When possible, Spanish teaching majors are eligible and encouraged
       to combine their Study Abroad requirement with a student teaching
       abroad experience (to be coordinated with the School of Education) .
       In such cases the student teaching abroad experience will supplant the
       semester abroad requirement (12 hours) .
III.   Anthropology/History/Social	Science/Religion		                             6–8
       Elective	Courses
       ANTH      252   Cultural Anthropology, LE (4)
       HIST      300   Special Topics in History (subject to approval) (3–4)
       HIST      340   Latin American Hist: Discovery of the Americas (3)
       HIST      341   Latin American Hist: Revolution in the Americas (3)
       HIST      343   History of Mexico: The Quest for Stability (3)
       REL       312   The Bible: Jewish & Christian Scriptural Traditions (4)
       SOC       372   Race, Ethnicity, and Class (4)
IV.    Other	Elective	Courses                                                      4
       ECON      319 International Economics (4)
       ENGL      356AStudies in American Lit: U .S . Minority Lit (1–4)
       ENGL      361F World Lit in Translation: Magical Realism (1–4)
       FINC      435 International Finance (4)
       MGMT      490 International Management (4)
       MKTG      340 International Marketing (4)
       PLSC      306 Comparative Political Systems (4)
       PLSC      414 International Relations (4)

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MAJOR                                               54–57


200        Spanish Program
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Spanish
                                                                                         Programs of
                       Fall	Semester                  Spring	Semester                    Instruction

 Freshman	Year       SPAN 110                         SPAN 111
                     ENGL 110                         HIST 112, 113, 212 or 220
                                                                                         Admission to
 Sophomore	Year SPAN 220 or SPAN 221                  SPAN 221 or 301*                   the College

 Junior	Year         SPAN 320                     SPAN 330
                     HIST 340 or other elective   SPAN 321
                                                                                         Financial Aid
                     EDUC 389 for Teaching Majors HIST 341 or other elective
 Senior	Year         SPAN 300 Semester                SPAN 470
                     Abroad**                         SPAN 321 or SPAN 331
                                                      ENGL 356 or other elective         Expenses

 or                  SPAN 470                         SPAN 300 Semester
 Senior	Year         SPAN 330                         Abroad**
                                                                                         Degree
                     ENGL 356 or other elective                                          Reqments.
*Two May Term (SPAN 300) classes worth a total of 4 hours may substitute for
Spanish 301 .                                                                            Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
**Summer Semester Study Abroad possible—consult with study abroad director and           Procedures
Spanish faculty .
                                                                                         Grading and
Academic Minor                                                                           Academic
                                                                                         Standards
To fulfill the requirements for an academic minor in Spanish, students must
complete a minimum of 20 credit hours in Spanish coursework . (SPAN 110 is not
counted toward the minor .)                                                              School of
                                                                                         Arts &
                                                                                         Sciences
                                                                            Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                            Hours
 I.     Required	Courses                                                      12
        SPAN      111 Spanish II                                     4
        SPAN      220 Spanish III                                    4                   Gore School
        SPAN      221 Spanish IV                                     4                   of Business

 II.    Electives                                                              8
        Additional 300- or 400-level courses                         8

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                           20         School of
                                                                                         Education

*Students wishing to minor in Spanish are advised that, due to the size and staffing
of the Language Department, many language courses have only one section in a
given semester . Night students wishing to minor in Spanish are asked to note that
some of the language classes are not offered in the evenings and must be taken           School of
                                                                                         Nursing
as day classes . For further information and advising please see the chair of the        and Health
Language Department or Spanish faculty .                                                 Sciences




                                                        Spanish Program            201   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Teaching Minor
                                                                                Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                Hours
 I.      Required	Courses                                                         15
         EDUC      389 Methods of Teaching Secondary School
                       Foreign Languages                                 3
         SPAN      111 Spanish II                                        4
         SPAN      220 Spanish III                                       4
         SPAN      221 Spanish IV                                        4
 II.     Electives                                                                 7
         Additional 300- or 400-level courses                            7

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                               22


Additional Academic Requirements and
Procedures for the Spanish Programs
Students with prior study or knowledge of Spanish must take a Spanish placement
exam before registering for a Spanish class . The Spanish placement exam will help
determine whether students should register for Spanish 110, 111, 220, or higher .
Only students who have never studied Spanish before may register for Spanish 110 .
This class does not count toward a Spanish major or minor, but it does count toward
graduation hours or the foreign language requirement of other majors .
Native Fluency—Students demonstrating native fluency in a language other than
English may request and receive, upon interview and documentation, a waiver for
the foreign language requirement in their major (see individual major advisor for
verification and procedure) . No transcript credit is awarded for this major waiver . Also,
the total number of required hours for Westminster graduation must be fulfilled .
Transfer Credit—A maximum of 12 credit hours of transfer credit or credit by
examination may be applied toward a Spanish major or minor . Transfer hours
exceeding this limit may be applied toward total hours for graduation, if needed
(consult your major audit form for verification) . For Spanish majors, the 12 hour
maximum does not affect or overlap with their Semester Study Abroad requirement
(12 hours) .

Examinations
Credit by exam is not counted as in-residence credit .
CLEP Exam: the CLEP exam is a national standardized test of listening/reading
comprehension in Spanish . (See START Center for details .) Westminster students
successfully passing this exam receive up to a maximum of 12 semester credit hours
equivalent to SPAN 110, 111, and 220 .
Note: Only partial CLEP credit may be applied toward a language major or minor if
      the student is applying transfer or other credit toward the same major or minor .
202          Spanish Program
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster
External Foreign Language Exam—up to 12 credit hours may be obtained by
successfully passing an accredited foreign language exam administered by another
institution, (e .g ., University of Utah, Brigham Young University; contact the indi-      Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction
vidual institution directly for foreign language exam information) . It is the student’s
responsibility to pre-approve transfer credit with the Registrar’s Office . External
tests generally cover the equivalent of the first year and one-half of the second year     Admission to
of a language .                                                                            the College

Challenge Examination—students who have an advanced academic ability in
a subject matter may “challenge” a course for credit . (See Catalog listing and/or
                                                                                           Financial Aid
Language faculty for details .
Advanced Placement (AP) Credit—Students who received a score of 3 or higher
on the Spanish AP exam earn 8 credit hours, distributed as 4 credit hours for SPAN         Expenses
110 (applicable to foreign language requirements of the student’s major but not to
a Spanish major or minor), and 4 hours of 100T credit (applicable to the total hours
needed to graduate but not to a Spanish major or minor) .
                                                                                           Degree
                                                                                           Reqments.
Students with AP credit are encouraged to continue their Spanish studies at
Westminster and should register for Spanish 111 or higher . Please direct placement
questions to the START Center or Spanish faculty member .                                  Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures

Further questions regarding Spanish exams and placement should be directed to
                                                                                           Grading and
START Center or Spanish faculty member .                                                   Academic
                                                                                           Standards




                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                                                           Gore School
                                                                                           of Business




                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Education




                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                          Spanish Program            203   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Theatre	Arts	Program	(THTR)
Faculty: Michael Vought, Chair (Theatre), Nina Vought (Theatre), Bryan Jacobs,
Technical Director


Program Goals
      •   To become familiar with various periods and genres throughout theatre history .
      •   To develop an appreciation for and a familiarity with the basic skills
          associated with the art of acting .
      •   To provide an opportunity for all minors to direct a production .
      •   To provide hands-on technical experience in lights, sound, costume,
          makeup, properties, and sets .
      •   To develop an artistic aesthetic .
      •   To utilize the hands-on nature of theatrical productions as a realm for students
          to practice multiple criteria problem-solving and to understand and develop
          the collaborative skills essential to excellence in theatrical production .
      •   To produce plays that expand on the cross-disciplinary quality of theatre in
          order to expose students to issues of diversity, ambiguity, uncertainty and
          nuance .


Objectives
The Speech and Theatre Arts Program offers an academic minor in Theatre Arts, a
teaching minor in Theatre Arts, and courses in speech and dance .
Speech courses concentrate on the theoretical and practical aspects of human
communication essential to personal and professional situations . The program is
designed to develop effectiveness and proficiency in using oral language in such
areas as public speaking, group discussion, organizational communication, and oral
interpretation .
The Dance Program offers two levels of modern dance, beginning and intermediate .
An equal emphasis is placed on technique, improvisation, and choreography . Final
projects of group and solo choreography are presented informally in the studio or on
stage .
The Theatre Arts Program provides students coursework and production workshops
in all areas of theatre in order to provide both a theoretical and practical foundation
for careers in secondary schools or community/professional theatre and for further
advanced studies . Through regularly scheduled productions, Westminster Players
offers students the opportunity to act or participate in production work on plays from
a variety of genres and periods .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.



204         Theatre Arts Program
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Theatre Minor
                                                                                         Programs of
                      Fall	Semester                        Spring	Semester               Instruction

Freshman	Year         THTR 180                             THTR 127
Sophomore	Year THTR 129                                    THTR 228                      Admission to
                                                                                         the College
Junior	Year           THTR 320                             THTR 381
                      THTR 358                             THTR 359
Senior	Year           THTR 327                             THTR 370                      Financial Aid



Academic Minor in Theatre Arts
                                                                                         Expenses
                                                                             Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                             Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                       20–21
                                                                                         Degree
      THTR      127 Stagecraft, LE                                       2               Reqments.

      THTR      129 Costumes and Makeup, LE (2)
      or                                                                                 Academic
      THTR      360 Design for the Theatre (3)                         2–3               Policies &
                                                                                         Procedures
      THTR      180    Acting I, LE                                      2
      THTR      228    Beginning Theatre Workshop,LE                     2
      THTR      320    Stage Management                                  3               Grading and
                                                                                         Academic
      THTR      358    History of Theatre and Dramatic Literature I      3               Standards
      THTR      359    History of Theatre and Dramatic Literature II     3
      THTR      370    Directing                                         3
II.   Electives                                                                4         School of
      At least two credit hours from the following list:                 2               Arts &
                                                                                         Sciences
      ENGL      232 Introduction to Shakespeare (4)
      SPCH      220 Oral Interpretation (2)
      THTR      200/300 Special Topics in Theatre Arts (1–4)
      THTR      312 Events Management (2)
      THTR      321 Creative Writing: Plays (3)                                          Gore School
      THTR      350 Creative Dramatics (2)                                               of Business
      THTR      360 Design for Theatre (3)
      THTR      381 Acting II (3)
      THTR      401 Directed Studies (1–4)
      At least two credit hours from the following list:                 2
                                                                                         School of
      THTR      327    Advanced Acting Workshop (1–4)                                    Education
      THTR      328    Advanced Workshop in Technical Theatre (1–4)
      THTR      440    Internship (1–8)
      THTR      490    Senior Theatre Project (3)

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ACADEMIC	MINOR                                           24–25       School of
                                                                                         Nursing
                                                                                         and Health
                                                                                         Sciences




                                                      Theatre Arts Program         205   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Teaching Minor in Theatre Arts
                                                                         Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                         Hours
I.    Required	Courses                                                   24–25
      EDUC      390 Methods of Teaching Secondary School Theatre     3
      SPCH      220 Oral Interpretation                              2
      THTR      127 Stagecraft, LE                                   2
      THTR      129 Costumes and Makeup, LE (2)
      or
      THTR      360 Design for the Theatre (3)                     2–3
      THTR      180   Acting I, LE                                   2
      THTR      228   Beginning Theatre Workshop, LE                 2
      THTR      350   Creative Dramatics                             2
      THTR      358   History of Theatre, I                          3
      THTR      359   History of Theatre, II                         3
      THTR      370   Directing                                      3
II.   Electives                                                            2
      Two additional credit hours of Theatre electives               2

TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	TEACHING	MINOR                                       26–27




206       Theatre Arts Program
                                                                                                                                               About
                                                                                                                                               Westminster


The Bill and Vieve Gore School of
Business Program Listing
                                                                                                                                               Programs of
                                                                                                                                               Instruction




Undergraduate	Programs                                                                                                                         Admission to
                                                                                                                                               the College
   Accounting Program (ACCT)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 210
   Arts Administration Program (ARTAD)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 91
                                                                                                                                               Financial Aid
   Aviation Studies (AVIA, AVFL)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 214
   Business Minor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 222
                                                                                                                                               Expenses
   Computer Information Systems (CIS)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 108
   Economics Program (ECON)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 223
                                                                                                                                               Degree
   Finance  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 230   Reqments.


   Financial Services  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 234
                                                                                                                                               Academic
                                                                                                                                               Policies &
   International Business, Bachelor of Arts (BUINT)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 238                                                          Procedures

   Management  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 241
                                                                                                                                               Grading and
   Marketing  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 245       Academic
                                                                                                                                               Standards

   Professional Bachelor of Business Administration (PBBA)  .  .  . 249
Graduate	Programs                                                                                                                              School of
                                                                                                                                               Arts &
See the Graduate Academic Catalog for detailed information on the                                                                              Sciences

following programs:
   Master of Accountancy
   Master of Business Administration                                                                                                           Gore School
                                                                                                                                               of Business

   Master of Business Administration in Technology Management
   Accelerated Master of Business Administration for Westminster
   Undergraduate Students
                                                                                                                                               School of
   Graduate Business Certificates                                                                                                              Education




                                                                                                                                               School of
                                                                                                                                               Nursing
                                                                                                                                               and Health
                                                                                                                                               Sciences




                                          The Bill and Vieve Gore School of Business                                                  207      Course
                                                                                                                                               Descriptions
Undergraduate Programs
Undergraduate programs in the Bill and Vieve Gore School of Business are distinct
in balancing solid theoretical preparation with practical application . Students are
given broad business preparation with contextual applications to prepare them for
general business decision making .
In all business majors, undergraduate students distinguish themselves by
demonstrating ability to:

      •   Understand the legal, ethical, organizational and historical aspects of business;
      •   Demonstrate accounting literacy and financial analysis;
      •   Understand group dynamics, systems thinking, and business strategy;
      •   Understand economic systems and the role of business within the domestic
          and international economies;
      •   Understand the role of marketing within the organization and society .
Students further distinguish themselves by mastering the following professional skill
areas in addition to functional areas:

      •   Computer literacy—applying software tools to business problems, and
          using databases and library resources to find and evaluate relevant
          information;
      •   Communication—clear and succinct oral, visual, and written;
      •   Ethical literacy—ability to identify, discern, and understand the social
          responsibility of business organizations;
      •   Quantitative literacy—ability to apply mathematical techniques to
          business decisions and to present results in tables, graphs, and words; to
          use and apply statistical techniques and to interpret empirical results;
      •   Interpersonal/team skills—ability to work with and through people to
          accomplish goals .
Students completing business programs use these skills throughout the programs and
across the curriculum to develop literacy and mastery of the skills . All students also
complete practical experiences, in either internships or practicum projects, to give
context and experience to learning achieved in the classroom .
In most business majors, students can elect to complete Bachelor of Science
(B .S .) or Bachelor of Arts (B .A .) programs . The B .S . programs are designed to
give students deeper specialization within the major area, while B .A . programs
are designed to give broader preparation in both the program area and in other
areas depending on the student’s background, preferences, and interests . Students
completing the B .A . option are required to complete either a declared academic
minor other than the Business minor, or twelve credit hours of foreign language .
Students should discuss B .S . and B .A . options with their academic advisor to
determine which better meets their career goals .

208         Undergraduate Business Programs
                                                                                        About
                                                                                        Westminster

Undergraduate Business Core
Students in all business majors (with the exception of flight operations and some       Programs of
                                                                                        Instruction
economics programs) complete a common undergraduate core designed to develop
skill in all functional areas of business .
There are two components to the common undergraduate core: the lower-division           Admission to
                                                                                        the College
requirements, and the upper-division requirements . Since many of the lower-division
core requirements are prerequisites for upper-division major requirements, students
should work to complete lower-division courses early in their programs . Upper-
division core requirements should be taken when prerequisites are met . Refer to        Financial Aid

course descriptions to determine prerequisites .
Students should try to complete as many core business requirements as possible in
                                                                                        Expenses
their LE course selections . Those courses that meet LE requirements are annotated
below:

                                                                           Credit	
 Business	Core	Requirements                                                Hours
                                                                                        Degree
                                                                                        Reqments.

 Lower	Division	Business	Courses                                            301
 ACCT       213       Accounting Principles                                  4          Academic
                                                                                        Policies &
 ECON       253       Elementary Macroeconomics (LE)1                        4          Procedures
 ECON       263       Elementary Microeconomics                              4
 IRM        200       Principles of Information Resource Management3         4          Grading and
 MATH       141       College Algebra (LE)2                                  4          Academic
                                                                                        Standards
 MATH       150       Elementary Statistics (LE)2                            4
 MGMT       230       Business Quantitative Methods3                         3
 PHIL       206       Introduction to Ethics (LE)1                           3
                                                                                        School of
 Upper	Division	Business	Courses                                             20         Arts &
                                                                                        Sciences
 FINC       300       Business Finance                                       4
 MGMT       305       Principles of Management                               4
 MGMT       325       Business and Employment Law                            4
 MGMT       475       Strategy in Global Management4                         4
 MKTG       300       Principles of Marketing                                4          Gore School
                                                                                        of Business

 TOTAL	REQUIRED	HOURS                                                        50

 Notes:
      1 .   Students taking these courses as part of LE can double                      School of
            count these courses .                                                       Education
      2 .   Only one of MATH 141 and MATH 150 will count toward
            LE, but both are required . Students may be required to take
            both, based on math placement exams .
      3 .   IRM 200 and MGMT 230 may be taken in the same                               School of
            semester as co-requisites .                                                 Nursing
                                                                                        and Health
      4 .   In certain majors, Senior Seminar may substitute for                        Sciences
            MGMT 475 .


                                       Undergraduate Business Programs            209   Course
                                                                                        Descriptions
Accounting	Program	(ACCT)
Department Chair: Gaylen Bunker
Faculty: Gaylen Bunker, Jennifer Harrison, Dara Hoffa, Alan Rogers, Don Saxon,
Jerry Van Os
The Accounting Program offers both a Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts
degree in Accounting . Students who wish to sit for the Uniform Certified Public
Accounting (CPA) examination will need to complete additional graduate hours in
business and accounting .


Program Goals
An undergraduate student completing a degree in Accounting is able to:

      •   Demonstrate competence and skills in financial accounting, accounting
          information systems, federal income taxes, managerial and cost
          accounting, auditing and related business areas for entry-level accountancy
          positions, graduate school and/or professional certification .
      •   Demonstrate the ability to utilize appropriate computer skills and
          applications necessary for success in professional accounting systems .
      •   Demonstrate appropriate business research skills by evaluating problems
          faced by professional accountants and demonstrate appropriate research
          methodology to relevant standards, rules, laws and principles required to
          make sound business judgments .
      •   Demonstrate the ability to integrate accounting and business applications
          in accounting systems .
      •   Demonstrate the ability to communicate effectively utilizing appropriate
          written, oral and electronic competencies related to the accounting
          profession .


Program Requirements
To fulfill the requirements for the major in Accounting, students must complete the
courses outlined below and maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in all coursework required
by the program .
Students who wish to qualify to sit for the CPA examination are required to
complete additional graduate work in business and accounting . Students who wish
to participate in the Accelerated MBA Program should plan to apply for admission
to the MBA program during their senior year . Students are encouraged to meet with
their program advisor for specific requirements . Information on the MBA program
admission requirements is found in the MBA section of this catalog .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.



210         Accounting Program
                                                                                                 About
                                                                                                 Westminster

Bachelor of Science in Accounting
                                                                                    Credit	      Programs of
 Requirement	Description                                                                         Instruction
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.                    Admission to
                                                                                                 the College
 II.    Major	Requirements                                                           24
        ACCT      350   Intermediate Accounting I                               4
        ACCT      360   Intermediate Accounting II                              4                Financial Aid
        ACCT      374   Managerial and Cost Accounting                          4
        ACCT      454   Auditing                                                4
        ACCT      467   Accounting Information Systems                          4
                                                                                                 Expenses
        ACCT      474 Individual Income Taxation (4)
        or
        ACCT      484 Corporate Income Taxation (4)                             4
                                                                                                 Degree
 III.   Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4         Reqments.
        ACCT      440* Internship (2–4)
        or
                                                                                                 Academic
        ACCT      441* Accounting Practicum (4)                                                  Policies &
        or                                                                                       Procedures
        ACCT      442* Professional Portfolio (2)                          2–4
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper                         Grading and
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the                    Academic
                                                                                                 Standards
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.S.	ACCOUNTING	PROGRAM                                            76–78
                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                 Arts &
Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours                Sciences

         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
Please refer to the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of this catalog for
information about restrictions when completing a major and a minor or two majors .               Gore School
                                                                                                 of Business




                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                 Education




                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                 Nursing
                                                                                                 and Health
                                                                                                 Sciences




                                                          Accounting Program               211   Course
                                                                                                 Descriptions
Bachelor of Arts in Accounting
                                                                                    Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.
 II.    Bachelor	of	Arts	Requirements                                                12
        Students completing the Bachelor of Arts option (B .A .) must
        complete either:
             a .   A declared academic minor other than the Business Minor;
             b .   Twelve credit hours of foreign language in one of the
                   following ways:
                   •     Eight credit hours of a foreign language, and either:
                         four credit hours of a Westminster May term/
                         summer international study tour, or four credits of
                         an international study tour transferred from an
                         accredited college or university .
                   •     Twelve credit hours of a single foreign language .
        See	Foreign	Language	Requirement	for	equivalencies,	AP	and	
        CLEP	credit	policy.
 III.   Major	Requirements                                                           20
        ACCT      350   Intermediate Accounting I                               4
        ACCT      360   Intermediate Accounting II                              4
        ACCT      374   Managerial and Cost Accounting                          4
        ACCT      454   Auditing                                                4
        ACCT      467   Accounting Information Systems                          4
 IV.    Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4
        ACCT      440* Internship (2–4)
        or
        ACCT      441* Accounting Practicum (4)
        or
        ACCT      442* Professional Portfolio (2)                          2–4
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.A.	ACCOUNTING	PROGRAM                                            84–86

Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
Please refer to the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of this catalog for
information about restrictions when completing a major and a minor or two majors .




212         Accounting Program
                                                                          About
                                                                          Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Accounting
(B.A. and B.S.):                                                          Programs of
                                                                          Instruction

                 Fall	Semester               Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year    ECON 253                    Language II (B .A .)         Admission to
                 Language I (B .A .)         MATH 150                     the College
                 MATH 141
Sophomore	Year   ACCT 213                    ACCT 374
                 ECON 263                    IRM 200                      Financial Aid
                 Language III (B .A .)       MGMT 230
                 MGMT 305                    PHIL 206
Junior	Year      ACCT 350                    ACCT 360                     Expenses
                 FINC 300                    MGMT 475
                 MGMT 325                    MKTG 300
Senior	Year      ACCT 454                    ACCT 467                     Degree
                                                                          Reqments.
                 ACCT 474                    ACCT 484
                                             ACCT 440/441/442
                                                                          Academic
                                                                          Policies &
                                                                          Procedures


                                                                          Grading and
                                                                          Academic
                                                                          Standards




                                                                          School of
                                                                          Arts &
                                                                          Sciences




                                                                          Gore School
                                                                          of Business




                                                                          School of
                                                                          Education




                                                                          School of
                                                                          Nursing
                                                                          and Health
                                                                          Sciences




                                         Accounting Program         213   Course
                                                                          Descriptions
Aviation	Studies	(AVIA,	AVFL)
Aviation Department Chair: Gerald Fairbairn
Director of Flight Operations: Lance Vaculin
Faculty: Gerald Fairbairn, Michael Kraus and Bill Ogilvie
Director of Flight Education: Julie Paasch
Assistant Chief Flight Instructor: Jeremy Webster
Aviation Resource Manager: Gail Klofstad
Dispatchers: Cate Wade and Rex Patrick
Associate Instructors: Randy Berg, Jodi Howick, Bill Lowe and Michael Hannan

The Aviation Studies program offers majors and minors in the field of aviation
which prepare students for flight and management careers with the airlines, airports,
corporate aviation, and a variety of other aviation related fields . Students in the
Aviation Studies program select a program of study leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree in Flight Operation, a Bachelor of Science degree in Aviation Management,
or a Bachelor of Arts degree in Aviation Management . Minors in Aviation
Management, Flight Operations and Business are also available .


Flight Operations Program Goals
Students completing a major in Flight Operations:

      •   Meet or exceed Federal Aviation Administration required knowledge and
          practical examination standards .
      •   Demonstrate proficiency in aviation professional issues such as:
          professional standards, aviation law, safety, ethics, and career
          development .
      •   Demonstrate proficiency with modern cockpit technology function
          and operation for satellite based navigation systems, autopilot, flight
          management systems, and electronic flight information systems .
      •   Demonstrate proficiency in flight dynamics, applied aerodynamics and
          critical attitude recovery .
      •   Demonstrate an understanding and appreciation for the history of aviation
          and its key contributions to society and how its development has affected
          our nation’s political and economic structure .


Flight Operations Program Requirements
To fulfill requirements for a major in Flight Operations, students must complete the
courses listed below . Students must maintain a 2 .3 GPA in courses required for the
Flight Operations Major . In addition, because the program involves flight activity
there are a number of criteria that must be met during the period the student is
enrolled .


214         Aviation Studies
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster
     •    An FAA Class II medical examination is required prior to beginning flight
          training . At least FAA Class III medical standards must be maintained
                                                                                              Programs of
          throughout training . A student pilot certificate is required for those just        Instruction
          starting flight training . Student pilots must obtain a student pilot certificate
          with their medical certificate .
                                                                                              Admission to
     •    Proof of U .S . citizenship verified by an original or certified copy of a birth    the College
          certificate or current passport is required prior to beginning flight training .
          Foreign-born students must register with the Transportation Security
          Administration (TSA) prior to beginning flight training . This registration
                                                                                              Financial Aid
          process is conducted with the assistance of Westminster College aviation
          personnel after the student is enrolled at the college .
     •    Students must maintain a minimum balance in their flight account in order           Expenses
          to continue flying . All flight lab fees must be paid in full at the beginning
          of each semester unless prior arrangements have been made with the
          Aviation Resource Manager .
                                                                                              Degree
Students will not be permitted to begin a flight lab unless these requirements have           Reqments.
been met . Consult the “Westminster College Minimum Flight Training Costs”
handout for specific details about flight trainings costs and required account balances       Academic
for each rating .                                                                             Policies &
                                                                                              Procedures
Flight training courses are conducted at Salt Lake City International Airport .
Students must arrange their own transportation to and from the Flight Operations              Grading and
Center .                                                                                      Academic
                                                                                              Standards
Westminster College will consider prior learning credit for students who have
received flight and ground training at other institutions under FAR Part 141 for
Private and Commercial pilot certificates, and the Instrument rating . For students           School of
who have received flight and ground training under FAR Part 61, the college will              Arts &
                                                                                              Sciences
consider awarding credit only for the Private certificate and the Instrument rating .
In all cases, prior learning credit will be awarded only at the discretion of the Chief
Flight Instructor based on an evaluation of the student’s previous academic and flight
instruction experiences . Transfer students may be required to supplement their flight
labs with additional flight or academic instruction in order to meet Westminster              Gore School
College proficiency standards . Once a student has enrolled at Westminster College,           of Business

all subsequent flight training required in the academic program must be completed
with the Westminster College Flight Operations Center (including flight labs and
ground schools) .
A unique hallmark of the Westminster College aviation program is that our students            School of
are generally not billed for regular ground instruction . Students are billed for             Education

ground instruction under certain circumstances, such as taking an abnormally long
time to complete a rating or by choosing to train under FAR Part 61 . (Refer to the
Westminster College Aviation Student Handbook for complete details about ground
billing policies and expected flight training progress .)                                     School of
                                                                                              Nursing
                                                                                              and Health
                                                                                              Sciences




                                                           Aviation Studies            215    Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
Bachelor of Science in Flight Operations
                                                                                Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                Hours
 I.     Lower	Division	Courses                                                   23
        AVIA     101    Air Transportation                                 4
        AVFL     100    Private Pilot Ground School                        4
        AVFL     110A   Private Pilot Flight Lab – Solo                    1
        AVFL     110B   Private Cross-Country Lab                          1
        AVFL     200    Instrument Ground School                           4
        AVFL     210    Instrument Flight Lab                              1
        MATH     201    Calculus I                                         4
        PHYS     151    Principles of Physics I                            4
 II.    Upper	Division	Courses                                                   33
        AVFL     300    Commercial Ground School                           4
        AVFL     310A   Commercial Flight Lab I                            1
        AVFL     310B   Commercial Flight Lab II                           1
        AVFL     320    Multi-Engine Ground School                         2
        AVFL     330    Multi-Engine Flight Lab                            1
        AVFL     475    Adv Flight Deck Sys & Air Carrier Procedures       2
        AVFL     476    Adv Flight Deck Sys & Air Carrier Procedures Lab   1
        AVIA     302    Air Traffic Control System                         3
        AVIA     303    Meteorology                                        3
        AVIA     324    Human Factors in Flight                            4
        AVIA     335    Aviation Law                                       3
        AVIA     410    Flight Theory                                      4
        AVIA     412    Special Topics in Aviation                         4
 IIIa. Flight	Operations	Management	Elective	Option                               8
        Choose this option or IIIb below.
        Students must take any two of the following courses:
        AVIA 301 Aviation History (4)
        AVIA 325 Business and Corporate Aviation (4)
        AVIA 415 Managing the Airport Environment (4)
        AVIA 430 Airline Operations and Cargo Management (4)
        AVFL     440    CFI Internship (2 or 4)
        or
        AVIA     440    Internship (1–8)
        or
        AVIA     441    Disciplinary Practicum (4)
 IIIb. Flight	Instructor	Elective	Option                                          5
        Choose this option or IIIa above.
        AVFL     400    Fundamentals of Instruction Ground School          2
        AVFL     410    Flight Instructor Ground School                    2
        AVFL     420    Flight Instructor Flight Lab                       1

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	FLIGHT	OPERATIONS                                             61	or	64

Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students will need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
216        Aviation Studies
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Flight
Operations (B.S.)                                                                          Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction
This plan does not include Liberal Education requirements found on page 47–50 .
                           Fall	Semester                Spring	Semester
                                                                                           Admission to
 Freshman	Year             AVFL 100                     AVIA 101                           the College
                           AVFL 110A                    AVFL 110B
                           ENGL 110                     MATH 141
 Sophomore	Year            AVFL 200                     AVFL 300                           Financial Aid
                           AVFL 210                     AVFL 310A
                           MATH 201                     AVIA 302
                                                        AVIA 303                           Expenses
 Junior	Year               AVIA 301                     AVFL 320
                           AVIA 324                     AVFL 330
                           AVIA 335                     AVFL 475                           Degree
                           AVFL 310B                    AVFL 476                           Reqments.

                           PHYS 151                     AVIA 412
 Senior	Year               AVIA Elective or             AVIA 410                           Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
 (Flight	Operations	       AVFL 440                     AVIA 412                           Procedures
 Management	Option)
 Senior	Year               AVFL 400                     AVIA 410                           Grading and
 (Flight	Instructor	       AVFL 410                     AVIA 412                           Academic
                                                                                           Standards
 Option)                   AVFL 420                     AVIA Elective


Note:    The above plan does not include summer flying . Students who fly during           School of
         the summer can progress more rapidly through the flight lab courses, and          Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
         potentially complete through Multi-engine Instructor rating and do part-
         time instructing for the college prior to graduation .
         Students who do not finish flight lab requirements during the semester
         in which they registered for the flight lab are required to register for          Gore School
         AVFL*499 (Continuing Registration for Flight Training) in subsequent              of Business
         semesters until lab requirements are completed . This zero (0) credit
         flight lab is restricted to continuing students who are completing flight
         requirements for specific FAA courses .

                                                                                           School of
Aviation Management Program Goals                                                          Education

Students completing a degree in aviation management:

    •    Demonstrate the ability to use operational decisions making techniques to
         manage large or small aviation businesses .                                       School of
                                                                                           Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
    •    Understand the role of human factors in aviation resource management .            Sciences

    •    Demonstrate an understanding of the air transportation industry to include
         airline operations, marketing, aircraft performance and economic factors

                                                        Aviation Studies             217   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
       •      Demonstrate proficiency in aviation professional issues such as: professional
              standards, safety, ethics, and career development .
       •      Develop an understanding and appreciation for the history of aviation and its
              key contributions to society in our national political and economic structure .

Aviation Management Program Requirements
To fulfill requirements for a major in Aviation Management students must complete
the courses listed below . Students must maintain a 2 .3 GPA in courses required for
the Aviation Management Major .

Bachelor of Science in Aviation Management
                                                                                     Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
 I.          Undergraduate	Business	Core                                              49
             Aviation Management majors should take AVIA 335 Aviation Law in
             place of MGMT 325 Business Law .
             Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.
 II.         Lower	Division	Courses                                                    8
             AVIA      101 Air Transportation                                  4
             AVFL      100 Private Pilot Ground School                         4
 III.        Upper	Division	Courses                                                   12
             AVIA      324 Human Factors in Flight                             4
             AVIA      412 Special Topics in Aviation                          4
             Students must take one of the following courses:
             AVFL      440 CFI Internship (2)
             or
             AVIA      440 Internship (1–8)
             or
             AVIA      441 Aviation Practicum (4)                              4
 IV.         Electives                                                                 4
             Students must take one of the following courses:                  4
             AVIA      325 Business and Corporate Aviation (4)
             AVIA      415 Managing the Airport Environment (4)
             AVIA      430 Airline Operations and Cargo Management (4)

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.S.	AVIATION	MANAGEMENT                                             73

Note: All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours of
      which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students will need to take
      other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
           Students who wish to participate in the MBA program should apply for
           admission to the MBA program during their senior year . Students are
           encouraged to meet with their program advisor for specific requirements .
           Information on the MBA program admission requirements is found in the
           MBA section of this catalog .
218             Aviation Studies
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster

Bachelor of Arts in Aviation Management
                                                                                 Credit	     Programs of
 Requirement	Description                                                                     Instruction
                                                                                 Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                               49
        Aviation Management majors should take AVIA 335 Aviation Law in                      Admission to
                                                                                             the College
        place of MGMT 325 Business Law .
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.
 II.    Bachelor	of	Arts	Requirements                                             12         Financial Aid
        Students completing the Bachelor of Arts option (B .A .) must
        complete either:
             a .   A declared academic minor other than the Business Minor;
             b .   Twelve credit hours of foreign language in one of the                     Expenses

                   following ways:
                   •     Eight credit hours of a foreign language, and either:
                         four credit hours of a Westminster May term/                        Degree
                         summer international study tour, or four credits of                 Reqments.
                         an international study tour transferred from an
                         accredited college or university .
                   •     Twelve credit hours of a single foreign language .                  Academic
                                                                                             Policies &
        See	Foreign	Language	Requirement	for	equivalencies,	AP	and	                          Procedures
        CLEP	credit	policy.
 III.   Lower	Division	Courses                                                     8         Grading and
                                                                                             Academic
        AVIA      101 Air Transportation                                   4                 Standards
        AVFL      100 Private Pilot Ground School                          4
 IV.    Upper	Division	Courses                                                    12
        AVIA      324 Human Factors in Flight                              4                 School of
        AVIA      412 Special Topics in Aviation                           4                 Arts &
                                                                                             Sciences
        Students must take one of the following courses:
        AVFL      440 CFI Internship (4)
        or
        AVIA      440 Internship (1–8)
                                                                                             Gore School
        or                                                                                   of Business
        AVIA      441 Aviation Practicum (4)                               4
 V.     Electives                                                                  4
        Students must take one of the following courses:                   4

        AVIA      325 Business and Corporate Aviation (4)                                    School of
        AVIA      415 Managing the Airport Environment (4)                                   Education

        AVIA      430 Airline Operations and Cargo Management (4)

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.A.	AVIATION	MANAGEMENT                                         85
                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Nursing
Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours            and Health
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students will need           Sciences
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .


                                                            Aviation Studies           219   Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
         Students who wish to participate in the MBA program should apply for
         admission to the MBA program during their senior year . Students are
         encouraged to meet with their program advisor for specific requirements .
         Information on the MBA program admission requirements is found in the
         MBA section of this catalog .


Recommended Plan of Study for Aviation
Management (B.A. & B.S.)
This plan does not include Liberal Education requirements found on page 47–50 or
the requirements associated specifically with the B .A . degree found on page 219 .


                           Fall	Semester                Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year             AVIA 101                     AVFL 100
                           ECON 253                     MATH 150
                           ENGL 110
 Sophomore	Year            ECON 263                     IRM 200
                           MGMT 305                     MGMT 230
                                                        PHIL 206
 Junior	Year               ACCT 213                     AVIA 412
                           AVIA 324                     FINC 300
                           Language I (B .A .)          Language II (B .A .)
                                                        MKTG 300
 Senior	Year               AVIA 335                     AVIA 412
                           Language III (B .A .)        AVIA 440/441/442
                           MGMT 475                     AVIA Elective




220         Aviation Studies
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Aviation Management Minor
                                                                               Credit	     Programs of
 Requirement	Description                                                                   Instruction
                                                                               Hours
 I.      Required	Courses
         AVIA      101 Air Transportation                               4                  Admission to
                                                                                           the College
         AVIA      335 Aviation Law                                     3
         MGMT      305 Principles of Management                         4
         Students must take one of the following courses:
                                                                                           Financial Aid
         AVIA      440 Internship (4)
         or
         AVIA      441 Practicum (4)                                    4
                                                                                           Expenses
         Aviation Management Minor electives selected from:
         AVIA 301, AVIA 325, AVIA 415, AVIA 430 .                       8
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	AVIATION	MANAGEMENT		                                                     Degree
                                                                                23
 MINOR                                                                                     Reqments.



Note:	    Students pursuing a minor in Aviation with a major in another Gore School        Academic
          of Business program cannot use their AVIA electives in both programs .           Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures



Flight Operations Minor                                                                    Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
Students in any Westminster major program may choose to add a flight operations            Standards

minor to their program . Students interested in completing this minor should meet
with aviation faculty or staff to discuss addditional requirements of the program .
Flight time and the additional costs associated with flight training are required .        School of
                                                                                           Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
                                                                               Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                               Hours
 I.      Required	Courses
         AVIA      101    Air Transportation                            4
         AVFL      100    Private Ground School                         4                  Gore School
                                                                                           of Business
         AVFL      110A   Private Pilot Flight Lab – Solo               1
         AVFL      110B   Private Cross-Country Lab                     1
         AVFL      200    Instrument Ground School                      4
         AVFL      210    Instrument Flight Lab                         1

         Flight Operations Minor electives selected from:                                  School of
         AVFL 300, AVFL 310, AVIA 301, AVIA 302 , AVIA 324,                                Education
         AVIA 440, AVIA 441                                             8

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	FLIGHT	OPERATIONS	MINOR                                        23
                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Nursing
Note:    Students pursuing a minor in Aviation with a major in another Gore School         and Health
                                                                                           Sciences
          of Business program cannot use their AVIA electives in both programs .



                                                            Aviation Studies         221   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Business	Minor
Students in non-business majors (including B .A . Economics and B . S . Flight
Operations) can elect to complete a business minor in order to develop business
acumen . Students interested in adding a minor in business to their academic
programs are encouraged to contact a faculty advisor in business to discuss how the
minor can assist them in achieving their career goals .
The minor in business is designed to:

      •   Give students a cross-functional understanding of the business
          environment .
      •   Develop understanding of the basic economic, finance, marketing, and
          management issues facing the firm .


Program Requirements
To fulfill requirements for minor in business, students must complete the courses
listed below . Students must maintain a 2 .3 GPA in courses required for the business
minor .


Minor in Business
                                                                            Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                            Hours
 I.       Required	Courses                                                    28
          ACCT    213   Accounting Principles                           4
          ECON    253   Elementary Macroeconomics                       4
          ECON    263   Elementary Microeconomics                       4
          FINC    300   Business Finance                                4
          IRM     200   Principles of Information Resource Management   4
          MGMT    305   Principles of Management                        4
          MKTG    300   Principles of Marketing                         4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	BUSINESS	MINOR                                               28

Note:     All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
          of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
          to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
Please refer to the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of this catalog for
information about restrictions when completing a major and a minor or two majors .




222         Business Minor
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Economics	Program	(ECON)
                                                                                          Programs of
Department Chair: Maria Wrotniak                                                          Instruction

Faculty: Richard Chapman, Rich Collins, John Groesbeck, Aric Krause, Michael
Mamo, James Seidelman, Christopher Tong, John Watkins, Maria Wrotniak
                                                                                          Admission to
                                                                                          the College

Program Goals
The Economics Program offers a major and a minor in economics, which prepares             Financial Aid
students for careers in government, business, banking, and finance . The majors also
provide an excellent foundation for graduate work in economics, law, business,
philosophy, history, and the social sciences . Students in the Economics Program
select a program of study leading to a Bachelor of Arts (B .A .) degree or a Bachelor     Expenses

of Science (B .S .) degree .
The Bachelor	of	Science	in	Economics	Degree emphasizes the close relationship             Degree
between economics and business and is designed for students who wish a business           Reqments.
background . Students completing the Bachelor of Science degree in Economics
should:
                                                                                          Academic
                                                                                          Policies &
     •    Demonstrate an ability to interpret and analyze quantitative data .             Procedures

     •    Demonstrate an ability to analyze economic, social, and business problems
                                                                                          Grading and
          from the economic point of view, that is, weigh the costs and benefits .        Academic
                                                                                          Standards
     •    Demonstrate an appreciation of the historical, cultural, and institutional
          foundations of the economy .
     •    Demonstrate understanding of the policy implications of economic                School of
                                                                                          Arts &
          theories .                                                                      Sciences

     •    Demonstrate an appreciation for how economics integrates with business .
The Bachelor	of	Arts	in	Economics has two major options for students to
consider . The B .A . in Economics incorporates a significant liberal arts component
emphasizing the close relationship between economics and the liberal arts . In            Gore School
                                                                                          of Business
consultation with the economics faculty, students may tailor their majors to their
interests by selecting courses in the following areas: political science, sociology,
psychology, anthropology, history, philosophy, mathematics, and other arts and
sciences courses as approved by the economics program director . Courses need
not be restricted to one area . Students completing the Bachelor of Arts degree in
                                                                                          School of
Economics should:                                                                         Education

     •    Demonstrate an ability to interpret and analyze quantitative data .
     •    Demonstrate an ability to analyze economic, social, and business problems
          from the economic point of view, which means weighing the costs and             School of
          benefits .                                                                      Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences
     •    Demonstrate an appreciation for the historical, cultural, and institutional
          foundations of the economy .


                                                     Economics Program              223   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
      •   Demonstrate understanding of the policy implications of economic
          theories .
      •   Demonstrate an appreciation of how the social sciences, history, and
          philosophy contribute to an understanding of economics .
The Bachelor	of	Arts	Degree	in	Economics with a Pre-Law Concentration prepares
students for graduate work in law or economics . Economics trains students to
analyze legal issues in terms of costs and benefits . The extensive use of models helps
students to approach problems logically . Moreover, many law schools incorporate
economic principles in their approach to the law . The program further requires a
minor in English, Philosophy, or business . Students completing the Bachelor of Arts
degree in Economics with a Pre-Law Concentration should:

      •   Demonstrate an ability to apply economic reasoning to legal issues .
      •   Demonstrate an ability to communicate effectively .
      •   Demonstrate an appreciation of the historical, cultural, and institutional
          foundations of the economy .
      •   Demonstrate understanding of the policy implications of economic
          theories .
Students with a strong interest in Economics are invited to join the Westminster
Chapter of Omicron Delta Epsilon . Membership is open to students who have
completed at least 12 credit hours in economics with a minimum 3 .0 GPA in
economics and 3 .2 in their overall GPA .
Students who wish to participate in the Accelerated MBA Program for Westminster
Graduates should consider only the Bachelor of Science in Economics, and should
plan to take the GMAT and apply for admission to the MBA program during their
senior year . Students are encouraged to meet with their program advisor for specific
requirements . Information on the MBA program admission requirements is found in
the MBA section of this catalog .


Program Requirements
To fulfill requirements for a major in Economics, students must complete the
courses listed below . Students must maintain a 2 .3 GPA in courses required for the
economics major .




224         Economics Program
                                                                                                 About
                                                                                                 Westminster

Bachelor of Science in Economics
                                                                                    Credit	      Programs of
 Requirement	Description                                                                         Instruction
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.                    Admission to
                                                                                                 the College

        Note: For BS in Economics, students may choose between:
        MGMT      475 Strategy in Global Management (4)
        or                                                                                       Financial Aid
        ECON      485 Senior Seminar in Economics (4)
 II.    Upper	Division	Required	Courses                                              20
        ECON 317 Macroeconomics Theory                                          4                Expenses

        ECON 318 Microeconomic Theory                                           4
        ECON 499 Econometrics                                                   4
        Upper Division Economics Electives                                      8                Degree
                                                                                                 Reqments.
 III.   Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4
        ECON      440* Internship (2–4)
        or                                                                                       Academic
                                                                                                 Policies &
        ECON      441* Economics Practicum (4)                                                   Procedures
        or
        ECON      442* Professional Portfolio (2)                          2–4
                                                                                                 Grading and
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper                         Academic
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the                    Standards
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.S.	ECONOMICS                                                     72–74        School of
                                                                                                 Arts &
                                                                                                 Sciences
Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
Please refer to the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of this catalog for                Gore School
information about restrictions when completing a major and a minor or two majors .               of Business




                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                 Education




                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                 Nursing
                                                                                                 and Health
                                                                                                 Sciences




                                                          Economics Program                225   Course
                                                                                                 Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for Economics (B.S.)
                               Fall	Semester                    Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year                 ECON 253                         MATH 150
                               MATH 141
 Sophomore	Year                ACCT 213                         FINC 300
                               ECON 263                         IRM 200
                               MGMT 305                         MGMT 230
                               PHIL 206
 Junior	Year                   ECON 317                         ECON 318
                               MGMT 325                         ECON Elective
                                                                MKTG 300
 Senior	Year                   ECON 440/441/442                 ECON 485
                               ECON 499                         or
                               ECON Elective                    MGMT 475



Bachelor of Arts in Economics
Students completing the Bachelor of Arts in Economics do not complete the Undergraduate
Business Core in Business . The following courses are required in addition to LE courses:

                                                                                     Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
 I.      Bachelor	of	Arts	Requirement                                                 12
         Students completing the Bachelor of Arts option (B .A .) must
         complete either:
             a .    A declared academic minor other than the Business Minor or:
             b .    Twelve credit hours of foreign language in one of the
                    following ways:
                    • Eight credit hours of a foreign language, and either:
                         four credit hours of a Westminster May term/summer
                         international study tour, or four credits of an interna-
                         tional study tour transferred from an accredited college
                         or university .
                    • Twelve credit hours of a single foreign language .
         See Foreign Language Requirement for equivalencies, AP and CLEP
         credit policy .
         Students who choose option (b) twelve hours of foreign language, must
         also complete eight hours of courses in related areas in the liberal arts
         or 200-level course or above in Computer Science or Mathematics .




226          Economics Program
                                                                                               About
                                                                                               Westminster

 II.    Lower	Division	Courses                                                      12
        ECON      253 Elementary Macroeconomics                              4                 Programs of
        ECON      263 Elementary Microeconomics                              4                 Instruction

        MATH      150 Elementary Statistics                                  4
 III.   Upper	Division	Required	Economics	Courses                                  34–36       Admission to
        ECON 311 History of Economic Thought                                 4                 the College

        ECON 317 Macroeconomics Theory                                       4
        ECON 318 Microeconomic Theory                                        4
        ECON 440 Internship                                                2–4                 Financial Aid
        ECON 485 Senior Seminar in Economics                                 4
        ECON 499 Econometrics                                                4
        Upper Division Economics Electives                                  12
 IV.    Courses	in	related	areas                                                     8         Expenses

        Courses must be in related areas in the liberal arts or 200-level course
        or above in Computer Science or Mathematics
                                                                                               Degree
                                                                                               Reqments.
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.A.	ECONOMICS                                                    66–68

                                                                                               Academic
Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours              Policies &
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need              Procedures
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
                                                                                               Grading and
                                                                                               Academic
Recommended Plan of Study for Bachelor of Arts                                                 Standards


in Economics
In order to complete all major requirements, Economics majors should plan to take              School of
business courses in the following stages, subject to scheduling and availability               Arts &
                                                                                               Sciences
constraints, in conjunction with other required courses and electives .

                              Fall	Semester                    Spring	Semester
 Freshman	Year                ECON 253                         ECON 263                        Gore School
                              MATH 141                         MATH 150                        of Business
                              Language I                       Language II
 Sophomore	Year               ECON 317                         ECON 311
                              Language III                     ECON 318
 Junior	Year                  ECON 499                         ECON Elective                   School of
                              ECON Elective                    Upper Division Elective         Education
                                                               Upper Division Elective
 Senior	Year                  ECON 440                         ECON 485
                              ECON Elective
                                                                                               School of
                                                                                               Nursing
                                                                                               and Health
                                                                                               Sciences




                                                          Economics Program              227   Course
                                                                                               Descriptions
Bachelor of Arts in Economics – Pre-Law
Students completing the Bachelor of Arts in Economics with a Pre-Law
concentration do not complete the Undergraduate Business Core in Business . The
following courses are required in addition to LE requirements .
                                                                        Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                        Hours
 I.     Lower	Division	Courses                                             12
        ECON     253 Elementary Macroeconomics                        4
        ECON     263 Elementary Microeconomics                        4
        MATH     150 Elementary Statistics                            4
 II.    Minor	in	English,	Philosophy,	or	Business                         20–24
        English	Minor:                                               24
        ENGL 241 British and American Literature to 1660 (4)
        ENGL 242 British and American Literature after 1660 (4)
        ENGL 311 Introduction to Literary Studies (4)
        ENGL Electives (12)
        Philosophy	Minor:                                            20
        PHIL     100/100D Introduction to Philosophy (3)
        PHIL     201 History of Philosophy I (4)
        or
        PHIL     202 History of Philosophy II (4)
        PHIL     206/206D Introduction to Ethics, LE (3)
        PHIL     390 Thesis Research Pre-seminar in Philosophy (4)
        or
        PHIL     490 Research Seminar in Philosophy (4)
        Additional 6 hours of Philosophy coursework
        Business	Minor:                                             20
        ACCT 213 Accounting Principles (4)
        FINC     300 Business Finance (4)
        IRM      200 Principles of Information Resource Management (4)
        MGMT 305 Principles of Management (4)
        MKTG 300 Principles of Marketing (4)
 III.   Upper	Division	Required	Economics	Courses                          24
        ECON 317 Macroeconomics Theory                                4
        ECON 318 Microeconomic Theory                                 4
        ECON 418 Economics and the Law                                4
        Upper Division Economics Electives                           12
 IV.    Other	Upper	Division	Course	Required                                4
        MGMT     325 Business and Employment Law (4)
        or
        PLSC     355 Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties (4)          4
 V.     Senior	Seminar                                                      4
        ECON     485 Senior Seminar in Economics                      4
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	PRE-LAW	CONCENTRATION	IN	
                                                                          64–68
 ECONOMICS

228        Economics Program
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster
Note:     All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
          of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
                                                                                         Programs of
          to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .              Instruction



Recommended Plan of Study for Bachelor of Arts                                           Admission to
in Economics – Pre-Law                                                                   the College


In order to complete all major requirements, Economics majors should plan to take
business courses in the following stages, subject to scheduling and availability         Financial Aid
constraints, in conjunction with other required courses and electives .

                            Fall	Semester                 Spring	Semester
                                                                                         Expenses
 Freshman	Year              ECON 253                      ECON 263
                            MATH 141                      MATH 150
 Sophomore	Year             ECON 317                      ECON 318                       Degree
                                                                                         Reqments.
                            Minor Requirement             Minor Requirement
 Junior	Year                ECON Elective                 ECON 418
                            Minor Requirement (2)         ECON Elective                  Academic
                                                                                         Policies &
                                                          MGMT 325 or PLSC 355           Procedures

 Senior	Year                ECON Elective                 ECON 485
                            Minor Requirement                                            Grading and
                                                                                         Academic
                                                                                         Standards



Economics Minor                                                                          School of
                                                                          Credit	        Arts &
 Requirement	Description                                                                 Sciences
                                                                          Hours
 I.      Requirement	Description                                              20
         ECON 253 Elementary Macroeconomics, LE                      4
         ECON 263 Elementary Microeconomics                          4
         ECON 317 Macroeconomic Theory                               4                   Gore School
                                                                                         of Business
         ECON 318 Microeconomic Theory                               4
         One additional upper division Economics course              4

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	ECONOMICS	MINOR                                              20
                                                                                         School of
Note:	    Students pursuing a minor in Economics with a major in another Gore            Education
          School of Business program cannot use their ECON electives in both
          programs .

                                                                                         School of
                                                                                         Nursing
                                                                                         and Health
                                                                                         Sciences




                                                      Economics Program            229   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Finance
Department Chair: Gaylen Bunker
Faculty: Gaylen Bunker, Rich Collins, John Groesbeck, Lauren Lo Re, Rob
Patterson
Students can choose either the Bachelor of Science in Finance, or the Bachelor of
Arts in Finance . All students completing undergraduate programs in the Finance
Program meet educational requirements for the Accelerated MBA Program for
Westminster Graduates .


Program Goals
The Finance Program offers a major leading to a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor
of Arts degree that will prepare students for career options in corporate finance,
international finance, new venture financing, investments, banking, consulting, or
business financial planning . The theoretical and practical aspects of finance are
integrated to provide students with critical thinking skills and analytical tools as a
foundation for life-long learning . Students completing a Bachelor of Science degree
in Finance should:

      •   Develop an understanding of the functional structure within a firm and the
          role of finance for the goal of maximizing a firm’s value .
      •   Develop an understanding of economic and financial concepts, analytical
          tools, and the theories and models of making critical managerial decisions .
      •   Develop the ability to conceptualize problems and to develop solutions
          to complex financial problems and support the decision with rational
          justification of conclusions .
      •   Develop the ability to effectively communicate complex financial
          concepts, analyses, and decisions .
      •   Develop financial ethical awareness and an understanding of global
          financial issues .


Program Requirements
To fulfill the requirements for the major in Finance, students must complete the
courses outlined below and maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in all coursework required
by the program .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.




230         Finance
                                                                                                 About
                                                                                                 Westminster

Bachelor of Science in Finance
                                                                                    Credit	      Programs of
 Requirement	Description                                                                         Instruction
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.                    Admission to
                                                                                                 the College
 II.    Major	Requirements                                                           24
        The following courses are required for Finance Majors:
         FINC 305 Investment and Analysis                                       4                Financial Aid
         FINC 309 Concepts and Apps . of Corp Finance                           4
         FINC 495 Strategic Financial Mgmt & Entrepreneurship                   4
        Students can elect to take between 8–12 credits from the                                 Expenses
        following electives:                                      8–12
         FINC 310 Financial Institutions and Industrial Banking (4)
         FINC 320 Financial Derivatives (4)
         FINC 405 Investment Strategies and Applications (4)                                     Degree
         FINC 435 International Finance (4)                                                      Reqments.

         FINC 493 Business Forecasting (4)
         FINC Any upper division course approved by advisor (4)
                                                                                                 Academic
         ECON 303 Money and Banking (4)                                                          Policies &
         ECON 499 Econometrics (4)                                                               Procedures


        Students can also choose up to four hours as electives from the
                                                                                                 Grading and
        following:                                                      0–4                      Academic
         FINC 315 Personal Financial Planning & Insurance (4)                                    Standards
         FINC 316 Retirement Planning & Employee Benefits (4)
         FINC 317 Securities Regulations and Trading (4)
 III.   Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4         School of
                                                                                                 Arts &
        FINC      440* Internship (2–4)                                                          Sciences
        or
        FINC      441* Finance Practicum (4)
        or
        FINC      442* Professional Portfolio (2)                          2–4
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper                         Gore School
                                                                                                 of Business
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.S.	FINANCE	PROGRAM                                               76–78
                                                                                                 School of
Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours                Education
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .

                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                 Nursing
                                                                                                 and Health
                                                                                                 Sciences




                                                                         Finance           231   Course
                                                                                                 Descriptions
Bachelor of Arts in Finance
                                                                                  Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                  Hours
I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                 50
       Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.

II.    Bachelor	of	Arts	Requirements                                               12
       Students completing the Bachelor of Arts option (B .A .) must
       complete either:
           a .    A declared academic minor other than the Business Minor;
           b .    Twelve credit hours of foreign language in one of the
                  following ways:
                  • Eight credit hours of a foreign language, and either:
                       four credit hours of a Westminster May term/summer
                       international study tour, or four credits of an interna-
                       tional study tour transferred from an accredited college
                       or university .
                  • Twelve credit hours of a single foreign language .
       See Foreign Language Requirement for equivalencies, AP and CLEP
       credit policy .
III.   Major	Requirements                                                          20
       The following courses are required for Finance Majors:
        FINC 305 Investment and Analysis                                     4
        FINC 309 Concepts and Apps . of Corp Finance                         4
        FINC 495 Strategic Financial Mgmt and Entrepreneurship               4

       Students can elect to take between 4–8 credits from the
       following electives:                                        4–8
        FINC 310 Financial Institutions and Industrial Banking (4)
        FINC 320 Financial Derivatives (4)
        FINC 405 Investment Strategies and Applications (4)
        FINC 435 International Finance (4)
        FINC 493 Business Forecasting (4)
        FINC Any upper division course approved by advisor (4)
        ECON 303 Money and Banking (4)
        ECON 499 Econometrics (4)

       Students can also choose up to four hours as electives from the
       following:                                                      0–4
        FINC 315 Personal Financial Planning & Insurance (4)
        FINC 316 Retirement Planning & Employee Benefits (4)
        FINC 317 Securities Regulations and Trading (4)




232        Finance
                                                                                                  About
                                                                                                  Westminster

 IV.    Practice/Experience	Courses                                                   2–4
        FINC      440* Internship (2–4)                                                           Programs of
        or                                                                                        Instruction
        FINC      441* Finance Practicum (4)
        or
        FINC      442* Professional Portfolio (2)                          2–4                    Admission to
                                                                                                  the College
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.
                                                                                                  Financial Aid

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.A.	FINANCE	PROGRAM                                              84–86

                                                                                                  Expenses
Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
                                                                                                  Degree
                                                                                                  Reqments.

Recommended Plan of Study for Finance
                                                                                                  Academic
                              Fall	Semester                    Spring	Semester                    Policies &
                                                                                                  Procedures
 Freshman	Year                ECON 253                         MATH 150
                              MATH 141                         Language II (B .A .)               Grading and
                              Language I (B .A .)                                                 Academic
                                                                                                  Standards
 Sophomore	Year               ACCT 213                         FINC 300
                              ECON 263                         MGMT 230
                              IRM 200                          MGMT 305                           School of
                              Language III (B .A .)            PHIL 206                           Arts &
                                                                                                  Sciences
 Junior	Year                  FINC 305                         FINC 309
                              MGMT 325                         FINC Elective
                              MKTG 300
 Senior	Year                  FINC Elective                    FINC 495
                                                                                                  Gore School
                              FINC Elective (B .S .)           MGMT 475                           of Business
                              FINC 440/441/442




                                                                                                  School of
                                                                                                  Education




                                                                                                  School of
                                                                                                  Nursing
                                                                                                  and Health
                                                                                                  Sciences




                                                                         Finance            233   Course
                                                                                                  Descriptions
Financial	Services
Department Chair: Gaylen Bunker
Faculty: Gaylen Bunker, Rich Collins, Lauren Lo Re, Rob Patterson, Donald Saxon
Students can choose either the Bachelor of Science in Financial Services, or the
Bachelor of Arts in Financial Services . All students completing undergraduate
programs in the Financial Services .


Program Goals
The Financial Services Program offers a major leading to a Bachelor of Science
(B .S .) degree that will prepare students for a career in investments, insurance,
banking, consulting, or financial planning . The theoretical and practical aspects of
financial services are integrated to provide students with critical thinking skills and
analytical tools as a foundation for life-long learning . After completing the program,
students will have the educational preparation to qualify for the Certified Financial
PlanningTM professional licensing examination . Students completing a B .S . in
Financial Services should:

      •   Demonstrate an understanding of the key functions of financial planning:
          financial planning principles, income tax planning, personal risk
          management, estate planning, investments and retirement planning and
          employee benefits .
      •   Demonstrate an understanding of economic and financial concepts,
          analytical tools, and the theories and models used to make personal
          financial management decisions .
      •   Demonstrate the ability to apply critical and analytical thinking to
          complex financial problems and support the recommendations with
          rational justification and appropriate research methodology .
      •   Develop the ability to communicate effectively utilizing appropriate
          written, oral and electronic competencies related to the financial planning
          profession .
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards Inc . owns the trademarks CFP®,
Certified finanCial PlannerTM and Certified finanCial Planner® in the U .S ., which
it awards to individual who successfully complete CFP Board’s initial and ongoing
certification requirements .
Westminster College does not certify individuals to use the CFP®, Certified
finanCial PlannerTM and        marks . CFP® certification is granted solely by
Certified Financial Planner Board of Standards Inc . to individuals who, in addition
to completing an educational requirement such as this CFP Board-Registered
Program, have met ethics, experience and examination requirements .




234         Financial Services
                                                                                                 About
                                                                                                 Westminster

Program Requirements
To fulfill the requirements for the major in Financial Services, students must                   Programs of
                                                                                                 Instruction
complete the courses outlined below and maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in all
coursework required by the program .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.                                Admission to
                                                                                                 the College


Bachelor of Science in Financial Services
                                                                                                 Financial Aid
                                                                                    Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
                                                                                                 Expenses
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.

 II.    Upper	Division	Financial	Services	Courses                                    24
        ACCT      474   Individual Income Taxation                              4                Degree
                                                                                                 Reqments.
        ACCT      475   Estate and Tax Planning Strategy                        4
        FINC      305   Investment and Analysis                                 4
        FINC      315   Personal Financial Planning & Insurance                 4                Academic
        FINC      316   Retirement Planning & Employee Benefits                 4                Policies &
                                                                                                 Procedures
        Students must take 4 hours of electives from the following:             4
        FINC      317   Securities Regulations and Trading (4)                                   Grading and
                                                                                                 Academic
        FINC      412   Special Topics in Finance (2–4)                                          Standards
        FINC      485   Cases in Financial Planning (4)
        MKTG      303   Professional Selling (4)

                                                                                                 School of
 III.   Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4         Arts &
                                                                                                 Sciences
        Any Business Prefix 440* Internship (2–4)
        or
        Any Business Prefix 441* Practicum (4)
        or
        Any Business Prefix 442* Professional Portfolio (2)                2–4
                                                                                                 Gore School
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper                         of Business
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.S.	FINANCIAL	SERVICES                                            76–78
                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                 Education
Note:     All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
          of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
          to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
Please refer to the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of this catalog for                School of
information about restrictions when completing a major and a minor or two majors .               Nursing
                                                                                                 and Health
                                                                                                 Sciences




                                                             Financial Services            235   Course
                                                                                                 Descriptions
Bachelor of Arts in Financial Services
                                                                                    Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.
 II.    Bachelor	of	Arts	Requirements                                                12
        Students completing the Bachelor of Arts option (B .A .) must
        complete either:
            a .    A declared academic minor other than the Business Minor;
            b .    Twelve credit hours of foreign language in one of the
                   following ways:
                   • Eight credit hours of a foreign language, and either:
                        four credit hours of a Westminster May term/summer
                        international study tour, or four credits of an interna-
                        tional study tour transferred from an accredited college
                        or university .
                   • Twelve credit hours of a single foreign language .
        See Foreign Language Requirement for equivalencies, AP and CLEP
        credit policy .
 III.   Upper	Division	Financial	Services	Courses                                    24
        ACCT      474   Individual Income Taxation                              4
        ACCT      475   Estate and Tax Planning Strategy                        4
        FINC      305   Investment and Analysis                                 4
        FINC      315   Personal Financial Planning & Insurance                 4
        FINC      316   Retirement Planning & Employee Benefits                 4
        Students must take 4 hours of electives from the following:             4
        FINC      317 Securities Regulations and Trading (4)
        FINC      412 Special Topics in Finance (2–4)
        FINC      485 Cases in Financial Planning (4)
        MKTG 303 Professional Selling (4)
 IV.    Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4
        Any Business Prefix 440* Internship (2–4)
        or
        Any Business Prefix 441* Practicum (4)
        or
        Any Business Prefix 442* Professional Portfolio (2)                2–4
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.A.	FINANCIAL	SERVICES                                            88–90

Note:     All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
          of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
          to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .
Please refer to the Undergraduate Degree Requirements section of this catalog for
information about restrictions when completing a major and a minor or two majors .

236         Financial Services
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster

Recommended Plan of Study for Financial Services
In order to complete all major requirements, Financial Services majors should                Programs of
                                                                                             Instruction
plan to take business courses in the following stages, subject to scheduling and
availability constraints, in conjunction with other required courses and electives .
                                                                                             Admission to
                             Fall	Semester                Spring	Semester                    the College
 Freshman	Year               ECON 253                     IRM 200
                             MATH 141                     MATH 150
                             Language I (B .A .)          Language II (B .A .)               Financial Aid

 Sophomore	Year              ACCT 213                     FINC 300
                             ECON 263                     MGMT 305
                             Language III (B .A .)        PHIL 206                           Expenses
 Junior	Year                 ACCT 474                     ACCT 475
                             FINC 315                     FINC 305
                             MGMT 325                     FINC 316                           Degree
                                                                                             Reqments.
 Senior	Year                 MGMT 475                     FINC 440/441/442
                             MKTG 300                     FINC Elective
                                                                                             Academic
                                                                                             Policies &
                                                                                             Procedures


                                                                                             Grading and
                                                                                             Academic
                                                                                             Standards




                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Arts &
                                                                                             Sciences




                                                                                             Gore School
                                                                                             of Business




                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Education




                                                                                             School of
                                                                                             Nursing
                                                                                             and Health
                                                                                             Sciences




                                                        Financial Services             237   Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
International	Business,	Bachelor	of	Arts	
(BUINT)
Department Chair: Christopher Tong
Faculty: Stephen Hurlbut, Brian Jorgensen, Aric Krause, Michael Mamo, Rob
Patterson, Nancy Panos Schmitt, Christopher Tong, Vicki Whiting, Jerry Van Os
Students who complete the Bachelor of Arts in International Business are eligible to
enroll in the Accelerated MBA Program for Westminster graduates .


Program Goals
The major in International Business leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree
emphasizes specialized skills and knowledge necessary for success in the global
environment . This program prepares students for the complex requirements of
international business: technical and functional competence, foreign languages,
cultural awareness and sensitivity, familiarity with international institutions, and
the conduct of global business . A major strength of the International Business
program is the combination of general and international business coursework with
intensive language and cultural studies . Students completing the bachelor degree in
international business will:

      •   Understand the context, nature, role, and significance of management
          activities as undertaken by managers in a range of organizations in
          multinational contexts .
      •   Demonstrate the ability to use financial techniques to lessen financial risk
          in international business operations .
      •   Demonstrate an understanding of how social, technological, economic,
          and political paradigms impact the strategic and ethical options open to
          organizations involved in the process of formulating international business
          strategies .
      •   Recognize the various types of business liabilities, their interrelationships,
          and substantive legal rules in relation to business in international
          operations .
      •   Demonstrate an ability to apply business-specific tools of research,
          analysis, decision-making and evaluation to a wide range of scenarios,
          cases, and problems in international contexts .


Program Requirements
To fulfill the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in International Business,
students must complete the courses outlined below . Students must maintain a
minimum 2 .3 GPA in business program coursework to be eligible for a Bachelor of
Arts in International Business .
For	course	prerequisites,	please	refer	to	the	course	description.

238         International Business
                                                                                                 About
                                                                                                 Westminster

Bachelor of Arts in International Business
                                                                                    Credit	      Programs of
 Requirement	Description                                                                         Instruction
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.                    Admission to
                                                                                                 the College
 II.    Bachelor	of	Arts	Requirements                                                12
        Students completing the Bachelor of Arts option (B .A .) must
        complete twelve credit hours of foreign language in one of the                           Financial Aid
        following ways:
             • Eight credit hours of a foreign language, and either: four
                credit hours of a Westminster May term/summer interna-
                tional study tour, or four credits of an international study tour                Expenses
                transferred from an accredited college or university .
             • Twelve credit hours of a single foreign language .
        See	Foreign	Language	Requirement	for	equivalencies,	AP	and	
                                                                                                 Degree
        CLEP	credit	policy.                                                                      Reqments.
 III.   Upper	Division	Required	International	Courses                                16
        ECON      319   International Economics                                 4                Academic
        FINC      435   International Finance                                   4                Policies &
                                                                                                 Procedures
        MGMT      490   International Management                                4
        MKTG      340   International Marketing                                 4
                                                                                                 Grading and
 IV.    Electives                                                                    3–4         Academic
        Choose 3–4 credits from the following:                                                   Standards

        International Study Tour/Trip                                        4
        Approved International Special Topics courses                      3–4
        PLSC      414 International Politics                                 4                   School of
                                                                                                 Arts &
        Two 2-credit-hour International May Term courses                     4                   Sciences
 V.     Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4
        Any Business Prefix 440* Internship (2–4)
        or
        Any Business Prefix 441* Practicum (4)
                                                                                                 Gore School
        or                                                                                       of Business
        Any Business Prefix 442* Professional Portfolio (2)                2–4
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.
                                                                                                 School of
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	INTERNATIONAL	BUSINESS                                             83–86        Education



Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .                       School of
                                                                                                 Nursing
                                                                                                 and Health
                                                                                                 Sciences




                                                        International Business             239   Course
                                                                                                 Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for International
Business

                         Fall	Semester   Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year            ECON 253        MATH 150
                         MATH 141        Language II
                         Language I
Sophomore	Year           ACCT 213        FINC 300
                         ECON 263        IRM 200
                         Language III    MGMT 230
                         MGMT 305        PHIL 206
Junior	Year              MGMT 325        ECON 319
                         MGMT 490        MKTG 300
Senior	Year              FINC 435        Trip or other Elective
                         MKTG 340        MGMT 475
                                         Any Prefix 440/441/442




240       International Business
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

Management
                                                                                       Programs of
Department Chair: Ken Meland                                                           Instruction

Faculty: Shannon Bellamy, Michael Glauser, Robert Haworth, Stephen Hurlbut,
Melissa Koerner, Ken Meland, Alysse Morton, Mike Sutton, Kirk Wessel, Vicki
                                                                                       Admission to
Whiting                                                                                the College

Students can complete either the Bachelor of Science in Management, or the
Bachelor of Arts in Management . All students completing the Management major
meet educational requirements for the Accelerated MBA Program for Westminster          Financial Aid
Graduates .


Program Goals                                                                          Expenses


The Management major is designed to prepare students to manage effectively in
a wide variety of business organizations . The purposes of the major are to ensure     Degree
that students (1) understand the field of management and the environmental and         Reqments.
organizational context in which managers operate, and (2) master the fundamental
management principles and tools needed to assure their success as managers .
                                                                                       Academic
Students majoring in Management will:                                                  Policies &
                                                                                       Procedures
    •    Understand the factors affecting an organization’s competitive
         environment and strategic choices, and be able to use this information to     Grading and
         make effective strategic decisions .                                          Academic
                                                                                       Standards
    •    Know the basic tools for analyzing an organization’s manufacturing and
         service operations and be able to use them effectively .
                                                                                       School of
    •    Understand the principles associated with motivating, coordinating,           Arts &
         leading, and managing people, and be able to use these principles to elicit   Sciences

         excellent performance from individuals .
    •    Know how to establish and use measuring and monitoring systems to
         ensure that organizations achieve their goals .
                                                                                       Gore School
                                                                                       of Business
Program Requirements
To fulfill the requirements for a Management major, students must complete the
courses outlined below . Students must maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in business
program coursework .
                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Education




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                                           Management            241   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Bachelor of Science in Management
                                                                                    Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.

 II.    Major	Requirements                                                           24
        MGMT      309   Operations Management                                   4
        MGMT      410   Managing People                                         4
        MGMT      460   Organizational Change & Advanced Management             4
        MGMT      490   International Management                                4

        Eight hours of electives are required from the following:               8
        MGMT      420   Communication and Interpersonal Skills (2)
        MGMT      433   Organizational Behavior (4)
        MGMT      450   New Product Development (4)
        MGMT      462   Leadership (2)
        MGMT      470   Service Management and Marketing (4)
        MGMT      474   Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship (4)
        Or other upper division electives as approved by advisor
 III.   Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4
        MGMT      440* Internship (2–4)
        or
        MGMT      441* Practicum (4)
        or
        MGMT      442* Professional Portfolio (2)                          2–4
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.S.	MANAGEMENT	PROGRAM                                            76–78

Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .




242         Management
                                                                                                 About
                                                                                                 Westminster

Bachelor of Arts in Management
                                                                                    Credit	      Programs of
 Requirement	Description                                                                         Instruction
                                                                                    Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                  50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.                    Admission to
                                                                                                 the College
 II.    Bachelor	of	Arts	Requirements                                                12
        Students completing the Bachelor of Arts option (B .A .) must
        complete either:                                                                         Financial Aid
            a . A declared academic minor other than the Business Minor;
            b . Twelve credit hours of foreign language in one of the
                 following ways:
                 • Eight credit hours of a foreign language, and either: four                    Expenses
                     credit hours of a Westminster May term/summer interna-
                     tional study tour, or four credits of an international study
                     tour transferred from an accredited college or university .
                                                                                                 Degree
                 • Twelve credit hours of a single foreign language .                            Reqments.
        See Foreign Language Requirement for equivalencies, AP and CLEP
        credit policy .
                                                                                                 Academic
 III.   Upper	Division	Required	Courses                                              20          Policies &
                                                                                                 Procedures
        MGMT      309   Operations Management                                   4
        MGMT      410   Managing People                                         4
        MGMT      460   Organizational Change & Advanced Management             4                Grading and
        MGMT      490   International Management                                4                Academic
                                                                                                 Standards

        Four hours of electives are required from the following:                4
        MGMT 420 Communication and Interpersonal Skills (2)
        MGMT 433 Organizational Behavior (4)                                                     School of
                                                                                                 Arts &
        MGMT 450 New Product Development (4)                                                     Sciences
        MGMT 462 Leadership (2)
        MGMT 470 Service Management and Marketing (4)
        MGMT 474 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship (4)
        Or other upper division electives as approved by advisor
 IV.    Practice/Experience	Courses                                                  2–4         Gore School
                                                                                                 of Business
        MGMT      440* Internship (2–4)
        or
        MGMT      441* Practicum (4)
        or
        MGMT      442* Professional Portfolio (2)                           2–4
                                                                                                 School of
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper                         Education
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.A.	MANAGEMENT                                                    84–86
                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                 Nursing
                                                                                                 and Health
Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours                Sciences
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .

                                                                   Management              243   Course
                                                                                                 Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for Management
                       Fall	Semester            Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year          ECON 253                 MATH 150
                       MATH 141                 Language II (B .A .)
                       Language I (B .A .)      PHIL 206
Sophomore	Year         ACCT 213                 FINC 300
                       ECON 263                 IRM 200
                       Language III (B .A .)    MGMT 230
                       MGMT 305
Junior	Year            MGMT 325                 MGMT 309
                       MGMT 490                 MGMT 460
                       MKTG 300                 MGMT Elective
Senior	Year            MGMT 410                 MGMT 475
                       MGMT Elective (B .S .)   MGMT 440/441/442




244       Management
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

Marketing
                                                                                          Programs of
Department Chair: Maria Wrotniak                                                          Instruction

Faculty: Brian Jorgensen, Nancy Panos Schmitt, Joel Watson
Students can complete the Bachelor of Science in Marketing, or the Bachelor of Arts       Admission to
in Marketing .                                                                            the College




Program Goals                                                                             Financial Aid

The Marketing major is designed to give students the skills and knowledge
necessary to contribute successfully to organizations through a variety of marketing
activities . The purposes of the major are to ensure that students (1) understand         Expenses
the complex and dynamic nature of the field of marketing, (2) understand the
comprehensive components of a firm’s marketing activities, and (3) understand the
organizational decisions contributing to the creation and delivery of value . Students    Degree
majoring in Marketing will:                                                               Reqments.


     •    Understand the major dimensions of the external environment impacting
                                                                                          Academic
          the organization, the firm’s internal environment and how these factors         Policies &
          contribute to the creation of marketing strategy .                              Procedures

     •    Understand the development of the marketing concept which creates
                                                                                          Grading and
          marketplace value while achieving the firm’s strategic goals .                  Academic
                                                                                          Standards
     •    Know the tools for developing and implementing a marketing plan
          including segmentation, positioning, target market selection, and the
          marketing mix .
                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Arts &
     •    Understand and utilize a variety of quantitative and qualitative market         Sciences
          research methods in determining customer requirements .


Program Requirements
To fulfill the requirements for the Marketing major, students must complete the           Gore School
                                                                                          of Business
courses outlined below . Students must maintain a minimum 2 .3 GPA in business
program coursework .



                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Education




                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                                               Marketing            245   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Bachelor of Science in Marketing
                                                                                     Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                   50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.

 II.    Major	Requirements                                                            24
        MKTG      303   Professional Selling                                     4
        MKTG      338   Advertising                                              4
        MKTG      435   Marketing Research and Planning                          4
        MKTG      460   Marketing Portfolio                                      2

        Ten hours of electives are required from the following:                 10
        MKTG 340 International Marketing (4)
        MKTG 410 Examining Brand Issues (2)
        MKTG 420 Consumer Behavior (4)
        MKTG 450 New Product Development (4)
        MKTG 470 Management and Marketing of Services (4)
        COMM 326 Introduction to Web Writing and Design (4)
        Or other upper division electives as approved by advisor
 III.   Practice/Experience	Courses                                                   2–4
        MKTG      440* Internship (2–4)
        or
        MKTG      441* Practicum (4)
        or
        MKTG      442* Professional Portfolio (2)                          2–4
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.S.	MARKETING	PROGRAM                                              76–78

Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .




246         Marketing
                                                                                                    About
                                                                                                    Westminster

Bachelor of Arts in Marketing
                                                                                       Credit	      Programs of
 Requirement	Description                                                                            Instruction
                                                                                       Hours
 I.     Undergraduate	Business	Core                                                     50
        Please refer to page 209 for undergraduate business core information.                       Admission to
                                                                                                    the College
 II.    Bachelor	of	Arts	Requirements                                                   12
        Students completing the Bachelor of Arts option (B .A .) must
        complete either:                                                                            Financial Aid
            a .    A declared academic minor other than the Business Minor;
            b .    Twelve credit hours of foreign language in one of the
                   following ways:
                   • Eight credit hours of a foreign language, and either: four                     Expenses
                        credit hours of a Westminster May term/summer interna-
                        tional study tour, or four credits of an international study
                        tour transferred from an accredited college or university .
                                                                                                    Degree
                   • Twelve credit hours of a single foreign language .                             Reqments.
        See Foreign Language Requirement for equivalencies, AP and CLEP
        credit policy .
                                                                                                    Academic
 III.   Upper	Division	Required	Courses                                                 20          Policies &
                                                                                                    Procedures
        MKTG       303   Professional Selling                                    4
        MKTG       338   Advertising                                             4
        MKTG       435   Marketing Research and Planning                         4                  Grading and
        MKTG       460   Marketing Portfolio                                     2                  Academic
                                                                                                    Standards
        Six hours of electives are required from the following:                  6
        MKTG 340 International Marketing (4)
        MKTG 410 Examining Brand Issues (2)
                                                                                                    School of
        MKTG 420 Consumer Behavior (4)
                                                                                                    Arts &
        MKTG 450 New Product Development (4)                                                        Sciences
        MKTG 470 Management and Marketing of Services (4)
        COMM 326 Introduction to Web Writing and Web Design (4)
        Or other upper division electives as approved by advisor
 IV.    Practice/Experience	Courses                                                     2–4
                                                                                                    Gore School
        MKTG       440* Internship (2–4)                                                            of Business
        or
        MKTG       441* Practicum (4)
        or
        MKTG       442* Professional Portfolio (2)                            2–4
        *Note to transfers: all internships (440) must be taken at upper                            School of
        division level. For transfer of credit for 441 or 442, please see the                       Education
        Practice Experience Coordinator.

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	B.A.	MARKETING                                                        84–86
                                                                                                    School of
Note:    All students must complete 124 hours of coursework to graduate, 40 hours                   Nursing
                                                                                                    and Health
         of which must be upper division (300 level or above) . Students may need                   Sciences
         to take other courses to complete the college hours requirement .


                                                                        Marketing             247   Course
                                                                                                    Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for Marketing
                      Fall	Semester            Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year         ECON 253                 ECON 263
                      MATH 141                 MATH 150
                      Language I (B .A .)      Language II (B .A .)
Sophomore	Year        ACCT 213                 FINC 300
                      Language III (B .A .)    IRM 200
                      MKTG 300                 MGMT 230
                      PHIL 206                 MGMT 305
Junior	Year           MGMT 325                 MKTG 303
                      MKTG 338                 MKTG Elective
                                               MKTG Elective
Senior	Year           MKTG 440/441/442         MKTG 435
                      MGMT 475                 MKTG 460
                      MKTG Elective (B .S .)




248       Marketing
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster


Professional	Bachelor	of	Business	
Administration	Program	(PBBA)                                                              Programs of
                                                                                           Instruction

Program Chair: Aric Krause
                                                                                           Undergrad
Faculty: Peter Ingle, Aric Krause, Michael Sutton, Joel Watson                             Admission

The Professional Bachelor of Business Administration is a project-based degree
completion program specifically designed for non-traditional students who have
completed an Associate’s Degree (A .A . or A .S .) and wish to complete a Bachelor’s       Financial Aid
degree at a later point in life . The program is:

     •    Project-Based: a student completes a total of 5 projects designed and
                                                                                           Expenses
          sequenced specifically to measure student learning and accomplishment .
     •    Self-Paced: a student completes sequenced projects while still attending to
          personal and professional commitments; a student will individually choose        Undergrad
                                                                                           Degree
          the speed and pace they wish for program completion .                            Reqments.

     •    Accelerated: a student graduates when all projects are successfully
          completed; the amount of time a student would take to graduate from the          Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
          program is self-determined by the student .                                      Procedures

     •    Low-Residency: a student uses learning experiences and resources
          delivered via the Internet to master program competencies . A student            Academic
          attends two-day on-campus residencies once during each of the 5 project          Standards

          sequences .
     •    Faculty mentored: faculty members work with students on an individual
                                                                                           School of
          basis to provide mentorship, project guidance, and feedback . Faculty            Arts &
          members also evaluate completed student projects to determine whether or         Sciences
          not project learning is sufficiently demonstrated .
Students completing all program and college requirements earn a Bachelor of
Business Administration (BBA) degree from Westminster College .

Program Goals
                                                                                           Gore School
                                                                                           of Business

A student completes the program by demonstrating mastery of the following
program goals and related competencies:

     •	   Communication	skills: a student effectively communicates business
                                                                                           School of
          concepts orally and in writing to faculty and business stakeholders .            Education

     •	   Ethical	decision	making	skills: a student understands various ethical
          perspectives and utilizes ethical and legal framework for decision-making .
     •	   Critical	thinking	skills: a student develops skills to analyze and solve         School of
          complex managerial problems .                                                    Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
     •	   Leadership	and	collaboration	skills: a student demonstrates how                  Sciences

          individuals and groups contribute to valued organizational outcomes .


          Professional Bachelor of Business Administration Program (PBBA)            249   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
      •	    Strategic	perspective: a student demonstrates the cultural, legal,
            economic and geo-political forces that impact business strategies within
            national and international contexts .
      •	    Organizational	performance:	a student analyzes and uses accounting
            and financial information to articulate organizational performance for
            various stakeholders .
      •	    Market	execution: a student identifies and understands markets for an
            organization’s goods and services, applies the activities which make up
            the value chain for those goods and services, and employs appropriate
            methodologies and techniques for ensuring product/service quality and
            speed to market .


Admissions & Financial Aid
A student is admitted to the program on a rolling basis, with new cohorts beginning
the program in August, January, and May of each year .
Admission to the Professional Bachelor of Business Administration requires the
submission of the following materials to the Office of Admissions for admissions
evaluation:

      1 .   A completed application with a $40 application fee .
      2 .   Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended, providing
            evidence of an associate degree (A .A . or A .S .) from a regionally
            accredited college or university or international college or university . The
            associate degree must have been completed at least two years prior to the
            application for admission to this program .
      3 .   Résumé detailing 6 or more years of relevant work experience . Relevant
            work experience can be paid employment, volunteer work for non-profit
            organizations, military service, or combinations of the above; the résumé
            should demonstrate increasing responsibility in work-related experience .
      4 .   Two reference letters, typed on letterhead from supervisors, managers,
            professors, or other professional sources .
      5 .   Responses to essay questions .
In certain cases an interview with an admissions representative may be required
prior to admissions . When the application materials are complete, the application is
reviewed by a committee and decisions are reported to the student .
A student entering the program is given the equivalent of 64 credit hours for an
associate’s degree (A .A . or A .S .) .




250           Professional Bachelor of Business Administration Program (PBBA)
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

Program	Costs
The cost of the entire program is fixed as long as the student is making academic           Programs of
progress . The tuition price includes all learning resources and fees . Because of the      Instruction

self-paced nature of the program, once a student is enrolled in a project, tuition
refunds are not possible . Students with extenuating circumstances can adjust their
                                                                                            Undergrad
pace when necessary . Students who decide to withdraw from the program entirely             Admission
must notify their Program Assistant immediately .

Satisfactory	Progress	Policy                                                                Financial Aid
A student is required to maintain satisfactory progress in the program in order
to receive Title IV federal financial aid funds . For more information, see the
satisfactory progress policy on page 34 .
                                                                                            Expenses

Financial	Aid
A student enrolled in this program is eligible for federal financial aid programs as        Undergrad
described in the financial aid section of this catalog . A student is not eligible for      Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.
institutional aid programs . To be eligible for federal financial aid, a student must
maintain enrollment and satisfactory progress as described . A student can also elect
                                                                                            Academic
to participate in alternative loan programs as long as eligibility requirements are met .   Policies &
Please contact your Program Assistant for specific information about financial aid .        Procedures




Degree Requirements                                                                         Academic
                                                                                            Standards

The	Projects
The program consists of 5 project sequences which must be completed at
                                                                                            School of
Westminster College . Each of the project sequences consists of several small sub-          Arts &
projects and an integrative project . The projects are to be completed in the order         Sciences
specified . A student completes all projects to demonstrate mastery of the program
learning goals and objectives . Before starting a project sequence, a student meets
with his or her Coach to assess which learning experiences should be used to help
the student complete the projects, given the student’s prior life and/or professional
                                                                                            Gore School
experience . The student is given a set of rubrics, which explain precisely how             of Business
the project will be evaluated upon its completion . A student can use this rubric to
self-assess the project before submission . When a project sequence is successfully
completed, the student can begin the next project sequence .

Faculty	Interaction                                                                         School of
                                                                                            Education
To help students in the program, there are dedicated faculty members specifically
assigned to assist in learning, in learning assessment, and for career mentorship .
Students and faculty interact regularly to effect learning . Each student has a Coach
to serve as a mentor to the student throughout the program . Each project sequence
                                                                                            School of
has a faculty mentor who assists the student in learning experiences and in project         Nursing
completion and evaluation . Each student also has access to Program Assistants              and Health
                                                                                            Sciences
to assist with registration, billing, financial aid, project submission, technology
systems, and any other questions about the program . A student is encouraged to
utilize these resources whenever needed throughout the duration of the program .

          Professional Bachelor of Business Administration Program (PBBA)            251    Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
Grading/Assessment	Systems
When a student has completed a project, work is submitted to the Mentor for
evaluation according to the established project rubrics . A student is given one of
three assessments for each of the competencies related to the sub-project and for
the overall project: Exceeds project standards, Meets project standards, or Does	
Not	Meet	project standards . In all cases, the student is given substantial feedback
on project performance . In the case that an assessment of “Does Not Meet project
standards” is given, the student is allowed to use additional learning experiences
and resubmit the work for additional evaluation . A student can submit their work a
maximum of three times for evaluation .

Residencies
Each project sequence includes a required two-day on-campus residency period . The
residency consists of workshops, seminars, and simulations specifically designed
to offer learning opportunities related to each project sequence . Residencies are
scheduled on a monthly basis . Please consult the program website for specific
information on residency schedules .

Learning	Experiences
Learning experiences are provided to help the student master the knowledge related
to specific competencies and learning goals as they relate to specific projects . All of
the learning experiences can be accessed from the program website . A student is not
required to complete any specific set of learning experiences . Learning experiences
augment a student’s knowledge and can be engaged on an as-needed basis by the
student . A student is strongly encouraged to consult with his or her Mentor as they
are working on projects to figure out which sets of learning experiences are most
useful, given the student’s background and experience . All learning experiences
can be accessed by all students—even if a student is completing a later project, that
student can refer back to learning experiences from other projects to help recall
specific techniques and knowledge .

E-Portfolio
After evaluation by a faculty member, each project’s deliverables are packaged in
their final form and placed in the student’s electronic portfolio . These projects can be
used by the project’s original author as templates or resources in later projects . All
deliverables will be formally reviewed by committee members in the student’s final
project . Each student will be responsible for maintaining the e-portfolio throughout
the duration of the program . Specific details about the e-portfolio process will be
furnished during the program orientation each term .




252          Professional Bachelor of Business Administration Program (PBBA)
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster

Program Policies
                                                                                           Programs of
Academic	Progress                                                                          Instruction

A student can complete the requirements of the program at a self-determined pace,
but are expected to complete the program within three (3) academic years . A student
                                                                                           Undergrad
who, for whatever reason, does not enroll for two consecutive terms must request           Admission
reinstatement in the program, and will be subject to the tuition charges currently
in effect . A student must also complete a particular project sequence within 6
months from the date of registration . If, after 6 months, the project sequence is
                                                                                           Financial Aid
not completed, the student may be required to reapply to the program . Staying in
constant contact with the mentor helps avoid problems .

Academic	Suspension                                                                        Expenses

A student who, for whatever reason, is unable to demonstrate mastery of the
competencies of a particular project sequence after two full attempts will be asked to     Undergrad
meet with their Coach . The Coach will work with the student to develop a realistic        Degree
plan to identify those barriers that inhibit the student’s successful performance . This   Reqments.

plan will then be engaged and the student will be given one additional attempt at
completion . If the student is still unable to complete the project, the student may be    Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
suspended from the program .                                                               Procedures

A student who is suspended from the program may reapply for admission after two
terms . A personal interview will be required before readmission is allowed, and,          Academic
if readmitted, the student will be able to reenter the program at the current year’s       Standards

tuition rate . The student will work with his or her Coach to develop a specific
progress plan . As long as the student fulfills the terms of the performance plan, the
student will be allowed to complete remaining program requirements .                       School of
                                                                                           Arts &

Academic	Standards                                                                         Sciences


Faculty members in the Bill and Vieve Gore School of Business have developed the
following academic standards to support the mission and goals of this program . The
goals are presented here to help the student understand responsibilities as a student
throughout the program .                                                                   Gore School
                                                                                           of Business

     1 .   A student should always be familiar with project requirements and
           assignment guidelines to avoid problems . The student should take every
           opportunity to consult with his or her Coach and Mentors to receive
           clarification when needed .
                                                                                           School of
     2 .   All work on all projects should be the original work of the student .           Education


     3 .   A student should always be respectful of faculty, staff, and other students
           in the program .
     4 .   The program should most importantly be fun, intellectually challenging,         School of
                                                                                           Nursing
           and enjoyable . Students should push themselves, using every opportunity        and Health
           to participate and learn and get the most from the Westminster experience .     Sciences




           Professional Bachelor of Business Administration Program (PBBA)          253    Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
      5 .   Plagiarism is a serious offense in academic and business settings .
            Plagiarism is a violation of the college’s academic policy . For further
            information on Academic Honesty, please see page 76 of the academic
            catalog . A student who violates the academic honesty policy may be
            suspended from the program .

Graduation	Requirements
A candidate for graduation must consult their Program Assistant at the beginning
of Project 5 . The Program Assistant will assist the student in completion of the
application for graduation for the next graduation period in the following December
or May, or August, depending on the actual date of application . To be eligible for
graduation, a student must satisfy the following conditions:

      •     Complete 124 credit hours
      •     Complete each project sequence successfully with a minimum evaluation
            of “Meets project standards”
      •     Maintain an e-portfolio and receive a minimum evaluation of “Meets
            project standards”
A student should consult either the assigned Coach or the Program Assistant at any
point when questions arise about graduation requirements .




254           Professional Bachelor of Business Administration Program (PBBA)
                                                                                                                                 About
                                                                                                                                 Westminster


School of Education Program
Listing
                                                                                                                                 Programs of
                                                                                                                                 Instruction




                                                                                                                                 Admission to
Undergraduate	Programs                                                                                                           the College


   Education/Teacher Education Programs .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 256
                                                                                                                                 Financial Aid
   Special Education License Program (SPED)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 264

   English as a Second Language Endorsement
   Program (TESL)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 267   Expenses


Graduate	Programs
                                                                                                                                 Degree
See the Graduate Academic Catalog for detailed information on the                                                                Reqments.

following programs:
                                                                                                                                 Academic
                                                                                                                                 Policies &
   Master of Education                                                                                                           Procedures

   Master of Arts in Community Leadership
                                                                                                                                 Grading and
                                                                                                                                 Academic
   Master of Arts in Teaching                                                                                                    Standards


   Endorsement Programs:
      Basic Reading                                                                                                              School of
                                                                                                                                 Arts &
      Advanced Reading                                                                                                           Sciences
      Distance Learning
      Special Education
      English as a Second Language
                                                                                                                                 Gore School
                                                                                                                                 of Business




                                                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                                                 Education




                                                                                                                                 School of
                                                                                                                                 Nursing
                                                                                                                                 and Health
                                                                                                                                 Sciences




                                                                           School of Education                           255     Course
                                                                                                                                 Descriptions
Education/Teacher	Education	Programs	
Elementary Education, Special Education,
Secondary Licensure

Mission Statement
The teacher education programs take a practical, multifaceted, student centered
approach to preparing teachers . Content knowledge and pedagogy are developed
to prepare teacher education students for teaching all learners . Professionalism in
diverse school contexts is modeled and practiced through courses and related field
experience . Teacher education students create a portfolio focused on self-reflection
to document growth toward program goals .


School of Education Domains & Standards
Learners	and	Their	Development
      1 .   Teacher candidates will demonstrate understanding of learning as
            developmental .
      2 .   Teacher candidates will demonstrate knowledge of multiple theories of
            learning .
      3 .   Teacher candidates will, with sensitivity to exceptionalities and cultural
            diversity, evaluate why all children may be responding or behaving in
            particular ways .
      4 .   Teacher candidates will apply systematic inquiry and reflection to
            understanding student learning .

Subject	Matter	and	Curriculum	Goals
      5 .   Teacher candidates will demonstrate knowledge of subject matter .
      6 .   Teacher candidates will develop curriculum that connects knowledge
            about students to content specific instructional standards .

Teaching
      7 .   Teacher candidates will develop and implement assessments that measure
            learning and drive the design of differentiated instruction and intervention .
      8 .   Teacher candidates will demonstrate how factors such as exceptionalities,
            gender, and class affect learning .
      9 .   Teacher candidates will create and manage a caring, equitable, respectful,
            purposeful classroom .
      10 . Teacher candidates will demonstrate multiple effective teaching strategies
           including the use of technology .

256           Education/Teacher Education Programs
                                                                                        About
                                                                                        Westminster
    11 . Teacher candidates will work collaboratively with peers, K-12 students,
         colleagues, and faculty to critique each other’s practice with the goal of
                                                                                        Programs of
         improving learning .                                                           Instruction

    12 . Teacher candidates will connect learning to students’ prior knowledge and
         experiences .
                                                                                        Admission to
    13 . Teacher candidates will use research and engage in reflection to improve       the College

         student learning .

Self,	Cultures,	and	Contexts                                                            Financial Aid

    14 . Teacher candidates will demonstrate how their culture affects their
         teaching .
                                                                                        Expenses
    15 . Teacher candidates will demonstrate how to learn about other cultures and
         language patterns .
    16 . Teacher candidates will work with parents and colleagues to create a           Degree
         shared set of expectations and supports for students’ learning .               Reqments.


    17 . Teacher candidates will articulate their philosophy of education .
                                                                                        Academic
    18 . Teacher candidates will demonstrate knowledge of how decisions affecting       Policies &
                                                                                        Procedures
         public education are made .
    19 . Teacher candidates’ work with students, families, and communities reflects     Grading and
                                                                                        Academic
         the attitudes and practices expected of professional educators as delineated   Standards
         in professional, state, and institutional standards .
    20 . Teacher candidates will recognize when their own professional attitudes
         and practices may need to be adjusted and are able to make appropriate         School of
                                                                                        Arts &
         changes .                                                                      Sciences



Admission to the Program
All students who wish to pursue an undergraduate education licensure program must
make formal application for admission to the Teacher Education Programs . Students      Gore School
                                                                                        of Business
who enter Westminster as freshmen are encouraged to complete all or most of their
Liberal Education courses in the first three semesters and register for EDUC 302 in
their fourth semester . Students who apply for admission to the School of Education
as transfer students are encouraged to contact the Westminster College Office of
Admissions at least a semester before they plan to transfer . The admissions process
                                                                                        School of
includes the following steps:                                                           Education

    1 .   Prior to enrolling in EDUC 302, students must pass a writing and language
          usage test . Information and testing dates and times are available in the
          START Center and the School of Education office .
                                                                                        School of
          Note:    Students who do not pass the test after two attempts need to         Nursing
                                                                                        and Health
          check with the School of Education before proceeding to step 2 .              Sciences




                                Education/Teacher Education Programs              257   Course
                                                                                        Descriptions
      2 .   After passing the writing and language usage test, students register for
            EDUC 302 . During this semester all students will meet with an education
            advisor and appropriate content area advisor(s) to complete a program plan .
      3 .   While enrolled in EDUC 302, students complete an admissions packet for
            the School of Education, which includes:

                 Declaration of Intent form and letter
                 Background Check form and fingerprints
                 A transcript demonstrating a 2 .75 cumulative GPA
                 Three letters of recommendation
Students are admitted each semester and acceptance or denial to the program is
based upon the review of applications by the Education faculty and the Teacher
Education Program Advisory Council .
The following courses may be taken prior to formal admission to the Education
Programs: EDUC 201, 205, 220, 221, 250, 300, 302, 303, 320, and SPED 303 . Students
may not enroll in other education classes without being admitted to the program .

Note:       All upper division, education transfer courses must be approved by
            the Dean or Program Director . Transfer courses in content areas (i .e .,
            academic and/or teaching majors and minors) will be reviewed by content
            area advisors to assure that they meet Westminster degree requirements
            and State of Utah teacher licensure requirements .


Student Teaching
To student teach, students must have been admitted to the Teacher Education
Program and must complete the requirements listed below .
      Submit the completed Request for Student Teaching form by the first Monday
      in March to student teach in the fall or by the first Monday in October to
      student teach in the spring .
      Submit the Major/Minor/Education Advisor Recommendation and audit forms .
      Be approved to student teach by the Teacher Education faculty .
      Obtain a Student Teaching License on the USOE website .
      Must have taken the appropriate Praxis II test(s) .
Appeal Process: A student has the right to appeal a decision denying admission to
the Teacher Education Programs or denying the opportunity to student teach . The
student has fifteen days after receiving a denial letter to petition the Dean, in writing,
for reconsideration .
Note:	      Formal admission to the Teacher Education Program does not guarantee
            a recommendation for licensure . Recommendation for licensure is made
            upon development of teaching competence in designated areas after
            successful completion of the student’s specific teacher education program
            and completion of state approved licensure tests .

258           Education/Teacher Education Programs
                                                                                                About
                                                                                                Westminster

Program Requirements
All students, whether seeking degrees and teacher licensure or seeking teacher                  Programs of
                                                                                                Instruction
licensure only, must maintain a 2 .75 cumulative GPA and a 3 .0 cumulative GPA
in education courses and have a minimum grade of C+ in all education courses . In
credit/no credit education courses, students must perform work at the level of C+ or
                                                                                                Admission to
higher to receive credit . Education courses may only be repeated once .                        the College

All students must complete the appropriate state required content test(s) in order to
meet the requirement for an initial Utah Level I teaching license .
                                                                                                Financial Aid


Degree-Seeking Students
All degree-seeking students must satisfy general program requirements listed above              Expenses
and must also satisfy requirements detailed under the specific education program .
Students with previously earned bachelor’s degrees who are seeking their first
                                                                                                Degree
teacher licensure in Elementary Education or Special Education are considered to be             Reqments.
seeking second bachelor’s degrees, unless otherwise designated by the Dean . These
students are subject to the provisions detailed in the Second Bachelor’s Degree
section of this catalog .                                                                       Academic
                                                                                                Policies &
                                                                                                Procedures
Students seeking Secondary Education licensure who also wish to complete second
bachelor’s degrees are subject to the Second Bachelor’s Degree section of this
catalog .                                                                                       Grading and
                                                                                                Academic
                                                                                                Standards


Elementary Education (Grades K–6) Program
Requirements (ELED)                                                                             School of
                                                                                                Arts &
Students who are seeking their first licensure must take a minimum of 30 credit                 Sciences
hours in education at Westminster College and must also meet college residency
requirements . All coursework must be planned with the student’s advisor .
Elementary education majors must have an academic or teaching content minor .
Acceptable academic or teaching minors and acceptable transfer academic or                      Gore School
                                                                                                of Business
teaching minors must be approved by the dean or program director .

The	major	in	Elementary	Education	includes	the	following:

Completion of Teacher Education Program Admission, Step 1                                       School of
                                                                                                Education

                                                                                   Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                   Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are required for the Education major:
                                                                                                School of
 PSYC       105        Introduction to Psychology, LE                        4                  Nursing
 MATH       141        College Algebra, LE                                   4                  and Health
                                                                                                Sciences




                                    Education/Teacher Education Programs                  259   Course
                                                                                                Descriptions
                                                                                   Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                   Hours
I.     Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                  8
       Education majors must complete eight credit hours in one of the
       following ways:
            •     Eight credit hours of a single foreign language .
            •     Four credit hours of a foreign language and four credit
                  hours from an international or national cross-cultural
                  study tour approved by the School of Education .
       See Foreign Language Requirement for equivalencies, AP and CLEP
       credit policy .
II.    Prerequisite	Courses                                                         12
       PSYC  105 Introduction to Psychology, LE                              4
       *PSYC 301 Child Development                                           4
       ‡MATH 141 College Algebra, LE                                         4
       *Note: With Dean and/or program chair approval, prerequisite
       psychology courses at the 200-level may be transferred from other
       institutions. Psychology courses completed within the previous ten-
       year period will be considered for transfer.
       ‡ or higher level equivalent
III.   Required	Courses                                                             61
       EDUC      220**    Math for K–6 Teachers I                            3
       EDUC      221**    Math for K–6 Teachers II                           3
       EDUC      250**    Introduction to Teaching                           2
       EDUC      302**    Foundations of Education                           4
       EDUC      303**    Teaching with Technology                           2
       EDUC      305      Classroom Management                               3
       EDUC      315      Learning Theory                                    3
       EDUC      320**    Education in a Diverse Society                     3
       EDUC      341*     Language Arts Methods                              3
       EDUC      342*     Science Methods                                    3
       EDUC      343*     Literacy Methods for K-6 Teachers                  3
       EDUC      344*     Creative Arts Methods                              3
       EDUC      346*     Social Studies Methods                             3
       EDUC      351*     Early Literacy Assessment and Intervention         3
       EDUC      360      ELED: Portfolio Development                        2
       EDUC      361      Healthy Life Styles                                1
       EDUC      362      Physical Education Methods                         1
       EDUC      368*     Math Methods                                       3
       EDUC      416      ELED Student Teaching Seminar                      2
       EDUC      480      Elementary Student Teaching                       10
       *Students are required to spend twenty clock hours in a field placement .
       ** May be taken prior to admission to the program .
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	ELEMENTARY		
                                                                                    80
EDUCATION	MAJOR
Completion	of	an	approved	academic	or	teaching	minor	is		
required	(see	individual	program	listings	for	details).	

260        Education/Teacher Education Programs
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster
The following classes are recommended but not required .
EDUC     300        Special Topics                                         1–4         Programs of
ENGL     383        Children’s Literature                                    3         Instruction



Recommended Plan of Study for Elementary                                               Admission to
Education (K–6)                                                                        the College


 First	Three		             PSYC 105 (LE)
 Semesters                 MATH 141 (LE) (and any classes prerequisite to              Financial Aid
                           MATH 141)
 LE and prerequisite       EDUC 320 (LE)
 courses                   PSYC 301
                                                                                       Expenses
                           EDUC 220
                           EDUC 221
                           Most remaining LE courses beyond the 3 listed above
                                                                                       Degree
                           Begin minor and foreign language courses                    Reqments.
 Fourth	Semester           EDUC 302
                           EDUC 303                                                    Academic
 Foundations courses       Any remaining LE courses                                    Policies &
                           Additional minor and foreign language courses               Procedures

 Fifth,	Sixth	and		        EDUC 305 EDUC 315
                                                                                       Grading and
 Seventh	Semesters         EDUC 341 EDUC 342                                           Academic
                           EDUC 343 EDUC 344                                           Standards
 Methods courses           EDUC 346 EDUC 351
                           EDUC 360 EDUC 361
                           EDUC 362 EDUC 368                                           School of
                           Remaining minor and foreign language courses                Arts &
                                                                                       Sciences
 Eighth	Semester           EDUC 418
 Student teaching          EDUC 480


                                                                                       Gore School
                                                                                       of Business




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Education




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                Education/Teacher Education Programs             261   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Secondary Education (Grades 6–12) Program
Requirements (SED)
Students who are seeking their bachelor’s degree and first licensure must take a
minimum of 30 credit hours of education at Westminster College and must also
meet college residency requirements . Students who already have a bachelor’s degree
and are seeking their first licensure must take a minimum of 24 hours of education
coursework at Westminster . Secondary education students must select a teaching
major . All coursework must be planned with the student’s major and education
advisors .
Programs offering teaching majors include:
          Art                                     Mathematics
          Biology                                 Physical Science
          Chemistry                               Physics
          English                                 Social Science
          History
Secondary Education students may choose to complete a minor in Special
Education, English as a Second Language, or a teaching minor in addition to their
teaching major .

The	Secondary	Education	program	includes	the	following:

Completion of Teacher Education Program Admission, Step 1

                                                                                       Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                       Hours
 The following course, which fulfills the LE requirement, is required for the Secondary
 Education program:
 PSYC       105        Introduction to Psychology, LE                              4

                                                                                       Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                       Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                     8
         Secondary Education students must complete the Foreign Language
         requirement of their teaching major .
 II.     Prerequisite	Courses                                                             8
         PSYC      105 Introduction to Psychology, LE                          4
         *PSYC     305 Adolescent Development                                  4
         *Note: With Dean and/or program chair approval, prerequisite
         psychology courses at the 200-level may be transferred from other
         institutions. Psychology courses completed within the previous ten-
         year period will be considered for transfer.




262          Education/Teacher Education Programs
                                                                                    About
                                                                                    Westminster

 III.   Required	Courses                                               36–42
        EDUC 302 Foundations of Education                         4                 Programs of
        EDUC 303 Teaching with Technology                         2                 Instruction

        EDUC 305 Classroom Management                             3
        EDUC 315 Learning Theory                                  3
        EDUC 320 Education in a Diverse Society                   3                 Admission to
                                                                                    the College
        EDUC 330 Secondary Instructional Planning and Techniques 3
        EDUC 331 Secondary Portfolio Development                  2
        EDUC 345 Reading in the Secondary Classroom               2
        EDUC 417 Secondary Student Teaching Seminar               2                 Financial Aid
        EDUC 470 Secondary Student Teaching                      10
        Major/minor or composite methods courses                2–8
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	SECONDARY		
                                                                       52–58        Expenses
 EDUCATION	LICENSURE
The following classes are recommended but not required .
                                                                                    Degree
EDUC     300        Special Topics                                      1–4         Reqments.
ENGL     384        Literature for Young Adults                           3
                                                                                    Academic
Recommended Plan of Study for Secondary                                             Policies &
                                                                                    Procedures
Education
                                                                                    Grading and
 First	Three		             PSYC 105 (LE)                                            Academic
 Semesters                 EDUC 320 (LE)                                            Standards

                           PSYC 305
 LE and prerequisite       Most remaining LE courses beyond the 3 listed above
 courses                   Begin teaching major                                     School of
                                                                                    Arts &
 Fourth	Semester           EDUC 302                                                 Sciences
                           EDUC 303
 Foundations courses       Any remaining LE courses
                           Additional courses in teaching major
 Fifth,	Sixth	and		        EDUC 305 EDUC 315                                        Gore School
 Seventh	Semesters         EDUC 345                                                 of Business
                           EDUC 330 EDUC 331
 Methods courses           Remaining teaching major courses
 Eighth	Semester           EDUC 417
 Student teaching          EDUC 470
                                                                                    School of
                                                                                    Education




                                                                                    School of
                                                                                    Nursing
                                                                                    and Health
                                                                                    Sciences




                                Education/Teacher Education Programs          263   Course
                                                                                    Descriptions
Special	Education	License	Program	(SPED)
Objectives
This program leads to a state license in Special Education of students with mild to
moderate disabilities . The program may be taken as an undergraduate major leading
to a Bachelor of Arts degree, as an undergraduate minor or as part of the Master of
Arts in Teaching Program or Master of Education (MED) Program .

Admission to the Program
Undergraduate students must be admitted to the Teacher Education Program (as
outlined in the Education/Teacher Education Programs section of this catalog) prior
to enrolling in any special education course except SPED 303/503 . Students who
already have a baccalaureate degree and a teaching certificate must be admitted
under the Master of Education admissions procedure outlined in the MED section of
the Graduate Academic Catalog . All coursework must be planned with the student’s
advisor . Special Education majors must have an academic or teaching content
minor . Acceptable academic or teaching minors and acceptable transfer academic or
teaching minors must be approved by the dean or program director .
Students who are seeking their first licensure must take a minimum of 30 credit
hours in education at Westminster College and must also meet college residency
requirements . All coursework must be planned with the student’s advisor .

The	major	in	Special	Education	includes	the	following:

Completion of Teacher Education Program Admission, Step 1

                                                                                    Credit	
 Liberal	Education	Courses
                                                                                    Hours
 The following courses, which fulfill the LE requirement, are required for the Special
 Education major:
 PSYC       105        Introduction to Psychology, LE                          4
 MATH       141        College Algebra, LE                                     4

                                                                                    Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                                    Hours
 I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    8
         Special education majors must complete eight credit hours in one of
         the following ways:
               •     Eight credit hours of a single foreign language .
               •     Four credit hours of a foreign language and four credit
                     hours from an international or national cross-cultural
                     study tour approved by the School of Education .
         See Foreign Language Requirement for equivalencies, AP and CLEP
         credit policy .

264          Special Education License Program
                                                                                          About
                                                                                          Westminster

II.    Prerequisite	Courses                                                   11–12
       PSYC      105 Introduction to Psychology, LE                       4               Programs of
       *PSYC     301 Child Development                                    4               Instruction


       One of the following math courses:
                                                                                          Admission to
       ‡MATH 141 College Algebra, LE (4)                                                  the College
       EDUC 220 Math for K–6 Teachers I (3)                             3–4
       *Note: With Dean and/or program chair approval, prerequisite
       psychology courses at the 200-level may be transferred from other                  Financial Aid
       institutions . Psychology courses completed within the previous ten-
       year period will be considered for transfer .

       ‡ or higher level equivalent                                                       Expenses
III.   Required	Courses                                                        57
       EDUC 302 Foundations of Education                                  4
       EDUC 303 Teaching with Technology                                  2               Degree
       EDUC 315 Learning Theory                                           3               Reqments.

       EDUC 319**Educating Students from Diverse Backgrounds              2
       EDUC 341* Language Arts Methods                                    3
                                                                                          Academic
       EDUC 343* Literacy Methods for K–6 Teachers                        3               Policies &
       EDUC 351 Early Literacy Assessment and Intervention                3               Procedures
       EDUC 360 SPED Portfolio Development                                2
       EDUC 368* Math Methods for K–8 Teachers                            3               Grading and
       EDUC 418 Special Education Student Teaching Seminar                2               Academic
       SPED      303 Roles of the Special Educator                        4               Standards
       SPED      308* Assessment                                          4
       SPED      335* Special Education Methods I                         4
       SPED      340* Special Education Methods II                        4
                                                                                          School of
       SPED      385* Behavior Management                                 4               Arts &
       SPED      390 Special Education Student Teaching                  10               Sciences
       * Students are required to spend twenty clock hours in a field
       placement .
       **EDUC 319 is not required for students who are completing
       an ESL minor
                                                                                          Gore School
TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	SPECIAL	EDUCATION	                                                    of Business
                                                                              76–77
MAJOR
Completion	of	an	approved	academic	or	teaching	minor	is	required	(see	indi-
vidual	program	listings	for	details).
                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Education




                                                                                          School of
                                                                                          Nursing
                                                                                          and Health
                                                                                          Sciences




                                      Special Education License Program             265   Course
                                                                                          Descriptions
Recommended Plan of Study for Special Education
 First	Three		               PSYC 105 (LE)
 Semesters                   PSYC 301
                             EDUC 319
 LE and prerequisite         EDUC 220 or MATH 141
 courses                     SPED 303
                             Most remaining LE courses beyond those listed above
                             Begin minor and foreign language courses
 Fourth	Semester             EDUC 302
                             EDUC 303
 Foundations courses         Any remaining LE courses
                             Additional minor and foreign language courses
 Fifth,	Sixth	and		          EDUC 315 SPED 308
 Seventh	Semesters           EDUC 341 SPED 335
                             EDUC 343 SPED 340
 Methods courses             EDUC 351 SPED 385
                             EDUC 360 EDUC 368
                             Remaining minor and foreign language courses
 Eighth	Semester             SPED 390
 Student teaching            EDUC 418

Mild/Moderate Special Education Endorsement
Program Requirements
Students who choose not to major in Special Education may earn an endorsement
in Special Education in addition to an elementary or secondary teaching license .
Requirements for the endorsement are:
(1) Admission to the Elementary or Secondary teacher preparation programs, or (2)
admission to the Master of Education program with a basic/standard teaching certificate .
Completion of the following courses for endorsement (may be taken at the
undergraduate numbered in the 300s or graduate level numbered in the 500s) .

                                                                              Credit	
 Requirement	Description
                                                                              Hours
 I.      Required	Courses                                                       24
         SPED 303/503      Roles of the Special Educator                4
         SPED 308/508      Principles and Application of Special
                           Education Assessment                         4
         SPED 335/535      Methods of Instruction and Curriculum
                           for K–6 Special Education I                  4
         SPED 340/540      Methods of Instruction and Curriculum
                           for 7–12 Special Education II                4
         SPED 385/585      Behavioral Supports in Special Education     4
         SPED 390/590      Student Teaching in Special Education        4
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	SPECIAL	EDUCATION		
                                                                                24
 ENDORSEMENT	PROGRAM

266          Special Education License Program
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster

English	as	a	Second	Language	Endorsement	
Program	(TESL)                                                                         Programs of
                                                                                       Instruction



Objectives                                                                             Admission to
                                                                                       the College
This program leads to a state endorsement in English as a Second Language at the
early childhood, elementary, or secondary level . The program may be taken as an
undergraduate minor or as part of the Master of Education (MED) program .
                                                                                       Financial Aid


Admission to the Program
Undergraduate students must be admitted to the Teacher Education Program (as           Expenses
outlined in the Education/Teacher Education Programs section of this catalog) prior
to enrolling in any TESL course . Students who already have a baccalaureate degree
and a teaching certificate must be admitted to the Master of Education program .       Degree
                                                                                       Reqments.


English as a Second Language Endorsement                                               Academic
Program Requirements                                                                   Policies &
                                                                                       Procedures
(1) Admission to the Elementary, Special Education, or Secondary teacher
preparation programs, or (2) admission to the Master of Education program with a       Grading and
basic/standard teaching certificate .                                                  Academic
                                                                                       Standards
Completion of the following courses for endorsement (may be taken at the
undergraduate level numbered in the 300s or graduate level numbered in the 600s) .
                                                                                       School of
                                                                           Credit	     Arts &
 Requirement	Description                                                               Sciences
                                                                           Hours
 I.     English	as	a	Second	Language	Endorsement	(TESL)                     18
        TESL 320/MED    620   ESL, Family and Community                3
        TESL 321/MED    621   Foundations of ESL Instruction           3
        TESL 322/MED    622   Language Acquisition and Assessment      3               Gore School
        TESL 323/MED    623   ESL Methods I                            3               of Business
        TESL 324/MED    624   ESL Methods II: Content and Assessment   3
        TESL 325/MED    625   Assessment for ELL in Content Areas      3
 II.    Foreign	Language	Requirement                                         4
        All undergraduate students must complete four credit hours                     School of
        of a foreign language . See Foreign Language Requirement for                   Education
        equivalencies, AP and CLEP credit policy .
 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	TESL	ENDORSEMENT	AS	AN		
                                                                            22
 UNDERGRADUATE	MINOR
                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                  English as a Second Language Endorsement Program               267   Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
School of Nursing and Health
Sciences Program Listing

Division	of	Nursing	

Undergraduate Programs

Baccalaureate Nursing Program (NURS)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 269


Graduate Programs

See the Graduate Academic Catalog for detailed information on the
following programs:

      Master of Science in Nursing, Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP)
      Family Nurse Practitioner Certificate Option
      Master of Science in Nursing Education (MSNED)
      Nurse Educator Certificate

Division	of	Health	Sciences

Undergraduate Programs

Human Performance and Wellness Program (HPW)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 280


Graduate Programs

See the Graduate Academic Catalog for detailed information on the
following programs:

      Master of Science in Nurse Anesthesia (MSNA)
      Master of Public Health (MPH) and Certificate in
      Public Health (CPH)




268          School of Nursing and Health Sciences
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster

Nursing	Program	(NURS)
                                                                                         Programs of
Dean, Sheryl Steadman                                                                    Instruction

Program Director, Diane Van Os
                                                                                         Admission to
                                                                                         the College
Philosophy Statement
The faculty at Westminster College School of Nursing function under a philosophy
that provides learning opportunities for individuals preparing to engage in the art      Financial Aid
and science of nursing . We have programs at multiple levels of practice including
the BS professional level and the MSN advanced level for family nurse practitioner
and nurse educator . We are committed to excellence in teaching through the creation
                                                                                         Expenses
of an active learning environment that promotes inclusiveness and respect for
diversity . We feel a deep sense of responsibility to build a foundation of knowledge
and develop skills that will prepare students to function as competent nurses in a
                                                                                         Degree
variety of environmental settings .                                                      Reqments.

We are seeking to help students prepare to become critical thinkers through critical
examination of alternatives . We integrate liberal education, theory, research and       Academic
practice through collaborative learning methods . We encourage teamwork . We             Policies &
                                                                                         Procedures
enhance self-confidence through positive reinforcement of well-performed clinical
skills . We foster leadership development and strive to develop learners with an
increased sense of social responsibility and a global consciousness . We continually     Grading and
                                                                                         Academic
assess and evaluate student performance and achievement of programmatic and              Standards
college-wide goals and objectives .
We have adopted Patricia Benner’s model of “Novice to Expert” as the conceptual
                                                                                         School of
framework for our nursing programs at Westminster College . Within this framework,       Arts &
we define the themes of nursing, person, health and environment . This model, with       Sciences
its domains of practice and proficiency progression is woven throughout the fiber of
the nursing courses .


Mission of the Undergraduate Nursing Program                                             Gore School
                                                                                         of Business
The primary goal of the undergraduate nursing program is to prepare professional
nurse generalists whose liberal arts and professional education enables them to meet
the health care needs of society and to continue life-long personal and professional
development . To this end, the program offers a major in nursing leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree . The program is designed to accommodate beginning            School of
                                                                                         Education
undergraduate students, transfer students, students seeking a second degree, and
licensed practical nurses . Graduates of the program are eligible to take the national
licensing examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN) .
The nursing curriculum is designed with the premise that to be excellent                 School of
practitioners, students must be able to think critically, communicate effectively,       Nursing
                                                                                         and Health
understand their own values, and be sensitive to the values of others . In addition,     Sciences
they must have a thorough understanding of the theoretical, empirical, and practical
knowledge related to the profession of nursing .

                                          Baccalaureate Nursing Program           269    Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
Program Goals
The undergraduate nursing program is structured so that graduates of the program
will be able to:

      1 .   Provide professional nursing care based on knowledge derived from
            theory and research .
      2 .   Synthesize the theoretical and empirical knowledge from nursing, life,
            physical and social sciences, and the arts and humanities in the domains of
            professional nursing practice .
      3 .   Apply the nursing process to provide nursing care for individuals,
            families, groups, and communities in a variety of health care settings .
      4 .   Accept responsibility and accountability for the effectiveness of their
            nursing practice .
      5 .   Influence the quality of nursing and health care within practice settings
            through the use of leadership skills, management concepts, and knowledge
            of the political system .
      6 .   Evaluate research to determine the applicability of research findings in the
            domains of professional nursing practice .
      7 .   Collaborate with other health care providers and members of the general
            public in promoting the health and well being of people throughout the life
            cycle .
      8 .   Incorporate professional values with the ethical, moral, and legal aspects
            in the domains of professional nursing practice .
      9 .   Recognize the health needs of today’s society and function in a changing
            health care delivery system .
      10 . Apply critical thinking skills in personal and professional transitional
           situations .


Program Requirements
The undergraduate nursing program may be completed in four years . Attending at
least one summer term is highly recommended to lighten the student’s academic
load . Requirements include courses in the humanities, life sciences, behavioral and
physical sciences, and nursing . Many of the courses are structured on a sequential
basis . Students must be careful to take these sequential courses in the correct order .
Following the basic plan of study and obtaining approval of all course registrations
from a nursing faculty advisor will prevent a student from having to wait a full year
to complete a sequence . Additional information about college policies is provided
in the sections “Undergraduate Degree Requirements” and “Academic Policies and
Procedures .”




270          Baccalaureate Nursing Program
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster

Admission & Prerequisite Support Course
Requirements                                                                                Programs of
                                                                                            Instruction
Students who qualify for admission to Westminster College can declare a pre-
nursing major . Students apply to progress into nursing courses after completing
the prerequisite support classes with a grade of C or higher, including the liberal         Admission to
education classes, ENGL 110, and SOC 105 or SOC 253 or ANTH 252 . Students                  the College

who have a minimum cumulative grade point and prerequisite grade point of 2 .7 on
a 4 .0 scale in both the prerequisite and general education courses will be considered
for admission to the undergraduate nursing program . Please refer to the chart on           Financial Aid
page 276 for a complete list of required prerequisite coursework .
All nursing students are encouraged to take the Math Placement Test upon entering
Westminster College in order to determine if additional coursework in mathematics           Expenses

is necessary prior to enrolling in MATH 150 .

Application to the Nursing Program                                                          Degree
                                                                                            Reqments.
In addition to applying for admission to Westminster College, students apply to
progress into the Nursing Program during the sophomore year of study . Acceptance
                                                                                            Academic
is determined by the School of Nursing and Health Sciences Admission and                    Policies &
Progression Committee, which bases its decisions on the following criteria:                 Procedures


     1 .   In order to apply to the School of Nursing, prerequisite courses must            Grading and
           have a grade of C or better and an average GPA of 2 .7 or higher, and            Academic
                                                                                            Standards
           your cumulative GPA from all institutions of higher education you have
           attended must be at least 2 .7 .
     2 .   Three completed recommendation forms from professionals indicating               School of
           qualifications for success in nursing . Examples include employers,              Arts &
                                                                                            Sciences
           professors, instructors, or teachers . Transfer students (excluding licensed
           practical nurses) transferring from another school of nursing must also
           submit a letter of recommendation from the transfer school’s Dean of
           Nursing .
                                                                                            Gore School
     3 .   Previous enrollment at Westminster College is beneficial to qualified            of Business
           applicants .
     4 .   Criteria for the LPN are the same as for basic students except that the
           applicant must be a graduate of an accredited practical nursing program
           and submit proof of a valid current Utah practical nurse license in good
                                                                                            School of
           standing .                                                                       Education

     5 .   A typed Letter of Intent, which includes statements related to the
           candidate’s skills and qualifications . The letter is judged on content,
           clarity, motivation to become a nurse, spelling, and grammar .
                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                            Baccalaureate Nursing Program             271   Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
      6 .   Students will be required to provide proof of state and federal background
            checks at time of application . Both state and federal background checks
            must be free of criminal arrest history . If	there	is	a	criminal	arrest	
            history	expungement	must	be	completed	prior	to	submission	of	the	
            application.
      7 .   Students will be required to provide negative drug testing results from an
            approved laboratory prior to submission of application .
      8 .   Students must meet the State of Utah Student Nurse Physical Demands
            Policy requirements .


Additional Requirements Upon Acceptance
Upon approval to progress, students are asked to present a current health certificate
indicating health status and current immunizations as required by the School of
Nursing and Health Sciences . A negative TB test or its equivalent is required . All
students are required to present evidence of current CPR certification and current
immunizations before they can begin clinical coursework . CPR certification and
immunizations must be kept current throughout the program . Students will be
responsible for providing documentation for their file on a yearly basis .
Malpractice insurance will be purchased by Westminster College and billed to each
student . Nursing students are required to have their own health insurance . Students
will be required to notify the School of Nursing and Health Sciences of any changes
in federal or state background check status .
Students need to be able to provide their own transportation to clinical sites .
Students are expected to wear the official nursing student uniform to clinical
experiences and to abide by the dress standard as outlined in the Undergraduate
Nursing Student Handbook .
For successful continued progression through the program, nursing students
are required to maintain high academic and personal standards . Elaboration of
progression policies are published in the Undergraduate Nursing Student Handbook .
Clinical rotations are scheduled during day, evening, or weekend shifts .
Students need to be aware they:

      1 .   Are required to notify the School of Nursing and Health Sciences of any
            changes in federal or state background check status .
      2 .   Are expected to be honest, responsible, dependable, and mature . The
            nursing faculty expects that students will be responsible for maintaining
            integrity in meeting course requirements . This includes being responsible
            for their own learning, making appropriate contacts when unable to meet
            clinical assignments, and honesty in written work and exams . The college
            policy on academic honesty outlines actions that may be taken in the event
            of dishonesty .




272          Baccalaureate Nursing Program
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster
    3 .   Are required to achieve a grade of C or higher in nursing coursework .
          To achieve the minimum grade requirement, a grade of C or higher is
                                                                                           Programs of
          necessary in both theoretical and clinical components of each nursing            Instruction
          course . Grades of C- and below are not acceptable .

                      Nursing Program Grading System                                       Admission to
                                                                                           the College
                          A         (4 .0)          95–100%
                          A-        (3 .7)          90–94%
                          B+        (3 .3)          87–89%
                                                                                           Financial Aid
                          B         (3 .0)          83–86%
                          B-        (2 .7)          80–82%
                          C+        (2 .3)          78–79%
                          C         (2 .0)          75–77%                                 Expenses
                          C-        (1 .7)          73–74%
                          D+        (1 .3)          69–72%
                          D         (1 .0)          65–68%                                 Degree
                          D-        (0 .7)          62–64%                                 Reqments.
                          F         (0 .0)          61 & below
    4 .   Must have a cumulative grade point average of 2 .3 or higher in nursing          Academic
          coursework in order to graduate .                                                Policies &
                                                                                           Procedures

    5 .   Must fulfill the required prerequisites before enrolling in a course . Can
          repeat only one clinical course one time only, including withdrawal from         Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
          the course for failure .                                                         Standards

Progression	in	the	Program
The student must:
                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Arts &
    1 .   Maintain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2 .3 .                      Sciences

    2 .   Receive a grade of C or higher in all nursing courses . A grade of C- or
          lower in two nursing courses will result in dismissal from the program .
    3 .   Cumulative test/quiz scores must average 75% or higher, or the student
                                                                                           Gore School
          will not be able to progress . If a student does not achieve a 75% or higher,    of Business
          the course grade will reflect only the average test/quiz scores achieved by
          the end of the course .
    4 .   In identified nursing courses, a math test must be passed at 85% or higher
          to progress in the nursing program .
                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Education
    5 .   Once students have been admitted into the nursing program, they have 8
          semesters in which to complete the program .
    6 .   Maintain a negative drug screen and have no criminal arrest .
                                                                                           School of
    7 .   Complete required HESI exams .                                                   Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
    8 .   Participate in a required NCLEX review course .                                  Sciences




                                             Baccalaureate Nursing Program           273   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
Course	Probation	and	Dismissal	Policy
A student may receive a clinical/classroom warning of probationary status at any
time during a clinical or classroom experience if the instructor determines that the
student’s performance is unsatisfactory . The written warning will outline what the
student must do to meet the course requirements . Students who have been placed
on course probation will be formally evaluated at the end of that course . Course
probation will be removed if the student is able to successfully meet the objectives
by the end of the course . Students must be removed from course probation to
progress to the next course . However, any program probationary status will be
documented in the student record .
A student will be dismissed from the nursing program for any of the following
reasons:

      1 .   Violations of the academic honesty policies (see below) .
      2 .   Violation of the American Nurses Association “Code for Nurses”
            guidelines for ethical practice, or the National Student Nurses’ Association
            “Code of Academic and Clinical Conduct .”
      3 .   Failure to maintain a grade point average (GPA) appropriate to the
            program .
      4 .   A documented pattern of unprofessional behavior in the classroom or
            clinical setting .
      5 .   Unsafe practice in the clinical area .
      6 .   A grade of C- or below in a second nursing course OR a repeated nursing
            course during the entire program .
      7 .   Failure to notify the School of Nursing of changes in a criminal arrest
            history .
Students dismissed from the nursing program related to clinical/classroom
deficiencies must petition the Admission and Progression Committee for
readmission if they wish to reenter the program . Matters of personal concern to the
student will be considered at this time . The Admission and Progression Committee
will make a recommendation to the Dean of the School of Nursing and Health
Sciences regarding readmission to the nursing program .
Students have the right to appeal decisions of academic evaluation or dismissal from
the program through the Academic Grievance Process of the School of Nursing and
Health Sciences . The procedure for appeal is outlined in the Undergraduate Nursing
Student Handbook .




274           Baccalaureate Nursing Program
                                                                                                   About
                                                                                                   Westminster

Nursing Major
                                                                                     Credit	       Programs of
Liberal	Education	Courses                                                                          Instruction
                                                                                     Hours
The following courses, which fulfill LE requirements, are also nursing prerequisites:
BIOL      103         Human Anatomy and Lab                                   4                    Admission to
BIOL      104         Human Physiology and Lab                                4                    the College

BIOL      111         Clinical Microbiology and Lab                           4
(The above three courses combined fulfill the Life Sciences LE requirement .)
CHEM       103          Introduction to Chemistry, LE                            4                 Financial Aid
ENGL       110          Composition and Research, LE                             4
MATH       150          Elementary Statistics, LE                                4
SOC        105          Introduction to Sociology, LE                            4                 Expenses
or
SOC        253          Sociology of the Family, LE                              4
or
ANTH       252          Cultural Anthropology, LE                                4                 Degree
                                                                                                   Reqments.

                                                                                     Credit	
Requirement	Description
                                                                                     Hours         Academic
                                                                                                   Policies &
I.      Foreign	Language	Requirement                                                    4          Procedures

        All nursing majors must complete 4 hours of foreign language . See
        Foreign Language Requirement for equivalencies, AP and CLEP                                Grading and
        credit policy .                                                                            Academic
                                                                                                   Standards
II.     Prerequisite	Courses                                                            41
        BIOL      103    Human Anatomy and Lab                               4
        BIOL      104    Human Physiology and Lab                            4                     School of
        BIOL      111    Clinical Microbiology and Lab                       4                     Arts &
        CHEM      103    Introduction to Chemistry and Lab, LE               4                     Sciences
        CHEM      201    Organic and Biochemistry                            4
        ENGL      110    Composition and Research, LE                        4
        NURS      210    Nutrition                                           3
        NURS      280    Pathophysiology                                     3
        PSYC      303    Life Span Developmental Psychology                  3                     Gore School
                                                                                                   of Business
        SOC       105 Introduction to Sociology, LE (4)
        or
        SOC       253 Sociology of the Family, LE (4)
        or
        ANTH      252 Cultural Anthropology, LE (4)                          4
                                                                                                   School of
        *MATH	150	must	be	taken	prior	to	enrollment	in	Junior-level	                               Education
        nursing	courses.	MATH	105	or	higher	or	equivalent	is	a		
        prerequisite	to	MATH	150.	                                   4
III.    Required	Nursing	Courses                                                        57
                                                                                                   School of
                                                                                                   Nursing
                                                                                                   and Health
                                                                                                   Sciences




                                             Baccalaureate Nursing Program                   275   Course
                                                                                                   Descriptions
        NURS      220   Pharmacology                                 2
        NURS      302   Health Assessment                            2
        NURS      303   Introduction to Professional Nursing         5
        NURS      304   Medical-Surgical Nursing                     7
        NURS      306   Gerontological Nursing                       2
        NURS      308   Nursing of the Childbearing Family           6
        NURS      309   Child Health Nursing                         6
        NURS      390   Nursing Theory and Research                  3
        NURS      404   Advanced Medical-Surgical Nursing            6
        NURS      405   Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing            6
        NURS      408   Community Health Nursing                     6
        NURS      409   Nursing Leadership                           6

 TOTAL	HOURS	FOR	THE	NURSING	MAJOR                                           102


Remaining Liberal Education Requirements
English 110 and the Life Sciences, Physical Sciences, Social Science II and the
Diversity liberal education requirements are fulfilled by nursing prerequisites and
may not be taken for credit/no credit . See “Academic Policies and Procedures” for
further explanation of the college’s credit/no credit policy concerning the following
LE requirements .

 Learning	Community
 All full-time freshmen will be required to complete one Learning
 Community . See page 46 for more information .
 Writing	and	other	Communication	Skills                                        3
 Information	Literacy                                                          0
 Information Literacy (new workshop required for students who have
 not taken ENGL 110 at Westminster College)
 Basic	Speech	Course                                                           3
 SPCH     111 Public Presentations (3)

 Humanities                                                                10–12
 Courses with strong emphasis on critical, analytical, and integrative
 thinking in historical, literary, and philosophical contexts .
 History	(choose one course)	                                                3–4
 HIST     112   Western Civilization (3)
 HIST     113   Western Civilization (3)
 HIST     212   World History to 1500 (4)
 HIST     213   Modern World History (4)
 HIST     220   United States History (3)
 Literature                                                                    4



276         Baccalaureate Nursing Program
                                                                                     About
                                                                                     Westminster

ENGL 220 Introduction to Literature (4)
Philosophy/Religion	(choose one course)                                  3–4         Programs of
                                                                                     Instruction
PHIL     100   Introduction to Philosophy (3)
PHIL     102   Critical Thinking (4)
PHIL     206   Introduction to Ethics (3)                                            Admission to
                                                                                     the College
REL      101   Religions of the World (3)
Arts                                                                     5–8
                                                                                     Financial Aid
Courses with strong emphasis on creative and reflective capacities .
Creative	Arts	(choose one course)                                        2–4
ART      101   Beginning Drawing (2)                                                 Expenses
ART      103   Beginning Painting (2)
ART      148   Fundamentals of Pottery (3)
ART      180   Photography (3)
                                                                                     Degree
MUSC     115   Griffin Chorus (1–3)                                                  Reqments.
MUSC     125   Westminster Jazz Combo (1–3)
MUSC     135   Westminster Chamber Orchestra (1–3)
                                                                                     Academic
MUSC     145   Westminster Chamber Singers (1–4)                                     Policies &
THTR     127   Stagecraft (2)                                                        Procedures
THTR     129   Costumes and Makeup (2)
THTR     180   Acting (2)                                                            Grading and
THTR     228   Beginning Theatre Workshop (2)                                        Academic
                                                                                     Standards
THTR     230   Beginning Dance and Movement (2)
Arts	Survey	(choose one course)                                          3–4
ART   110 Survey of Art (3)                                                          School of
                                                                                     Arts &
MUSC 109 Music Fundamentals (4)                                                      Sciences
MUSC 110 Survey of Western Art Music (3)
THTR 124 Survey of the Theatre (3)
ART/MUSC/THTR 200FN Experiencing the Arts (4)
Social	Sciences                                                           4          Gore School
                                                                                     of Business
Courses with strong emphasis on global consciousness, social
responsibility, and ethical awareness in a social science context .
Social	Sciences	I	(choose one course)                                     4
ECON     105   Introduction to Economics as a Social Science (4)
                                                                                     School of
ECON     253   Elementary Macroeconomics (4)                                         Education
JUST     101   Introduction to Justice Studies (4)
PLSC     101   Introduction to Political Science (4)
PLSC     121   American National Government (4)
                                                                                     School of
                                                                                     Nursing
                                                                                     and Health
                                                                                     Sciences




                                         Baccalaureate Nursing Program         277   Course
                                                                                     Descriptions
Living	Arts                                                                    2–4
Courses with a strong emphasis on real world, life enhancing knowledge .
Living	Arts (choose one course)                                                2–4
CMPT     100   The Information Age: Society, Computers, and You (3)
EDUC     201   Discovering Creativity thrgh Multiple Intelligences (2)
EDUC     205   Service Learning in Salt Lake (2)
FINC     210   Personal Finance (3)
HPW      156   Exploring Wasatch Mountain Paths (2)
HPW      220   Yoga for Wellness (2)
HPW      250   Fitness for Life (2)
HPW      260   Psychological Aspects of Well-Being (2)
MGMT     110   Historical Traditions of Business and Entrep . (4)
MGMT     205   Leadership Development (2)
PSYC     330   Interpersonal Communication Skills (3)
Total                                                                      24–31	
(taking full advantage of double-dipping)                                  credits

Recommended Plan of Study for Nursing
                     Fall	Semester                     Spring	Semester
Freshman	Year        BIOL 103                          BIOL 104
                     CHEM 103                          CHEM 201
                     ENGL 110                          PSYC 303
                     LE: Creative Arts                 SOC 105 or SOC 253 or
                     LE: Arts Survey/Spch              ANTH 252
Sophomore	Year       BIOL 111                          NURS 220
                     NURS 210                          NURS 302
                     NURS 280                          NURS 303
                     LE: Arts Survey/Spch              *MATH 150
                     LE: Hist, Lit, Phil/Rel,          LE: Living Arts (2–3)
                     Soc Sci I or Foreign Language     *MATH 105 or higher is a
                                                       prerequisite for MATH 150 .
Junior	Year          NURS 304                          NURS 308
Beginning in         NURS 306                          NURS 309
Spring of junior     NURS 390                          LE: Hist, Lit, Phil/Rel, Social
year, all nursing    LE: Hist, Lit, Phil/Rel, Social   Science I or Foreign Language
courses are taught   Science I or Foreign Language
in 7-week blocks .
Senior	Year          NURS 405                          NURS 404
                     NURS 408                          NURS 409
                     LE: Hist, Lit, Phil/Rel, Social   LE: Hist, Lit, Phil/Rel, Social
                     Science I or Foreign Language     Science I or Foreign Language


278        Baccalaureate Nursing Program
                                                                                       About
                                                                                       Westminster
May Term
Elective courses are offered during May Term .
                                                                                       Programs of
                                                                                       Instruction
Summer Term
Nursing students who follow this basic plan of study are strongly encouraged to take
                                                                                       Admission to
liberal education courses during the summer to lighten their semester course loads .   the College
Clinical requirements in the junior and senior years make it difficult to coordinate
LE courses .
                                                                                       Financial Aid

Options for Advanced Standing
Transfer	Students                                                                      Expenses

Program requirements must be met by all nursing students . Transfer students may
meet some of their requirements by equivalent transfer credit .
                                                                                       Degree
Microbiology and human physiology must have been taken within the past five            Reqments.
years . Students who completed these courses longer than five years ago may repeat
the courses or submit a current transcript documenting successful completion a
                                                                                       Academic
pathophysiology course within the last three years .                                   Policies &
                                                                                       Procedures
Nursing prerequisite courses need to be fulfilled by students with prior degrees .
Individual evaluations of comparable academic coursework, taken in an accredited
                                                                                       Grading and
college or university, will be made by the nursing program .                           Academic
                                                                                       Standards

Licensed	Practical	Nurses
LPNs must apply for admission to the nursing program . They will be expected
                                                                                       School of
to demonstrate skill competencies and knowledge of the nursing process in the          Arts &
domains of nursing practice to be considered for advance placement .                   Sciences




                                                                                       Gore School
                                                                                       of Business




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Education




                                                                                       School of
                                                                                       Nursing
                                                                                       and Health
                                                                                       Sciences




                                        Baccalaureate Nursing Program           279    Course
                                                                                       Descriptions
Human	Performance	and	Wellness	
Program	(HPW)
Sheryl Steadman, Dean
Program Director, Marvin Seale
Human Performance and Wellness courses provide unique opportunities to challenge
and maximize the potential of the human mind, body, and spirit . As expected, there
are traditional activity courses that are held in the new Dolores Doré Eccles Health,
Wellness and Athletic Center . As desired, there are numerous classes that venture
outdoors and take advantage of world-class recreational opportunities minutes from
campus . In general, the curriculum emphasizes experiential learning and optimal
living through physical fitness, movement education, lifetime sports, outdoor
recreation, and the promotion of holistic well-being . Students should be aware that
many special topics courses are offered each semester; look for Pilates for Wellness,
Outdoor Leadership, Nutrition, Advanced Strength Training, Indoor Climbing, or
Providing Personal Training .

      Course                                                         Credit Hours
      HPW      101       Basketball                                    1
      HPW      103       Strength Training                             1
      HPW      110       First Aid/CPR/AED for Schools and Community   1
      HPW      148       Jogging                                       1
      HPW      152       Downhill Skiing & Snowboarding*               1
      HPW      156       Exploring Wasatch Mountain Paths, LE**        2
      HPW      160       Level I Avalanche Awareness                   1
      HPW      170       Volleyball                                    1
      HPW      182       Tennis                                        1
      HPW      200       Special Topics in HPW                       1–3
      HPW      220       Yoga for Wellness, LE                         2
      HPW      230       Beginning Dance and Movement, LE              2
      HPW      250       Fitness for Life, LE                          2
      HPW      260       Psychological Aspects of Performance
                         and Well-Being, LE                            2
      HPW      280       Reach Your Peak: Maximizing Potential
                         Through Physical Wellness, LE                 3
      HPW      300       Special Topics in HPW                       1–3


* Offered Spring semesters only .
**Offered Fall and Summer semesters only .




280         Human Performance and Wellness
                                                                                         About
                                                                                         Westminster


Reserve Officer Training Corps
(R.O.T.C.) Program
                                                                                         Programs of
                                                                                         Instruction




                                                                                         Admission to

U.S.	Air	Force	ROTC	(AIRF)                                                               the College


Department Office, 2009 Annex Building
University of Utah, 801–581–6236                                                         Financial Aid

Department Chair, Lt. Col. Kent Wong
The Department of Aerospace Studies offers four-year, three-year, and two-year
                                                                                         Expenses
programs through the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) . These
provide matriculated men and women students an opportunity to earn commissions
as officers in the U .S . Air Force in conjunction with completing baccalaureate
                                                                                         Degree
degree requirements in academic fields of the student’s choice .                         Reqments.

The Department of Aerospace Studies offers academic preparation in
interdisciplinary areas including communication skills, Air Force history, leadership    Academic
and management principles and practices, decision-making theory and policy               Policies &
                                                                                         Procedures
formulation, ethics and values, socialization process within the armed services,
national and international relations, national defense structure, national security
policy, and military law . Entry into the General Military Course (GMC) during           Grading and
                                                                                         Academic
the first two years of AFROTC is open to all students . Entry into the Professional      Standards
Officer Course (POC) during the final two years is selective and is normally initiated
during the student’s sophomore year . Students may qualify to be commissioned
in any of more than 60 technical and nontechnical officer career areas or as flying      School of
officers (pilots or navigators) . For complete information concerning the Air Force      Arts &
                                                                                         Sciences
ROTC Program, prospective students should contact: Department of Aerospace
Studies, University of Utah, phone: 801–581–6236 .

Basic	Courses	                                                      Credit	Hours
AIRF      1010      Foundations of the USAF I                                  1         Gore School
                                                                                         of Business
AIRF      1011      Foundations of the USAF II                                 1

AIRF      1010L     General Military Leadership Lab I                          0
AIRF      1011L     General Military Leadership Lab II                         0
                                                                                         School of
AIRF      1110      General Military Leadership Lab I                          1         Education
AIRF      1111      General Military Leadership Lab II                         1

AIRF      2010      Air Power History I                                        1
AIRF      2011      Air Power History II                                       1         School of
                                                                                         Nursing
                                                                                         and Health
AIRF      2010L     General Military Leadership Lab III                        0         Sciences
AIRF      2011L     General Military Leadership Lab IV                         0



                    Reserve Officer Training Corps (R .O .T .C .) Program          281   Course
                                                                                         Descriptions
AIRF      2110      General Military Leadership Lab III                          1
AIRF      2111      General Military Leadership Lab IV                           1

AIRF      2830      Directed Readings                                         1–5

Upper	Division	Courses	                                               Credit	Hours
AIRF      3010      Leadership Studies I                                         3
AIRF      3011      Leadership Studies II                                        3

AIRF      3010L     Professional Officer Course Leadership Lab I                 0
AIRF      3011L     Professional Officer Course Leadership Lab II                0

AIRF      3110      Professional Officer Course Leadership Lab I                 1
AIRF      3111      Professional Officer Course Leadership Lab II                1

AIRF      4010      National Security Affairs I                                  3
AIRF      4011      National Security Affairs II                                 3

AIRF      4010L     Professional Officer Course Leadership Lab III               0
AIRF      4011L     Professional Officer Course Leadership Lab IV                0

AIRF      4110      Professional Officer Course Leadership Lab III               1
AIRF      4111      Professional Officer Course Leadership Lab IV                1

AIRF      4830      Directed Readings                                         1–5
AIRF      3000      AFROTC Field Training                                     1–4


U.S.	Army	ROTC	(ARMY)
Department Office, 105 South 1452 East
University of Utah, 801–581–6716
Department Chair, LTC Edwin L. Frederick
Web : www .milsci .utah .edu
The Military Science Department (Army ROTC) offers a leadership program for
college men and women to earn commissions as second lieutenants in the United
States Army (Active, Reserve, or National Guard) . Two- and four-year programs
are available . All courses receive academic credit toward graduation . Instructors,
textbooks, uniforms, and equipment are provided by the Department of the Army
without cost to the student .
The Basic Course provides instruction in basic leadership and hands-on military
adventure training such as rappelling, survival instruction, skiing, land navigation,
and rifle marksmanship . There is no military obligation for students taking the Basic
Course . Students normally take this program during their freshman and sophomore
years .

282         Reserve Officer Training Corps (R .O .T .C .) Program
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster
The Advanced Course provides extensive instruction in leadership development,
military organization, management, tactics, and administration . Students may have
                                                                                           Programs of
the opportunity to attend specialty training such as Airborne or Air Assault School .      Instruction
This program is normally taken during the final two years of college .
Financial aid/scholarships are available from the Department of Military Science .
                                                                                           Admission to
For further information, contact the enrollment advisor at 801–581–6716 .                  the College

(F = Fall Semester, S = Spring Semester, Su = Summer Term)

Basic	Courses	                                                        Credit	Hours         Financial Aid

ARMY       1010      Leadership Discovery I                                  (2) F
ARMY       1020      Leadership Discovery II                                 (2) S
ARMY       1060      Military Physical Readiness                          (1) F, S         Expenses
ARMY       2010      Leadership Challenge I                                  (3) F
ARMY       2020      Leadership Challenge II                                 (3) S
ARMY       2950      Basic Course Independent Study                     (2–3) S, F         Degree
                                                                                           Reqments.
Advanced	Courses
ARMY       3010      Leadership Assessment & Development I                  (3) F
                                                                                           Academic
ARMY       3020      Leadership Assessment & Development II                 (3) S          Policies &
ARMY       3950      Independent Study                                  (1–4) F, S         Procedures

ARMY       3960      Military History Leader                              (3) F, S
ARMY       4010      Advanced Leadership I                                  (4) F          Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
ARMY       4020      Advanced Leadership II                                 (4) S          Standards
ARMY       4950      Senior Seminar                                     (1–4) F, S


U.S.	Navy	ROTC	(NAVY)                                                                      School of
                                                                                           Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
Department Office, 100 Naval Science Bldg .
University of Utah, 801–581–6723, Fax 801–585–9154
Department Chair, Capt. Timothy J. Lawrence
The major goals of the U .S . Navy ROTC Program are:                                       Gore School
                                                                                           of Business
     1 .   To help educate midshipmen in a major field of interest to the Navy or
           Marine Corps leading to a baccalaureate degree .
     2 .   To provide midshipmen with fundamental concepts and principles of naval
           science and with the professional naval knowledge necessary to establish a      School of
           sound basis for future growth as a Naval or Marine Corps officer .              Education

     3 .   To prepare midshipmen for service with the highest sense of honor and
           integrity as commissioned officers; to cultivate the essential elements of
           military leadership; and to foster the growth of a strong sense of loyalty
                                                                                           School of
           and dedication to the service and to the nation .                               Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                     Reserve Officer Training Corps (R .O .T .C .) Program           283   Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
      4 .   To prepare midshipmen to continue their education in a field of interest to
            the Navy or Marine Corps later in their careers .
      5 .   To instill the values of civilian higher education into the naval service by
            utilizing the expertise of civilian faculty instruction .
For complete information concerning the Naval ROTC Program, prospective
students should contact Capt . Timothy Lawrence, 801–581–6723 .

Courses	                                                                Credit	Hours
NAVY 1010         Introduction to Naval Science                                    2
NAVY 1020         Seapower and Maritime Affairs                                    3
NAVY 2000         Leadership and Management I                                      3
NAVY 2020         Naval Ship Systems II – Engineering                              3
NAVY 2110         Evolution of Warfare                                             4
NAVY 3010         Naval Operations and Navigation I                                3
NAVY 3020*        Naval Operations and Navigation II                               3
NAVY 3110         Amphibious Warfare                                               4
NAVY 3210         Marine Corps Bulldog Preparation                                 2
NAVY 4000         Naval Ship Systems I – Weapons                                   3
NAVY 4020         Leadership and Management II                                     3
NAVY 4030         Navy At-Sea Training                                             3
*Prerequisite: NAVY 3010




284           Reserve Officer Training Corps (R .O .T .C .) Program
                                                                                               About
                                                                                               Westminster


Course Descriptions
                                                                                               Programs of
                                                                                               Instruction


Accounting Courses
                                                                                               Admission to
ACCT	 213	           Accounting	Principles	                                              (4)   the College

An introductory course in fundamental accounting concepts that provides students
with an understanding of how accounting is utilized by management, investors,
creditors and other organization stakeholders . The primary learning objective is              Financial Aid

to develop an understanding of how economic events and transactions affect the
financial position of an organization . Offered Fall, Spring and Summer semesters .
                                                                                               Expenses
ACCT	 350/360	 Intermediate	Accounting	I	and	II	                                     (4–4)
Provides in-depth coverage of financial accounting and numerous recent
developments in accounting valuation and reporting practices . Includes theory,                Degree
                                                                                               Reqments.
practices, and pronouncements of authoritative professional accounting bodies .
Prerequisites: ACCT 213; ACCT 350 must be taken prior to ACCT 360 . Offered Fall
and Spring semesters .                                                                         Academic
                                                                                               Policies &
                                                                                               Procedures
ACCT	 374	           Managerial	and	Cost	Accounting	                                     (4)
An overview of managerial and cost accounting concepts addressing cost                         Grading and
concepts and classifications, cost accounting systems, cost behavior and analysis,             Academic
                                                                                               Standards
profit planning, standard costing and overhead analysis, segment reporting and
decentralization and understanding relevant costs for decision-making . Prerequisite:
ACCT 213 . Offered Fall and Spring semesters .
                                                                                               School of
                                                                                               Arts &
ACCT	 401	           Directed	Studies	                                               (1–4)     Sciences

A tutorial-based course used only for student-initiated proposals for intensive
individual study of topics not otherwise offered in the Accounting Program .
Prerequisite: consent of instructor and school dean .
                                                                                               Gore School
ACCT	 212/412	Special	Topics	in	Accounting	                                          (1–4)     of Business

Topics relevant to accounting students will be offered periodically under this title .

ACCT	 440	           Internship	                                                     (1–8)
Students receive credit for meeting pre-arranged learning objectives while working             School of
                                                                                               Education
for a company or non-profit organization . Internships give students the opportunity
to compare their understanding of classroom material with current best practices in
their field . Credit is based on the number of hours at the job site, and the nature of the
learning objectives . Monthly class sessions reinforce the student learning objectives,
and allow interns to compare their experiences with other interns . Prerequisites:             School of
                                                                                               Nursing
ACCT 213; junior or senior standing (transfer students must complete a minimum                 and Health
of 15 Westminster credit hours or obtain permission of instructor); completion of the          Sciences

Career Center Internship Workshop; and approvals from the Gore School of Business
Practice/Experience Coordinator and the Career Center Internship Coordinator .

                                                       Course Descriptions            285      Course
                                                                                               Descriptions
ACCT	 441	          Accounting	Practicum	                                            (4)
The Disciplinary Practicum is a student team-based, company consultation project .
The project addresses a real issue of concern to a client company (or non-profit
organization), requires extensive research, and results in a formal oral presentation
and written report to the company . Students work in teams of 3–6 students under the
supervision of a Gore School of Business faculty member . Prerequisites: ACCT 213;
MATH 150; junior or senior standing .

ACCT	 442	          Professional	Portfolio	                                          (2)
The Professional Portfolio is designed for mid-career professionals . The class gives
students the opportunity to assess their interests and skills, design career plans,
and create portfolios, which document what they have to offer organizations in an
appropriate field . Students must have at least five years of professional or managerial
experience to enroll in this class . Prerequisites: ACCT 213; junior or senior standing;
and approval of the Gore School of Business Practice/Experience Coordinator .

ACCT	 454	          Auditing	                                                        (4)
A study of the principles, techniques, and procedures in auditing . Includes
professional ethics, legal responsibility, theory of audit evidence, conducting audits
through use of audit programs, working papers, and report writing . Prerequisites:
ACCT 360 . Offered Fall and Summer semesters .

ACCT	 467	          Accounting	Information	Systems	                                  (4)
An introduction to systems analysis and design with a strong emphasis toward
accounting information systems . Conceptual foundations of accounting information
systems; database and file-oriented systems; the systems life cycle; control and audit
of accounting information systems; and accounting information systems applications
are reviewed . A relational database software package is introduced and used to
prepare a term project . Prerequisite: ACCT 213, IRM 200 . Offered Fall and Spring
semesters .

ACCT	 474	          Individual	Income	Taxation	                                      (4)
The course provides comprehensive coverage of the Federal income tax structure
and application of tax principles for preparation of individual tax returns .
Prerequisite: ACCT 213 . Offered Fall semester .

ACCT	 475	          Estate	and	Tax	Planning	Strategy	                                (4)
This course deals with the Federal tax statutes, regulations, rulings, and leading
cases applicable to individual and other taxpayers with special emphasis on estate
planning . The probate process, federal gift taxes, estate taxes, trusts, and valuation
of assets are areas covered in this course . Prerequisites: ACCT 474 . Offered Spring
semester .




286          Course Descriptions
                                                                                            About
                                                                                            Westminster
ACCT	 484	          Corporate	Income	Taxation	                                        (4)
Provides comprehensive coverage of the Federal income tax structure and                     Programs of
application of tax principles to specific problems . Encompasses partnerships,              Instruction
corporation, and other taxation areas . Prerequisites: ACCT 213 . Offered Spring
semester .
                                                                                            Admission to
                                                                                            the College
Anthropology Courses
ANTH	 160	          Introduction	to	Anthropology,	LE	                                 (4)   Financial Aid
The four sub-fields in anthropology are examined . Sociocultural anthropology
studies modern humans; archeology is concerned with human material remains;
linguistics looks at human communication; and physical anthropology emphasizes              Expenses
human biology and includes the study of human variation and fossils .

ANTH	 200/300	 Special	Topics	in	Anthropology	                                     (1–4)    Degree
Illustrates the importance of a holistic, cross-cultural approach to the study of human     Reqments.

behavior . Highlights a specific topic and then makes use of all the sub-fields of
anthropology in the study of this topic .                                                   Academic
                                                                                            Policies &
                                                                                            Procedures
ANTH	 252	          Cultural	Anthropology,	LE	                                        (4)
Focuses on the different ways cultures adapt to the conditions of the environment .         Grading and
Examines subsistence strategies, economic and political systems, religious                  Academic
                                                                                            Standards
beliefs, and gender distinctions . Some topics include ethnographic field methods,
enculturation, cultural relativism, ethnocentrism, ethno- and socio-linguistics,
environmental adaptation, and symbols .
                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Arts &
ANTH	 311	          Human	Evolution	and	Archeology	                                   (4)   Sciences

Combines two of the four sub-fields that make up the discipline of anthropology .
Its biological component illustrates that humankind cannot be adequately
understood without taking into account the biological basis of behavior . Combined
with archeology, or the study of material remains, it explores prehistory and the           Gore School
evolutionary development of our species . ANTH 160 is recommended but not                   of Business
required .

ANTH	 322	          Myth,	Magic	and	the	Supernatural	                                 (4)
The study of religion from an anthropological perspective with an emphasis on
                                                                                            School of
non-ecclesiastical religions found in simple societies . Similarities and differences       Education
are identified and discussed within the context of such components as myth, ritual,
belief, symbolism, magic, ancestor worship, healing, religious specialists, and
revitalization movements . ANTH 160 or 252 are recommended but not required .
                                                                                            School of
                                                                                            Nursing
                                                                                            and Health
                                                                                            Sciences




                                                     Course Descriptions            287     Course
                                                                                            Descriptions
ANTH	 355	           Indian	Peoples	in	the	United	States	                              (4)
Discusses archeological evidence of the lifestyle of early humans in the New World,
and historical reports about European expansion and its effects on the indigenous
population . It covers such topics as 20th Century policy changes and their impact,
and issues surrounding sovereignty . Cultural differences and similarities among
groups, generations and urban/rural dwellers are also discussed . ANTH 160 or
ANTH 252 are recommended but not required .

ANTH	 366	           Political	Anthropology	                                           (4)
Offers a comprehensive overview of political anthropology, how it has evolved
as a sub-discipline through an emphasis on different theories, and the results of
some of its important research . Topics include the different types of preindustrial
political systems and their relation to subsistence strategies; the politics of rebellion
and warfare; the politics of identity in gender and ethnic power relations; the
maintenance of identity in different types of diaspora, and the consequences of
globalization .

ANTH	 401	           Directed	Studies	                                              (1–4)
This tutorial-based course is used only for student-initiated proposals for intensive
individual study of topics not otherwise offered in the Anthropology Program .
Prerequisite: consent of instructor and school dean .

ANTH	 440	           Internship	                                                    (1–4)
Offers students the opportunity to integrate classroom knowledge with practical
experience . Prerequisites: junior or senior standing (for transfer students, at least 15
hours completed at Westminster or permission of instructor), minimum 2 .5 GPA,
completion of the Career Resource Center Internship Workshop, and consent of
program director and Career Center Internship Coordinator .

Art Courses
ART	      101	       Beginning	Drawing,	LE	                                            (2)
Practical introduction to drawing and painting . Basic to most other art courses .
Concerned with primary drawing media from pencils through pastels . Emphasizes
practical use of value, form, line, and texture .

ART	      103	       Beginning	Painting,	LE	                                           (2)
Concentrates on painting techniques with emphasis on color and value relationships .

ART	      110	       Survey	of	Art,	LE	                                                (3)
Focuses on appreciation and understanding of the visual arts by learning to look
at a work of art, how it is made, and why . Students study art from a wide range of
cultures and periods . Slide lectures and discussions are included .




288          Course Descriptions
                                                                                              About
                                                                                              Westminster
ART	      148	       Fundamentals	of	Pottery,	LE	                                       (3)
Introduces the potter’s wheel and focuses on wheel-thrown techniques, as well as              Programs of
basic handbuilding methods such as coil and slab . Emphasis is placed on form,                Instruction
decorating and glazing pottery .

ART	      180	       Photography,	LE	                                                   (3)   Admission to
                                                                                              the College
Learn the basics of both traditional and digital photography . We will cover technical
skills including camera operation, developing black and white film, digital image
processing, printing and presentation . This course also investigates visual and              Financial Aid
conceptual skills needed to produce effective images .

ART	      200/300	 Special	Topics	                                                 (1–4)
                                                                                              Expenses
Special classes in the arts not offered on an annual basis . Prerequisite: consent of
instructor .
                                                                                              Degree
ART	      200FN	 Fine	Arts	Foundation	Course:		Experiencing	the	Arts,	LE	 (4)                 Reqments.

This course is an experiential exploration of the major art traditions of our culture .
It takes the form of attendance at several different types of artistic events combined        Academic
with previews and discussion regarding those events . Lectures and other types of             Policies &
                                                                                              Procedures
presentations are offered by guests from on and off campus, including local artists
and performers . Of the course’s four credits, three are spent in class per week and
one is accounted for by event attendance .                                                    Grading and
                                                                                              Academic
                                                                                              Standards
ART	      202	       Intermediate	Drawing	                                              (2)
Logical continuation of ART 101 with particular emphasis placed upon principles
of perspective drawing, pen and ink, watercolor, and out-of-door sketching .                  School of
                                                                                              Arts &
Prerequisite: ART 101 .                                                                       Sciences


ART	      205	       Figure	Drawing	                                                    (4)
Drawing from the model . Basic understanding of structure, anatomy, and design of
the human form . Prerequisite: ART 101 .
                                                                                              Gore School
                                                                                              of Business
ART	      206	       Figure	Painting	                                                   (4)
Painting from live models . Prerequisite: ART 103 . Students with previous
experience in art may obtain instructor’s signature in lieu of prerequisite .
                                                                                              School of
ART	      209	       Composition	and	Design	                                            (3)   Education

Aesthetic organization of color, line, space, and texture in two- and three-
dimensional design .

ART	      301	       Intermediate	Pottery	                                              (3)   School of
                                                                                              Nursing
Continuation of ART 148 with more advanced wheel and hand-built work,                         and Health
decorating, and glazing techniques . Prerequisite: ART 148 or consent of the                  Sciences

instructor . May be repeated for credit .


                                                      Course Descriptions               289   Course
                                                                                              Descriptions
ART	      302	      Intermediate	Painting	                                            (3)
A logical continuation of Beginning Painting, with emphasis on a continuing
development of traditional/realist skills, as well as contemporary concepts, including
abstraction . Prerequisite: ART 103 .

ART	      303	      Advanced	Painting	                                                (3)
Explores advanced painting techniques and problems, emphasizing color and design
concepts . Prerequisite: ART 302 . May be repeated for credit . Meets with ART 302 .

ART	      304	      Primitive	Pottery	                                                (2)
This course is designed to help you learn various clay techniques used in creating
primitive style pottery, to help you recognize your creative talents and to enhance
your higher level of thinking by developing through this learning process an
appreciation for the arts .

ART	      305	      Raku	Pottery	                                                     (3)
Instruction in using the potter’s wheel and handbuilding techniques . Use of low-fire
clay and glazes to produce Raku ware . Weekly Raku firings in outside kilns . May be
repeated for credit .

ART	      306	      Advanced	Figure	Painting	                                    (2–4)
Painting from draped and undraped models . Prerequisite: ART 206 . May be repeated
for credit . Meets with ART 206 .

ART	      308	      Advanced	Figure	Drawing	                                     (2–4)
Explores advanced techniques involved in portrait and figure drawing . Prerequisite:
ART 205 . Students with previous experience in art may obtain instructor’s signature
in lieu of prerequisite . May be repeated for credit . Meets with ART 205 .

ART	      309	      Handbuilt	Pottery	                                                (3)
Instruction in handbuilding techniques: pinch, slab, and coil . Glaze preparation and
glazing techniques are also taught and practiced . Prerequisite: ART 148 . May be
repeated for credit .

ART	      310	      Art	History:	Emergence	to	the	Renaissance	                        (4)
Examines works of art from the time of Prehistory through the Renaissance . We will
examine major monuments and artworks in a chronological sequence, focusing on
those from each period that give the essence of their time, place, function, intent,
and the aspirations of the culture and artist . Prerequisites: ART 110; ENGL 110 .

ART	      311	      Art	History:	Renaissance	to	Modern	Art	                           (4)
Explores the development of art beginning with the High Renaissance, moving to
the advent of Contemporary Art . Students learn through lecture, discussion, reading
and writing, and visiting local museums and galleries . Prerequisites: ART 110;
ENGL 110 .

290         Course Descriptions
                                                                                           About
                                                                                           Westminster
ART	      312	      History	of	Contemporary	Art	                                     (4)
This art history course will examine developments in the visual arts and their             Programs of
relationships to the rapidly changing society from the 1940s to today . Prerequisites:     Instruction
ART 110; ENGL 110 .

ART	      315	      History	of	Pottery	                                              (4)   Admission to
                                                                                           the College
Pre-dating written history in some cultures, ceramics is one of the oldest art forms
that is still vital and relevant today . This course will trace the evolution of this
important medium from its earliest emergence to the role it plays in today’s world of      Financial Aid
contemporary art . Prerequisites: ART 110; ENGL 110 .

ART	      318	      History	of	Photography	                                          (4)
                                                                                           Expenses
This course will trace the young history of human desire to capture the image of
light, and then figure out what to do with it . From cultural conditions that led to the
invention of photography to the role it plays in the contemporary world, we will
                                                                                           Degree
investigate the technical inventions as well as the artistic movements that have made      Reqments.
photography such an important part of current creative expression . Prerequisites:
ART 110; ENGL 110 .
                                                                                           Academic
                                                                                           Policies &
ART	      320	      Digital	Imaging	                                                 (3)   Procedures

This course covers technical skills for the digital photographer . These include image
capture, image processing, retouching, manipulation and printing . This course             Grading and
                                                                                           Academic
also deals with visual and conceptual skills needed to produce effective images .          Standards
Prerequisite: ART 180 or consent of instructor . May be repeated for credit . Same as
COMM 320 .
                                                                                           School of
ART	      321	      Digital	Media	Survey	                                            (3)   Arts &
                                                                                           Sciences
This course will introduce its students to the possibilities for making art on a
computer . It explores techniques in several popular software programs . Prerequisite:
ART 320 or consent of instructor . May be repeated for credit . Same as COMM 321 .

                                                                                           Gore School
ART	      330	      Advanced	Pottery	                                                (3)   of Business
Advanced wheelwork, more emphasis on sculptural work, and experimentation with
glazing . Individual assignments . Prerequisite: ART 301 or consent of instructor . May
be repeated for credit .

ART	      340	      Printmaking	                                                     (3)   School of
                                                                                           Education
An introduction to printmaking techniques, including monotype, woodcut, etching,
and other processes . Prerequisite: ART 101 or consent of instructor . May be
repeated for credit .
                                                                                           School of
                                                                                           Nursing
                                                                                           and Health
                                                                                           Sciences




                                                      Course Descriptions           291    Course
                                                                                           Descriptions
ART	      360	      Advanced	Drawing	                                                (3)
A logical continuation of Intermediate Drawing, with a continued emphasis on
building strong representational skills, good designs, and creative, expressive
imagery . Prerequisite: ART 202 or consent of instructor . May be repeated for credit .
Meets with ART 202 .

ART	      379	      Intermediate	Photography	                                        (3)
With an emphasis on traditional photography, this course will introduce new
technical skills for those who have a functional understanding of basic photographic
skills . This new information includes use of lenses, camera types, exposure
techniques, and refined developing and printing techniques, as well as discussion
of current artistic and photographic concerns . This course will also deal with the
advancement of personal visual and conceptual skills needed to produce effective
images . Prerequisite: ART 180 or consent of instructor . May be repeated for credit .
Offered Spring Semester .

ART	      380	      Advanced	Photography	                                            (3)
This course is for advanced photographers, both traditional and digital, who
are interested in creating a strong body of work . We will discuss historical and
contemporary issues in photography as well as professional development . Through
a process of detailed analysis, students will gain greater understanding of their own
work, leading to more effective expression . Prerequisite: ART 320 or ART 379 or
consent of instructor . May be repeated for credit . Offered Fall Semester .

ART	      382	      Experimental	Photography	                                        (2)
This course will explore alternative approaches, both technical and conceptual, to
photographic image making . We will be shooting on location, supplemented with
darkroom work, classroom discussion and critique . Prerequisite: ART 180 . May be
repeated for credit .

ART	      383	      Color	Photography	                                               (3)
This course covers the basic techniques of traditional color photographic processes .
The aim of this course is to further develop the photographic skills learned in the
basic photography course, including color theory and the reaction of photographic
materials to the quality of light in different situations, how to develop color negative
film and make prints from color negatives, and explore the language and aesthetics
of color photography . Prerequisite: ART 180 . May be repeated for credit .

ART	      390	      Collage	and	Assemblage	                                          (3)
An exploration of two and three-dimensional mixed-media techniques, using
traditional and non-traditional methods and materials . This course deals with both
visual and conceptual issues relating to Collage and Assemblage . Prerequisite: ART
209 or consent of instructor . May be repeated for credit .




292          Course Descriptions
                                                                                             About
                                                                                             Westminster
ART	      401	       Directed	Studies	                                              (1–4)
A tutorial-based course used only for student-initiated proposals for intensive              Programs of
individual study of topics not otherwise offered in the Art Program . Prerequisite:          Instruction
consent of instructor and school dean .

ART	      440	       Internship	                                                    (1–8)    Admission to
                                                                                             the College
Offers students the opportunity to integrate classroom knowledge with practical
experience . Prerequisites: junior or senior standing (for transfer students, at least 15
hours completed at Westminster or permission of instructor), minimum 2 .5 GPA,               Financial Aid
completion of the Career Resource Center Internship Workshop, and consent of
program director and Career Center Internship Coordinator .

                                                                                             Expenses
ART	      475	       Studio	Seminar	                                                   (3)
Designed to help students create a strong, unified body of work . Students of all
disciplines work on their own time, with weekly meetings devoted to critiques,
                                                                                             Degree
discussions, guest speakers and professional development issues . Studios are                Reqments.
available to most students . This is the Art Program’s capstone course, and should
be taken by all Art majors during Spring Semester of student’s last year of study .
                                                                                             Academic
Prerequisite: consent of instructor .                                                        Policies &
                                                                                             Procedures

Arts Administration Courses
                                                                                             Grading and
                                                                                             Academic
ARTAD	 310	          Professional	Writing	                                             (4)   Standards

Focuses on the writing of high-quality correspondence and a variety of reports used
in business and other professional areas . Students learn about communication on
the Internet and develop skills in collaborative writing . Prerequisite: ENGL 110,           School of
                                                                                             Arts &
COMM 201 .                                                                                   Sciences



Aviation Studies Courses
AVIA	     101	       Air	Transportation	                                               (4)   Gore School
                                                                                             of Business
Air Transportation focuses on the development of the aerospace industry with
special emphasis on commercial air transportation—past, present, and future . The
course also serves as an introduction to air transportation management, covering
airline economics and marketing, as well as managing the commercial airliner fleet .
An introduction to General Aviation will broaden the student’s perspective of the
                                                                                             School of
aviation industry .                                                                          Education


AVIA	     301	       Aviation	History	                                                 (4)
Covers the past, present, and future of aviation and highlights its key contributions
to society . Differences and interrelationships among commercial, general, and               School of
                                                                                             Nursing
military aviation are discussed with particular emphasis on how their development            and Health
has affected our nation’s political and economic structure .                                 Sciences




                                                       Course Descriptions            293    Course
                                                                                             Descriptions
AVIA	     302	      Air	Traffic	Control	System	                                      (3)
Prepares the student to operate an aircraft professionally in the busy and often
confusing environment of controlled airspace . It covers both communication and
navigation procedures and techniques .

AVIA	     303	      Meteorology	                                                     (3)
This course covers weather and climate with emphasis on aviation applications .
Students study air masses; storms and general weather hazards; meteorological
forecasting, mapping, and instrumentation; and worldwide climate typologies .

AVIA	     324	      Human	Factors	in	Flight	                                         (4)
Covers the pilot and the aircraft as essential components in the safe conduct of flight .
It features a case study approach in exploring aviation accidents and their causes,
leading the student to an understanding of how such accidents can be prevented by
thorough planning and safe flying practices .

AVIA	     325	      Business	and	Corporate	Aviation	                                 (4)
Discusses the theoretical and practical aspects of managing a corporate flight
department, including staffing considerations, financial planning, and other types of
executive and operational decision-making . The course integrates information on